The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink AboutMABUS BROTHERS WINDSOR SPRINGS ROAD IMPROVEMENT PROJECT 323-04-296823516 WINDSOR SPRINGS ROAD IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NUMBER: 323-04-296823516 Section Pat!es Invitation to Bid Instruction to Bidders IB-l thru IB-3 Georgia Prompt Pay Act PP A-I Special Conditions SP-l Special Stipulation Addendums Agreement A-I thru A-4 Contractor's Conflict of Interest Statement Contractor's Affidavit and Agreement Statement Contractor's Bond General Conditions 3 thru 33 Supplementary Conditions Supl - Sup2 Proposal P-lthruP-8 General Notes G-l thru G-14 Traffic Control TC-l thru TC- 54 Water System Project - Measurements & Payment 1 thru 4 Water Distribution System (Section 14A) 14-1 thru 14 - 47 Water Quality Monitoring 1 thru 4 I nvitation To Bid Sealed bids will be received at this office until 3:00 p.m., Tuesday, May 13, 2008: Bid #08-099 Windsor Springs Road Improvements for Augusta Engineering Department BIDS will be received by Augusta, GA Commission hereinafter referred to as the OWNER at the offices of: Geri A. Sams, Director Procurement Department 530 Greene Street - Room 605 Augusta, Georgia 30901 706-821-2422 BID documents may be obtained at the office of Augusta, GA Purchasing Department, 530 Greene Street- Room 60S, Augusta, GA 30911. Plans and specifications for this project can be made available upon request to Digital Blue Print. The fees for the plans and specifications which are non-refundable is $150.00. Documents may also be examined during regular business hours at the Augusta Builders Exchange, 1262 Merry Street, Augusta, GA 30904; F. W. Dodge Plan Room, 1281 Broad Street, Augusta, GA 30901. It is the wish of the Owner that all businesses are given the opportunity to submit on this project. To facilitate this policy the Owner is providing the opportunity to view plans online (www.diablueprint.com) at no charge through Digital Blue Print (706 821-0405) beginning Thursday, April 3, 2008. Bidders are cautioned that submitting a package without Procurement of a complete set are likely to overlook issues of construction phasing, delivery of goods or services, or coordination with other work that is material to the successful completion of the project. Bidders are cautioned that sequestration of documents through any other source is not advisable. Acquisition of documents from unauthorized sources places that bidder at the risk of receiving incomplete or inaccurate information upon which to base his qualifications. A MANDATORY Pre-BID Conference will be held on Friday, April 25, 2008 at 10:00 a.m. in Room 605 of the Procurement Department. All questions must be submitted in writing by Tuesday, April 29, 2008 by 3:00 p.m. to the office of the Procurement Department by fax at 706-821-2811 or by mail. No bid will be accepted by fax, all must be received by mail or hand delivered. No BID may be withdrawn for a period of 60 days after time has been called on the date of opening. A 10% Bid bond is required to be submitted in a separate envelope so marked along with the bidders' qualifications; a 100% performance bond and a 100% payment bond will be required for award. Bidders will please note that the number of copies requested; all supporting documents including financial statements and references and such other attachments that may be required by the bid invitation are material conditions of the bid. Any package found incomplete or submitted late shall be ejected by the Procurement Office. Any bidder allegedly contending that he/she has been improperly disqualified from bidding due to an incomplete bid submission shall have the right to appeal to the appropriate committee of the Augusta Commission. Please mark BID number on the outside of the envelope. GERI A. SAMS, Procurement Director Publish: Augusta Chronicle: Metro Courier: April 3, 10, 17,24,2008 April 9, 2008 cc: T ameka Allen Abie Ladson Tony Williams Interim Deputy Administrator Engineering Engineering SECTION IB INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS IB-O 1 GENERAL All proposals must be presented in a sealed envelope, addressed to the Owner. The proposal must be filed with the Owner on or before the time stated in the invitation for bids. Mailed proposals will be treated in every respect as though filed in person and will be subject to the same requirements. Proposals received subsequent to the time stated will be returned unopened. Prior to the time stated any proposal may be withdrawn at the discretion of the bidder, but no proposal may be withdrawn for a period of sixty (60) days after bids have been opened, pending the execution of contract with the successful bidder. IB-02 EXAMINATION OF WORK Each bidder shall, by careful examination, satisfy himself as to the nature and location of the work, the conformation of the ground, the character, quality and quantity of the facilities needed preliminary to and during the prosecution of the work, the general and local conditions, and all other matters which can in any way affect the work or the cost thereof under the contract. No oral agreement or conversation with any officer, agent, or employee of the Owner, either before or after the execution of the contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations therein. IB-03 ADDENDA AND INTERPRET A TIONS No interpretation of the meaning of plans, specifications or other prebid documents will be made to any bidder orally. Every request for such interpretation should be in writing addressed to the Purchasing Department, 530 Greene Street, Augusta, Georgia, 30911 and to be given consideration must be received at least ten working days prior to the date fixed for the opening of bids. Any and all such interpretations and any supplemental instructions will be in the form of written addenda to the specifications which, if issued, will be sent to the Augusta-Richmond County Purchasing Director at least five working prior to the date fixed for the opening of bids. The Purchasing Director shall send by certified mail with return receipt requested to all prospective bidders (at the respective addresses furnished for such purposes), not later than three working days prior to the date fixed for the opening of bids. Failure of any bidder to receive any such addendum or interpretation shall not relieve such bidder from any obligation under his bid as submitted. All addenda so issued shall become part of the Contract Documents. . IB-l Engineering Department Windsor Sprines Road Improvements IB-04 PREPARATION OF BIDS Bids shall be submitted on the forms provided and must be signed by the bidder or his authorized representative. Any corrections to entries made on bid forms should be initialed by the person signing the bid. Bidders must quote on all items appearing on the bid forms, unless specific directions in the advertisement, on the bid form, or in the special specifications allow for partial bids. Failure to quote on all items may disqualify the bid. When quotations on all items are not required, bidders shall insert the words "no bid" where appropriate. Alternative bids will not be considered unless specifically called for. Telegraphic bids will not be considered. Modifications to bids already submitted will be allowed if submitted by telegraph prior to the time fixed in the Invitation for Bids. Modifications shall be submitted as such, and shall not reveal the total amount of either the original or revised bids. Bids by wholly owned proprietorships or partnerships will be signed by all owners. Bids of corporations will be signed by an officer of the firm and his signature attested by the secretary thereof who will affix the corporate seal to the proposal. NOTE: A 10% Bid Bond is required in all cases. IB-OS BASIS OF AWARD The bids will be compared on the basis of unit prices, as extended, which will include and cover the furnishing of all material and the performance of all labor requisite or proper, and completing of all the work called for under the accompanying contract, and in the manner set forth and described in the specifications. Where estimated, quantities are included in certain items of the proposal, they are for the purpose of comparing bids. While they are believed to be close approximations, they are not guaranteed. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to check all items of construction. In case of error in extension of prices in a proposal, unit bid prices shall govern. IB-2 Engineering Department Windsor SDrinl!s Road Imorovements IB-06 BIDDER'S QUALIFICATIONS No proposal will be received from any bidder unless he can present satisfactory evidence that he is skilled in work of a similar nature to that covered by the contract and has sufficient assets to meet all obligations to be incurred in carrying out the work. He shall submit with his proposal, sealed in a separate envelope, a FINANCIAL EXPERIENCE AND EQUIPMENT STATEMENT, giving reliable information as to working capital available, plant equipment, and his experience and general qualifications. The owner may make such investigations as are deemed necessary to determine the ability of the bidder to perform the work and the bidder shall furnish to him all such additional information and data for this purpose as may be requested. The Owner reserves the right to reject any bid if the evidence submitted by the bidder or investigation of him fails to satisfy the Owner that such bidder is properly qualified to carry out the obligations of the contract and to complete the work contemplated therein. Part of the evidence required above shall consist of a list of the names and addresses of not less than five (5) firms or corporations for which the bidder has done similar work. IB-07 PERFORMANCE BOND At the time of entering into the contract, the Contractor shall give bond to the owner for the use of the owner and all persons doing work or furnishing skill, tools, machinery or materials under or for the purpose of such contract, conditional for the payment as they become due, of all just claims for such work, tools, machinery, skill and terms, for saving the. owner harmless from all cost and charges that may accrue on account of the owner performing the work specified, and for compliance with the laws pertaining thereto. Said bond shall be for the amount of the contract satisfactory to the owner and authorized by law to do business in the State of Georgia. Attorneys-in-fact who sign bonds must file with each copy thereof, a certified and effectively dated copy of the power of attorney. IB-08 REJECTION OF BIDS These proposals are asked for in good faith, and awards will be made as soon as practicable, provided satisfactory bids are received. The right is reserved, however to waive any informalities in bidding, to reject any and all proposals, or to accept a bid other than the lowest submitted if such action is deemed to be in the best interest ofthe Owner. IB-3 Engineering Department Windsor Springs Road Improvements GEORGIA PROMPT PAY ACT This Agreement is intended by the Parties to, and does, supersede any and all provisions of the Georgia Prompt Pay Act, O.C.G.A. Section 13-11-1, et seq. In the event any provision of this Agreement is inconsistent with any provision of the Prompt Pay Act, the provision of this Agreement shall control. All claims, disputes and other matters in question between the Owner and the Contractor arising out of or relating to the Agreement, or the breach thereof, shall be decided in the Superior Court of Richmond County, Georgia. The Contractor, by executing this Agreement, specifically consents to venue in Richmond County and waives any right to contest the venue in the Superior Court of Richmond County, Georgia. Notwithstanding any provision of the law to the contrary, the parties agree that no interest shall be due Contractor on any sum held as retainage pursuant to this Agreement and Contractor specifically waives any claim to same. NOTICE All references in this document, which includes all papers, writings, drawings, plans or photographs to be used in connection with this document, to "Richmond County Board of Commissioners" shall be deemed to mean "Augusta Richmond County Commission-Council and all references to "Chairman" shall be deemed to mean "Mayor". DISPOSALS Prior to any material from this project being wasted or otherwise disposed of outside the project limits the Contractor shall furnish the Engineer a copy of written permission, signed by the property owner (or his authorized agent) describing the estimated amount and type of material to be placed on said property. If any portland cement concrete, asphaltic concrete, wood or other such materials are to be wasted on the property, a copy ofthe owner's inert landfill permit, issued by the Environmental Protection Division shall be furnished to the Engineer prior to any such waste being removed from the project. In all cases, regardless of the material being wasted, a grading permit issued by Augusta Richmond County must be furnished to the Engineer. PP A-I Engineering Department Windsor Springs Road Improvements WINDSOR SPRINGS ROAD IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NUMBER: 323-04-296823516 SPECIAL CONDITIONS SCOPE: This project includes resurfacing, street widening, sidewalks, and storm drainage work from U.S. 25 (Peach Orchard) to Old Louisville Road. The contractor shall supply all materials, equipment, labor, supplies, and supervision necessary to properly complete this project as specified. TERMINI AND LENGTH: Termini and length of the road improvement is from U.S. 25 (Peach Orchard) to old Louisville Road. The total length of this project is approximately 1.1 miles. NOTE: Applications for all permits have been filed with Georgia Department of Transportation. In the event no permits have been issued, the Contractor shall schedule the work so that the construction in the permitted areas can be performed in conjunction with the work adjacent to the permitted areas. INCIDENTAL CONSTRUCTION ITEMS: All work and materials without a specific pay item shall be considered incidental to related pay items, this is to include (but not limited to), all removals and disposals, borrow if needed, remove and reset fences, remove and reset ornamental shrubs, bushes and sod, and the obtaining, maintaining and restoration of any required borrow and/or waste pits. DRIVEWAYS: All driveways shall be in conformance with GDOT standards. TYPICAL SECTIONS: Refer to signed Final Construction Plans. SP 1- 1 WINDSOR SPRINGS ROAD IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NUMBER: 323-04-296823516 Tax Map/Parcel 110-3/132 (1933 Windsor Spring Rd) 110-3/133 (2507 Friar Lane) 110-3/134 (1939 Windsor Spring Rd) 110-3/135 (1941 Windsor Spring Rd) 110-3/137 (3042 Brighton St.) 110-3/186 (3041 Brighton S1.) 110-3/187 (2005 Windsor Spring Rd) 110-3/188.02 (peach Orchard Rd.) 110-3/188.06 (3120 Peach Orchard Rd.) 110-3/191 (1931 Windsor Spring Rd.) 110-3/217 (1927 Windsor Spring Rd.) 110-3/218 (1925 Windsor Spring Rd.) 110-3/220.1 (1936 Windsor Spring Rd.) Special Stipulations Special Stipulations 1) ARC well site on this property 2) Temporary fence 3) Affected area re-seeded in kind Affected area re-seeded in kind 1) Temporary fence 2) Mfected area re-seeded in kind 1) Pecan Tree to be protected by contractor. (No letter to Pre-Construction file) 2) Re-seeded in kind. 1) Temporary fence 2) Re-seeded in kind 1) Re-seeded in kind 2) If electric yard light needs to be removed, it is okay NOT to replace. 1) Re-seeded in kind 2) Brick planter to be removed by contractor (No letter to Pre-Construction file). See letter from Teresa Smith to R. Greiwe (Convenience store). Sprint Food Store See copy right-of-way deed. Re-seeded in kind 4 foot fence needed. See copy of memo to Robert Clements. *Check to see ifhe still resides there. Magnolia Tree to be protected. Save/protect as "many Oak Trees as possible." 11 0-3/222 (Windsor Spring Rd.) 11 0-4/79 (1902 Dunham Ct.) 110-4/81 (1829 Windsor Spring Rd) 11 0-4/1 06 (3113 Wyman St.) 110-4/160.01 (1902 Windsor Spring Rd) 11 0-4/161 (3202 Kevin Dr.) 110-4/162 (3201 Sylvestor Dr.) 110-4/165 (1814 Windsor Spring Rd.) 110-4/208 (1917 Windsor Spring Rd.) 11 0-4/211 (1923 Windsor Spring Rd.) 110-4/299 (3201 Kevin Dr.) 110-4/336.1 (1936 Windsor Spring Rd.) 110-4/150 (3112 Abelia Dr.) 11 0-4/183 (3111 Louisville Rd.) 122-1/47.1 (3206 Peach Orchard Rd) 110-3/188.3 (2011 Windsor Spring Rd) Same as 110-3/188.6 Temporary fence. 1) Temporary fence - dogs 2) Both temporary and permanent gate to match original. Pecan Tree to be protected. 40' curb cut. See memo to Pre-Construction files dated January 1,2001. 1) Large Oak Tree is to be protected. 2) Temporary fence - dogs 1) Temporary fence 2) Sprinkler system present Temporary fence - children Temporary fence - dogs and children Magnolia Tree to be protected. Temporary fence - dogs 14' curb cut - See memo to Pre-Construction file dated Oct. 31, 2000. Re-erect brick wall. See letter from Jim Williamson to Harry Revell dated Feb. 11,2002. Temporary fence needed. See "Special Stipulations Page" as part of Superior Court Real Estate Record Book 755 Page 1839. 1) Work around sign (Memorandum 1/26/01). 2) Parking lot to be undisturbed. '. 1/' / .. ',. ",0" ,..-' .. . -. ".. - . ~".",."",..:"..,:":,..,:,,:.,,,../ .'. '. '..,... "q~ . ~/ / 110-4/106 110-4/160.. .() \ 110-4/161 110-4/162 1 ] 0-4/165 110-4/208 11 0-4/211 110-4/299 110-4/336.1 110-4/150 ] ] 0-4/1 ~3 122-1/47.1 110-3/188.3 Pecan Tree to be protected. '3 t \3 'vJy tv\~ h 5 t '40' curb cut. See memo to Pre-Construction files dated January 1, 2001~ t ~ 01... ~, ~fr':"S 0 ~V~l-. 1) Large Oak Tree is to be protected. 3202 K't2...lI -h D~ 2) Temporary fence - dog~ t. '32- 0 \ 5 y \ IJ-est V-- Dr-. Temporary fence - children \ ~ ll-t Wi t\ ~S 0 r Sf' r ...'^~ ~. Temporary fence - dogs and children l 9. t 1 VJ ih..dS"o t'- s P V- \'\.t9 ~. Magnolia Tree to be protected. 1 q 7.- ') W \~~or- 5rFv:J 126. Temporary fence - dogs ')7-0 \ t\ ~V ~ h 0 r. 14' curb cut- See memo to Pre-Constmction file dated Oct. 31,2000. 14.36' W.. , SP^\~ ~. Re-erect brick wall. See letter from Jim Williamson to Harry Revell , dated Feb. 11,2002. 11\ 1.- A be- \~~ ~r". Temporary fence needed. '?:, \ \ \ L OlA.:-.sV ~,\~ 1<.;). 1) Temporary fenc;e 2) Sprinkler systezrllpresent See "Special Stipulations Page" as part of Superior Court Real Estate Record Book 755 Page 1839. )2-0 6 P ~~ Qv--ch4f'd Rd' 1) Work around sign (Memorandum 1/26/01) , 2) Parking lot to be undisturbed 2D l \ \J ,'rAJ.1ClI- S~Y'I~!;(J ..' . " .,...... ~ Tax Map/Parcel 110-3/132 110-3/133 110-3/134 110-3/135 110-3/137 j 10-3/186 110-3/187 11 0-3/18~al ] 10-3/188.6 110-3/191 110-3/217 110-3/218 110-3/220.1 110-3/222 1 ] 0-4/79 11 0-4/81 WINDSOR SPRING ROAD IMPROVEMENT Special Stipu lations 1) ARC well site on this property 2) Temporary fence 3) Affected area re-seeded in kind 1~'S"S\J'-h~S6r SPh~ Affected area re-seeded in kind 2S" 0 1 Fv- ,-~r- Lh. l <13 q Wi,^~ol" Sr r"^\j RJ 1) Temporary fence 2) Affected area re-seeded in kind 1) Pecan Tree to be protected by contractor. (No letter to Pre- t Construction file) \ ~ '1 \ W rkdso V" S ~ V' \ V\ q 2) Re-seeded in kind. , V 1) Temporary fence ~ 0 Y L .R I'l qht () h Sf 2) Re-seeded in kind ) . 0 I) Re-seeded in kind ' 3 D L.t~ ~ "t a~ + () ,,, st 2) If electric yard light needs to b(removed;-if is okay NOT to replace. 1) Re-seeded in kind 1- 001: \IV i\l\.6S 0 r Sp r- I~V\ a il.;), 2) Brick planter to be removed by~tractor (No letter to Pre- V Construction file). See letter from Teresa Smith to R. G. reiwe (COnVenienc~e store& 51'h'lNf B;.l~ Pe4~OrV ~ .~~ See copy right-of-way deed. 3120 Pe~c1 Olr- c.~ Re-seeded in kind t q3 \ ~) ~/i\dS 0 r- SpV-l~ ~, ./ 4 foot fence needed. See copy of memo to Robert Clements. *Ch~k n 1 to see if he still resides there. l 9 L. '7 w \...~ S Q r- "w P"'" l 'Cj t <...tJ. . MagnoliaTreetobeprotected \ 115 Wi~SOr-- ')pl^.~ Q Save/protect as "many Oak Trees as possible." I '\ 3 (; WI~S or S- P"t Same as 110-3/188.6 lh~or f,-,VS It2 ~, . Temporary fence. [007- DlAhhAM Gt 1) Temporary fence - dogs 2) Both temporary and permanent gar ~ 21 OWI~ or S f"~ 14. /:;.--:' c~~~. TO: All Bidders Phyllis Mills, Quality Assurance Analyst FROM: Gerj Sams bUJ JXhn Procurement Directo~ V' ~"Vfl/l&/l/-'~.d;l!lU'n/ ~ fl!rd ~pkl, iJIJi',edtPp DATE: May 08, 2008 SUBJ: Questions Received from Vendors RFP ITEM: 08-099 Windsor Springs Road Improvements OPENING: Tuesday, May 13th at 3:00 P.M. ADDENDUM NO.1 MaBus Brothers Construction Co.. Inc. 1) Question: On page 6 of the bid form you request a breakdown of Lump Sum Construction & Grading complete. If this is filled in we will be adding these items twice in the bid. 1. Answer: Question should be page 7 not 6; you will only bid this item once. The contractor may need to add additional items to the Lump Sum and Grading Complete breakdown List. 2) Question: Are the ADD items to be billed as a separate contract? Answer: (yes) AUD items will be billed separate but not as a separate contract. 3) Question: If the contract is to be handled as a GDOT bid are we to assume that we will be paid for unsuitable material, mucking, etc... as in a GDOT contract? Answer: The cost for unsuitable material, mucking etc., should be added in on your Lump Sum Bid. 4) Question: Are we to assume that there will be no separate pay item for the Special Stipulation Tax Map/Parcels Requirement as outlined in the Spec Book? Answer: (Yes) there will not be a separate pay item for special stipulations. 5) Question: Your representative stated a the pre-bid meeting that APW had taken into consideration the amount of days each utility company would take to relocate their respective utility when setting the contract time. Hopefully this means that APW has talked to each utility. Therefore we would like those figures prior to bid to see if liquidated damages need to be compensated for in the bid. Room 605 - 530 Greene Street, Augusta Georgia 30911 (706) 821-2422 - Fax (706) 821-2811 www.aulZustaga.gov Register at www.demandstar.com/supplier for automatic bid notification ADDENDUM 1 Page 1 of 2 ~. It Answer: Addendum to The Contract: There will be two separate Notices to Proceeds given to the Contractor. The first Notice to Proceed will be to Clear and Grub between the right-of-ways from Peach Orchard Road (US 25) to Old Louisville Road. The specific time to perform this will be 2 months. Once the Clearing and Grubbing are near to completion, a Notice to Proceed will be given to the Utility companies. The estimated time to relocate the utilities is 4 months. The second Notice to Proceed will be given to the Contractor to commence the actual construction activities. Tbis would be the contract time that is actually shown in the contract. 6) Question: Will GDOT have inspectors on this project if so what portion will they inspect? Answer:. (yes) they will inspect all items that GDOT is paying for. 7) Question: Will there be an item added for unsuitable material? Answer: (no) see question # 3. 8) Question: Can the road be closed while culvert is installed? Answer: (yes) but road closures must be shown on traffic control plan and detour route. 9) Question: Can the road be closed for the portion of Windsor Spring Road between the culvert and +Station No. 40 + 50? Answer: ((yes) but must remain open to local traffic. 10) Question: Since.A:PW adheres to the GDOT Specs, with the price of Liquid Asphalt being so unstable and the paving of the proj ect not starting until next year will .A:PW consider tying the Asphalt to the GDOT Index? Tbis could save .A:PW money by keeping the bid price of asphalt to a minimum? Answer: Augusta Engineering Department will not tie to theGDOT Index. Reeves Construction Company 11) Question: As tbis project involves tying into an existing Rail crossing, will Richmond County be responsible for the Rail Insurance and flagging? Is the rail insurance required? Is flagging required? Normally the owner has secured either permission from the rail company to forego insurance/flagging, or been told by the rail company that both would be required. We need to know which is the case and the rail insurance/flagging requirements. Answer: The Railroad will issue a permit to the County to perform construction activities within their Right-ol-way. This permit has not been granted to the County to date. Please make note that no work will be permitted in their ROW until the permit is obtained. Please acknowledge addendum in your submittal. END ADDENDUM ADDENDUM 1 Page 2 of 2 ~ ~t'~HI8n/~HQM'/I/ ~ !/'en ~/4 ~He/cv/' TO: All Bidders Phyllis Mills, Quality Assurance Analyst FROM: Gerj Sams. I f" ~ Procurement Director DATE: SUBJ: BID ITEM: May 8, 2008 Changing the Bid Opening Date 08-099 Windsor Springs Road Improvement NEW OPENING: Wednesday, May 21St, 2008 at 3:00 p.m. ADDENDUM NO.2 The opening date for Bid #08-099 Windsor Springs Road Improvements: FROM: Tuesday, May 13th, 2008 @ 3:00 p.m. Wednesday, May 21S\ 2008 @ 3:00 p.m. TO: Please acknowledge addendum in your submittal. END ADDENDUM Room 605 - 530 Greene Street, Augusta Georgia 30911 (706) 821-2422 - Fax (706) 821-2811 www.augustaf?:a.gov Register at www.demandstar.com/supp1ier for automatic bid notification ADDENDUM 2 Page 1 of 1 -yv- II ~ ~""~PlCm~A.':I)'lCm' ~ ~n' (2hpld, ~~/~"" TO: FROM: All Bidders Phyllis Mills, Quality Assurance Analyst Geri Sams. I~J p91'Y'1 Procurement Director May 19, 2008 Changing the Bid Opening Date DATE: SUBJ: BID ITEM: 08-099 Windsor Springs Road Improvement NEW OPENING: Tuesday, May 27th, 2008 at 3:00 p.m. ADDENDUM NO.3 The opening date for Bid #08-099 Windsor Springs Road Improvements: FROM: Wednesday, May 21 st, 2008 @ 3:00 p.m. Tuesday, May 2ih, 2008 @ 3:00 p.m. TO: Questions From Vendors 1) Question: What amount should bidders use to fill in the force account bid item? Answer: The force account is $600,000.00 2) There are 3 bids items in the proposal for highway signs that are paid for by the SY. The Ga. DOT pays for signs per SF. Please advise. Answer: The units should be in "square feet". 3) On page P-6 there is a breakdown for Pay Item 210-0100, GRADING, COMPLETE. Should the contractor fill in unit prices since they are for information only? If so, how will these quantities be measured and paid for since this is a lump sum item? Answer: The breakdown is for information only in reference to Pay Item 210-0100, Grading Complete. 4) On page P-6 of the proposal, there is a breakdown for lump sum construction. Should these lump sum amounts be included in the TOTAL BID in addition to the LUMP SUM CONSTRUCTION total on page P-2 of the Proposal? Room 605 - 530 Greene Street, Augusta Georgia 30911 (706) 821-2422 - Fax (706) 821-2811 www.augusta~a.gov Register at www.demandstar.com/supplier for automatic bid notification ADDENDUM 3 Page 1 of 2 Answer: (No) The items on page P-6 only gives the Contractor an idea of what should be included in the Lump Sum Construction. This is not limited to those items on P-6. The total Lump Sum should officially be placed on P-2. 5) Where are the 6" long side and short side services located? (They are not shown on the plans) Also, is 6" the correct size for these services? Answer: The long side and short side services will be field located by the project inspector. Revise size to 2" for commercial & 1" for residential. 6) Is a tapping sleeve & valve going to be required for the tie-in to existing line in Bid Item W- 18? What is the location of this tie-in? Answer: The tie in is located at 37 + 25L. The contractor shall tie the existing 2" main on Regis Court to the new 6" water main. Use 2" tapping sleeve. 7) Richmond County attempts to adhere strictly to GDOT specifications on its bid projects. Currently, GDOT allows indexing of Liquid Asphalt on almost all of its projects. By indexing the liquid, the municipality is eliminating guesswork in bidding and insuring the most competitive price for the product. By indexing the liquid asphalt in a bid, the owner is guaranteeing a current price for the liquid and is not allowing the contractor to inflate beyond the actual price at time of placement. We strongly request that Richmond County consider an index price for this project. There is 15,725 tons of asphalt on this project. To insure the most competitive bid, you need to eliminate the contractor guesswork in the price of the liquid asphalt. All oil based products are increasing at an alarming rate. Liquid Asphalt has increased over $60/ton in the last 45 days. If the project is not indexed, all bidders will be forced to "best guess" where the liquid price will be at the time of placement. In this manner, the county takes a gamble that they will be overcharged by the contractors "best guess". We request that indexing be added as a bid item for this project. Answer: The Engineering Department discussed GDOT's Liquid Asphalt Index Price" and has made the decision to adopt this asphalt price adjustment technique using GDOT guidelines and standards. Contract Document, General Notes- oaae G-1 As Built Plans: The Contractor shall furnish a complete, legible set of "as-built" plans, prepared and certified by a qualified Georgia Licensed Professional Land Surveyor (PLS), to Augusta Engineering Department seven (7) days prior to the date of the Final Inspection. The Director of Engineering Department or his/her designee shall review the submitted as-built plans for accuracy, legibility, completeness, and conformity with approved construction plans. Upon approval of submitted as-built, three(3) hard copies and one electronic (CD- in GA State plan coordinate) copy shall be submitted to Engineering Department for record and Director of Engineering signature. There shall be no separate payment unless otherwise shown. Please acknowledge addendum in your submittal. END ADDENDUM ADDENDUM 3 Page 2 of 2 c/~~:~~~~ l> TO: ~IB~deffi Phyllis Mills, Quality Assurance Analyst FROM: Geri Sams b~ JliYf' Procurement Director ~;,p.reHle/l/-~NQlCn.t ~ ~d ~Q14 ~nt?/t:P'" DATE: May 20,2008 SUBJ: Questions Received from Vendors BID ITEM: 08-099 Windsor Springs Road Improvements OPENING: Tuesday, May 27th @ 3:00 P.M. ADDENDUM NO.4 Contract Document.. General Notes- pa2e G-5 Design Alteration: The commission-council recognizes that various changes in design may be made as the project progresses. Any requests for additional payment shall be processed based on actual work in place and the unit prices submitted as a part of this bid. Items not covered in this bid shall be priced separately and no work shall be done on these items until approved, in writing, by the Engineer. All changes in engineering design of the project shall be approved by the Design Engineer of record after consultation with the Engineer. Revised design plan sheet(s) shall be signed and stamped by the Design Engineer of record and a copy shall be submitted to Augusta Engineering Department. Contract Document. General Notes- pa2e G-3 Construction/Utility Schedule: .'~-;; The contractor shall prepare an overall Time-Logic Schedule that includes all major utility relocations, proposed utilities, and construction activities. A detail schedule for utility relocations from all utility companies shall be submitted to the contractor two weeks prior to the Preconstruction meeting. The Contractor shall submit this schedule to Augusta Engineering Department seven (7) days prior to preconstruction meeting. The contractor shall present a copy of this schedule at the Preconstruction meeting for discussion. The schedule shall consist of the following: Room 605 - 530 Greene Street, Augusta Georgia 30911 (706) 821-2422 - Fax (706) 821-2811 www.augustaga.gov Register at www.demandstar.com/supplier for automatic bid notification 1. The noted Responsible Agency for each activity (e.g., Contractor, Sub-Contractor, Utility Company) 2. The ES-Early Start, EF-Early Finish, LS-Late Start, LF-Late Finish dates 3. The Project Critical Path 4. Activity Durations The. contactor shall also submit following information with the schedule. 1. List of active construction projects and their projected completion date 2. List of available resources assigned to this project * 3. Name of Project Team (Project Manager, Superintendent, Foreman) assigned to this project * 4. Subcontractor information such as Company Name, Contact Name and Telephone, and type of assigned tasks * Personnel and resources assigned to this project shall not be re-assigned to other projects until after upon approval from Augusta Engineering Department. Failure to provide aforementioned schedule and information within specified time will result in cancellation of Notice to Proceed. If information is not received within thirty (30) days from the date of Notice to Proceed cancelation, contract will be terminated without further notice. Within seven (7) days after the Preconstruction meeting, the Contractor shall provide a revised schedule with all issues and concerns addressed to Augusta Engineering Department. The revised Time-Logic Schedule shall be color coded with respect to responsibility, and shall be presented on D size paper (24 'x36") The schedule shall be updated on a monthly basis displaying percentage of completion of all activities. The project base line and current date line shall appear on all updates. . " The Schedule shall be using Microsoft Project or Primavera Scheduling software. Please acknowledge addendum in your submittal. END ADDENDUM ~...... '. :....;;VL-:J./~~. G~OR G I A TO: All Bidders Phyllis Mills, Quality Assurance Analyst FROM: Geri Sams L~) p~1't, Procurement Director ~"~,l!"{!W18n/- ~NH18n/- ~ $,r; {fJhnkl, M"'.m:-/(),M DATE: May 21,2008 SUBJ: Questions Received from Vendors BID ITEM: 08-099 Windsor Springs Road Improvements OPENING: Tuesday, May 2th @ 3:00 P.M. ADDENDUM NO.5 MaBus Brothers Construction Co., Inc. 1. Question: During the pre-bid meeting it was asked if we would be provided with a number for the force account on the bid form. Your representative stated that we would be given this number. Addendum #1 did not address this. Are we going to be provided with this number? Also during the pre-bit it was asked if we could use a pre-cast structure for the 5' X 5' double box culvert at approximate station 35+100. This could provide significant savings to the City. Your representative said that they would look at it and address it in the addendum. Addendum #1 did not address this. Can we use a pre- cast structure and if so how would it be billed? Answer: (No) the 5' X 5' double box culvert @ approximate station 35+00 will be a pour in place culvert. Reeves 1. Question: Is the Owner going to issue a revised bid form making the changes called for in addendum #3? This would assure that all bidders filled out identical bid forms rather than misinterpreting or leaving out changes required by addendum. Answer: (No) the addendum will cover the revised bid. 2. Question: How many 2" services are there? What unit price bid item should they be included in? Answer: For bidding purposes the amount of 2" services are 12; and should be included in bid item W~15o Room 605 - 530 Greene Street, Augusta Georgia 30911 (706) 821-2422 - Fax (706) 821-2811 www .augustaga.gov Register at www.demandstar.com/suoolier for automatic bid notification 3. Question: How many 1" services are there? What unit price bid item should they be in included in? Answer: For bidding purposes the amount of 1" services are 29; and should be included in W-16. 4. Question: Are tapping sleeves and valves going to be needed or required for tie-ins to existing water lines of various sizes shown on plans on several of the side streets? There are approximately 20 locations where this occurs. How will these tie-ins be paid for? Answer: (Yes) tapping sleeves and valves are required. The tie-ins will be paid for under pay items W~15 & W-16. Please acknowledge addendum in your submittal. END ADDENDUM SECTION A AGREEMENT THIS AGREEMENT, made on the _ day of ,2008 by and between the City of AUf!usta party of the first part, hereinafter called the OWNER, and party of the second part, hereinafter called the CONTRACTOR. WITNESSETH, that the Contractor and the Owner, for the considerations hereinafter names, agree as follows: ARTICLE I - SCOPE OF THE WORK: The Contractor hereby agrees to furnish all of the materials and all of the equipment and labor necessary, and to perform all of the work shown on the plans and described in the specifications for the project entitled: WINDSOR SPRINGS ROAD IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NUMBER: 323-04-296823516 And in accordance with the requirements and provisions of the Contract Documents as defined in the General and Special Conditions hereto attached, which are hereby made a part of this agreement. ARTICLE II - TIME OF COMPLETION - LIQUIDATED DAMAGES: The work to be performed under this Contract shall be commenced within 10 calendar days after the date of written notice by the Owner to the Contractor to proceed. All work shall be completed within 15 months with such extensions of time as are provided for in the General Conditions. It is hereby understood and mutually agreed, by and between the contractor and the Owner, that the date of beginning, rate of progress and the time for completion of the work to be done hereunder are ESSENTIAL CONDITIONS of this contract. Contractor agrees that said work shall be executed regularly, diligently, and uninterruptedly at such rate of progress as will insure full completion thereof within the time specified. It is expressly understood and agreed by and between the Contractor and the Owner, that the time for completion of the work described herein is a reasonable time for completion of the same, taking into consideration the average climatic range and construction conditions prevailing in this locality. A - I ONCE MOBILIZED, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT STOP MAJOR CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES FOR MORE THAN 14 DAYS, UNLESS APPROVED BY THE ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT. IN THE EVENT THAT UNAPPROVED MAJOR CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES ARE CEASED FOR MORE THAN 14 DAYS, A TOTAL OF TWO THOUSAND DOLLARS ($2.000) SHALL BE PAID TO THE OWNER FOR EACH AND EVERY CALENDAR DAY THE CONTRACTOR DOES NOT COMMENCE MAJOR CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES. MAJOR CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES SHALL BE DETERMINED BY THE ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT. IF THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NEGLECT, FAIL, OR REFUSE TO COMPLETE THE WORK WITHIN THE TIME HEREIN SPECIFIED, then the contractor does hereby agree, as a part of the consideration for the awarding of this contract, to pay the Owner the sum of Two Thousand Dollars $2.000 not as a penalty, but as liquidated damages for such breach of contract as hereinafter set forth, for each and every calendar day that the contractor shall be in default after the time stipulated in the Contract for completing the work. The said amount is fixed and agreed upon by and between the Contractor and the Owner because of the impracticability and extreme difficulty of fixing and ascertaining the actual damages the Owner would, in such event, sustain, and said amounts shall be retained from time to time by the Owner from current periodical estimates. It is further agreed that time is of the essence of each and every portion of this Contract and the specifications wherein a definite portion and certain length of time is fixed for the additional time is allowed for the completion of work, the new time limit fixed by extension shall be the essence of this contract. ARTICLE III - PAYMENT: (a) The Contract Sum The owner shall pay to the Contractor for the performance. of the contract the amount as stated in the Proposal and Schedule of Items. No variations shall be made in the amount except as set forth in the specifications attached hereto. (b) Progress Payment No later than the fifth day of every month, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner's/ Engineer, an estimate covering the percentage of the total amount of the contract which has been completed from the start of the job up to and including the last working day of the proceeding month, together with such supporting evidence as may be required by the Owner and/or the Engineer. This estimate shall include only the quantities in place and at the unit prices as set forth in the Bid Schedule. On the vendor run, following approval of the invoice for payment, the owner shall after deducting previous payments made, pay to the Contractor 90% of the amount of the estimate on units accepted in place. The 10% retained percentage may be held by the Owner until the final completion and acceptance of all work under the Contract. A - 2 ARTICLE IV - ACCEPTANCE AND FINAL PAYMENT: (a) Upon receipt of written notice that the work is ready for final inspection acceptance, the Engineer shall within 10 days, make such inspection and when he finds the work acceptable under the contract and the contract fully performed, he will promptly issue a final certificate, over his own signature, stating that the work required by this Contract has been completed and is accepted by him under the terms and conditions thereof, and the entire balance found to be due the Contractor, including the retained percentage, shall be paid to the Contractor by the owner within 15 days after the date of said final certificate. (b) Before final payment is due, the Contractor shall submit evidence satisfactory to the Engineer that all payrolls, material bills, and other indebtedness connected with work have been paid, except that in case of disputed indebtedness of liens of evidence of payment of all such disputed amounts when adjudicated in cases where such payment has not already been guaranteed by surety bond. (c) The making and acceptance of the final payment shall constitute a waiver of all claims by the Owner, other than those arising from unsettled liens, from faulty work appearing within 12 months after final payment, from requirements of the specifications, or from manufacturer's guarantees. It shall also constitute a waiver of all claims by the contractor except those previously made and still unsettled. (d) If after the work has been substantially completed, full completion thereof is materially delayed through no fault of the Contractor, and the Engineer, so certifies, the Owner shall upon certification of the Engineer, and without terminating the contract, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the work fully completed and accepted. (e) Notwithstanding any provision of the General Conditions, there shall be no substitution of materials or change in means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction that are not determined to be equivalent to those indicated or required in the Contract Document, without an Amendment to the Contract. Each payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of claims. A - 3 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement in three (3) counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, in the year and day first mentioned above. AUGUSTA, GEORGIA COMMISSION-COUNCIL (Owner) By: U~J.f-- ~:"O--"\'}~''""'''~ SE A~ \,,__1.tKHl!"10,~\'\~ ~I.,J~ ..~~e. _. /) ~ ~v ~'":" :a" 0. C + ff 0 ~..~ ""0 O~ ~ If!..::) .~ ,- ". '::'J. ~" ~ ,'" .. ~ K ., . ~ r, '".:'~ . .. ::-: ~ (i! - ., ~ id Secreta~ \ r'i1. ..J" ;:: ~ -'f~ "'\,. l~% ..... ; ~)~~, ~~$~e...c~:*...o # ~ ;q~l/. Gl;;OJ:).'G~.~'. _4!" {bId1:U'~~~ Witness , CONTRACTOR: /ltI8~t&'-r1IArf aNS1'M a;(,c- BCf;-~if Title: ~ (J. Address: 9021 /It~I-,/.!11t/f) R,1It) ;l1l41tJ?it M. ~961 , A -4 SEAL Attest p.oJ~ J1o.bW) Secretary ~I~- Witness ~~J, "'~'.""... ~. ~ . CONFLICT OF INTEREST: It shall be unethical for any City of Augusta business or participant directly or indirectly in a procurement contract when the employee or official knows that: (a) the employee or official or any member of the employee's or official's immediate family has a substantial interest or fmancial interest pertaining to the procurement contract, except that the purchase of goods and services from businesses which a member of the Commission or other City of Augusta employee has a fmancial interest is authorized as per O.C.G.A. 36-1-14, or the procurement contract is awarded pursuant to O.C.G.A. 45-10-22 and 45-1 0-24, or the transaction is excepted from said restrictions by O.C.G.A. 45-10-25; (b) Any other person, business, or organization with whom the employee or official of any member of an employee's or officials immediate family is negotiating or has an arrangement concerning prospective employment is involved in the procurement contract. Any employee or official or any member of an employee's or official immediate family who holds a substantial interest or fmancial interest in a disclosed blind trust shall not be deemed to have a conflict of interest with regard to matters pertaining to that substantial interest or [mancial interest. I, (vendO~ .-It:( rr -..'1 ~,,/ s by have read and understand !he iofonnation contained in the bid specifications. Address: ~~b\J5 Bras. ~e:.+1 0,.. /()C. 9 ZO fv1 0 l-b-P~ icl, , A-v3v~ I (bA 3o~o J J Fax # ad{,) Vendor Name: City & State: Bi Date: 7ZZ-7S-z:./ 5/z7/o8 ./t"1proveAlerr-fs THIS FORM MUST BE SUBMITTE WITH BID PACKAGE. NO EXCEPTION(S) WILL BE GRANTED ~\)S ~~ ~~c.n ~ .. .., .. ~ ~'O .::'~ l,'" .....;- '("~(jC1l0~0';~'" ~OIt04D .fI,..uCJ MABus BROTHERS CONSTRUGTION CO., ING. 920 MOLLY POND ROAD AUGUSTA, GEORGIA 3090 I 706-722-894 I FAX 706-722-7521 MABUS BROTHERS CONSTRUCTION CO., INC. FINANCIAL EXPERIENCE AND EQUIPMENT STATEMENT ~\JS 111!. ~~O ~ · sn ,.. .. ~ '8 'r .\oJ Ii' \ ~lj ".~ ~~ ?(;.o ~lJc."110~l:: ~c,,9"" O"'DROAD .tJ.UU Mabus Brothers Construction Co., Inc. 1) South Carolina Department of Transportation PO Box 191 Columbia, SC 29202 2) Georgia Department of Transportation 4260 Frontage Road ... Augusta, GA 30909 3) Augusta-Richmond County 1815 Marvin Griffin Road Augusta, GA 30906 4) Columbia County PO Box 498 Evans, GA 30809 5) Crown Capital Corporation 3700 Crestwood Parkway, Suite 900 Duluth, GA 30096 6) City of Aiken PO Box 1177 Aiken, SC 29802-1177 \ 612(}/01 \ EQUlPMENl NUMBER AC 2281 BG 0110 BG 1008 BG 8800 BG 8900 BH 0343 BH 0417 BH 0715 BH 0739 BH 0883 BH 1058 BH 1301 BH 2910 BH 3545 BH 3624 BH 4565 BH 5307 BH 7154 BH 9665 BR 7751 BX 3302 BX 7856 BX 7857 CF 0296 DZ 0511 DZ 0641 DZ 1340 DZ 2090 DZ 5458 DZ 9274 HR 1616 HT 0593 HT 0651 HT 1270 HT 1668 HT 1707 HT 1795 lIT 3012 lIT 4418 lIT 5714 HT 6036 lIT 7270 lIT 9189 LD 1036 LD 1723 LD 2074 LD 8165 LD 9373 LD 9383 LT 8661 LT 8762 L T 8773 MC 0121 MC 0135 MC 0168 MC 0646 MC 1087 MC 1094 MABUS BROTHERS CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT MASTER LISTING EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION SULLAIR 185 W/90 MPD PAV.BRKR BATESBURG SHOP building NAPCO MA lOOSE SECUlTY SYSTEM 920B DBL WIDE/SHOP SECURITY SYS 920 OFFICE BLDG SECURITY SYS. CAT 320-L BACKHOE 9200411 KOBELCO SK-150 W/GROUSER,BOOM KOBELCO SK300IV HYDRAULIC EXCA CAT 215-B EXCAVATOR W/CONC SAW CAT 416C IT 4X4 BACKHOE LOADER CAT 416B BACKHOE KOMATSU PC60-6 EXCAVATOR '00 CAT 325BL HYDRAU EXCAVATOR KOMATSU PC300LC-3 EXCA V A TOR CAT 416B 4WD BACKHOE LOADER 416B CATERPILLAR BACKHOE LINKBEL T 3400 TRACK EXCA V A TOR CASE 580SL4X BACKHOE CASE 580 E BACKHOE '95 BRUCE RJ-300 BROOM 30 CY RB TRASH BOX (BLUE) LEWISTEEL 30 CY EZZEE A-FRAME LEWISTEEL 20 CY EZZEE A-FRAME 602 PIECE JET CONC. FORMS PURC CAT 3D TRACK DOZER CAT D5M TRACK TYPE DOZER '87 CAT D7H CRAWLER DOZER CAT D6E TRACK DOZER KOMATSU D65E-8 STRAIGHT TILT '00 JOHN DEERE 650H DOZER KENT K-KHB8G HOE RAM GRADELIGlIT 2000-2 WIBATIERY TOPCON SYS 5/LASER TRACKERJACK SONIC REFERENCE SYSTEM AGL GRADELIGlIT W/ AUTOLlNE LASER BEAM LASER ALIGNMENT 5700 BEAM ALIG LASER ALIGNMENT 4700 SYSTEM CLASSIC PIPEHORN 100 SYSTEM NEOTRONICS ATMOSPHERE MONITOR TOPCON ATG..6 LEVEL WIRODS,TRIP TOPCON AUTO LEVEL WIRODS,TRIPO LASER ALIGNMENT LB-1 W/ GRADE CAT 11'28 ENCLOSED CAB LOADER CAT 936F WHEEL LOADER CAT 930 WHEEL LOADER '98 JOHN DEERE 544H LOADER KOMATSU D-57-S LOADER KOMATSU D57S-1 LOADER AMlDA SlA060-4MH LIGHT TOWER AMlDA SL4060-4MH LIGHT TOWER AMlDA SL4060-4MH LIGHT TOWER c&P 60" SK300-4 lID BUCKET BURNERlBLOWER RB9A BEDDING BOX (ROCK BX) RTM 60-01 BUSH HOG TILLER LINCOLN WELDER CASE 30+4 TRENCHER 1 6/20/01 MABUS BROTHERS CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT MASTER LISTING EQUlPMENl NUMBER MC 1214 MC 1736 MC 1784 MC 1895 MC 30C2 MC 3384 MC 5004 MC 5602 MC 6795 MC 8362 MC 8557 MC 9998 MC RAKE MC RR02 MG 1408 MG 3613 MG 4150 MG 4759 MG 6028 MG 6770 OF 0035 OF 0480 OF 0737 OF 0994 OF 1518 OF 2105 OF 3009 OF 3442 OF 3681 OF 4588 OF 4705 OF 5764 OF 6946 OF 9348 OF S540 OF W115 PN 0132 PN 0714 PN 2528 PP 0022 PP 1062 PP 1322 PP 2339 PP 6J62 RD 0253 RD 0254 RD 0271 RD 0280 RL 0163 RL 0208 RL 0754 RL 1085 RL 1183 RL 5497 RL 5628 RL 6202 RL 6506 SH 8735 EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION RIVINIUS GRAVEL SPREADER EZB6, 6 CYDS. BEDDING BOX DITCH WITCH 140 EARTH AUGER YAMAHA YG550D GENERATOR 30" BORING MACHINE BARRIER LIFTING TONG MOD74-425 5700 POWER CURBER '98 MALETTI KZI00CV3220 TILLER PUCKET ASPHALT PAVER T-450 PETERSON HC3400B WOOD RECYCLER PRIME EQ 655PM-8H MORTAR MIXER MISC. EQUIPMENT ROOT RAKE ROOT RAKE WITH C-FRAME CAT 12H MOTORGRADER CAT 12G MOTORGRADER 59371 PIA TALLIS 65B MOTORGRADER CAT 12 F MOTORGRADER '95 CAT 12G MOTORGRADER CAT 12G MOTORGRADER ACER322LAPTOPCO~UTER RICOH FT4527 W/ DF61,CS220 HP PA VllJON 7420 CO~UTER SYS SAMSUNG 816 PROSTAR TELEPHONES HP 6355 PAVILION CO~UTER SYS. 50MHZ 486 1 G & 256MG CO~UTER GOODMAN CPKE60-38 CENTRAL AIR. HP BRIO CO~UTER & SERVER SOFT XEROX COPIER HARRIS/3M 6010AG COPIER SPECTRA-PRY SOFTWARE WIDIGITIZ OKIDATA ML395 24-PIN PRINTER BROTHER 1270 FAX MACHINE 200MHZ PENTIUM 6.2G CO~UTER MAXWELL NGS2000 5.4 SOFTWARE HP895 DESKJET PRINTER '88 CAT 615C ELEVATING SCRAPER '87 HERC TS14 SCRAPER '82 TEREX TS14B MOTOR SCRAPER CH&E 6538WR 3" DIAPHRAGM PUMP RICE DPH-2B HYDRO TESTPUMP CH&E 3" DIAPHRAGM (MUDHOG) 12" THO~SN V-345 WELLPOINT PU 6" THO~SN Ill-PRESSURE JET PUM VISAR B7800M PORTABLE OS/27/96 VISAR B7800M PORTABLE OS/27/96 VISAR B7800M PORTABLE OS/27/96 VISAR B7800M PORTABLE OS/27/96 SAKAI MODEL SV500T 84" FOOT RL MAULDIN WALK BEHIND VIB ROLLER INGERSOLL-RAND DD22 ROLLER RT820 WACKER SHEEPSFOOT ROLLER WACKER RT820-IR SBPSFT TR COMP INGERSOLL-RAND SP48 ROLLER GALlON 9PC-12D ROLLER INGERSOLL-RAND SDI00D ROLLER INGERSOLL-RAND SDI00F PADFT RO MI-T-M HS3005-CMVI PRES/WASHER. 2 6120/01 MABUS BROTHERS CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT MASTER LISTING EOUIPMEN1 NUMBER SH 9999 SV 0002 SV 0010 SV 0173 SV 1292 SV 2192 SV 8434 SW 1158 SW 1450 SW 2387 SW 3027 SW 5444 8W 5518 SW 5853 TB 0124 TB 0136 TB 1019 TB 1162 TB 2311 TB 3442 TB 4542 TB 8981 TB 9452 TB 9462 TB 9871 TC 0191 TC 1094 TC 2138 TC 5754 TP 1075 TP 1190 TP 1199 TP 2704 TP 3173 TP 5204 TP 5218 TP 6685 TP 8053 TP 9337 TR 0244 TR 0258 TR 0305 TR 0315 TR 0555 TR 0595 TR 0605 TR 0788 TR 0859 TR 1511 TR 1537 TR 1587 TR 1753 TR 2081 TR 2082 TR 2129 TR 2671 TR 2770 TR 2793 \ EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION NfiSCSHOPEXPENSES SO CONTRACTING STORAGE VAN SO CONTRACTING STORAGE VAN SO CONTRACTING STORAGE VAN TmE TOWN STORAGE VAN TEX 20' STORAGE CONTAINER TEX 20' STORAGE CONTAINER 8TIHL CONCRETE SAW 14-16" STlliL TS510 HANDHELD CON 14" BLOUNT 623G-14" GAS CHAIN SAW STlliL TS510 HANDHELD CONC14-16 STIHL TS460-14 HANDHELD CONSA W TS460-14" GAS HH CONCRETE SAW STlliL TSSI0 HANDHELD CONC 14" SHORING INTL 8SDW82 TRENCH BOX SHORING INTL 4SDW82 TRENCH BOX AGL 7-MH10DW MANHOLE BOX E-612-SW,6'X 12' SINGLE WALL TITAN TRANSPAC 6' X 8'TRENCHBX AGL 7-N816DWTRENCHBOX GME N-816-DW (8X16) TRENCH BOX MUNICIPAL SW 4MSW61 FOLDING TR GME N-1016-DW STEEL 10X16 GME-SN-416 DW STEEL 4X16 TRENC GME N816DW 2'X16' TRENCH BOX '927740 FORD NEW HOLLAND TRAC FORD 9600 TRACTOR JOHN DEERE 5300 UTIL TRACTOR JOHN DEERE 820 FARM TRACTOR WACKER RAMMER TAMP MODEL BS62Y WACKER RAMMER TAMP MODEL BS62Y WACKER RAMMER BS600 126-150# WACKER RAMMER TAMP MODEL BS62Y WACKER BS60YUS RAMMER TAMP WACKER BS604 TAMP WACKER BS604 TAMP WACKER TAMP WACKER BS600 RAMMER 126 - 150# WACKER RAMMER BS600.126-150# '93 FORD F250 PICKUP (WHITE) '79 FORD fT....A TBED (WHITE) '83 CHEV C-70 DUMP TRUCK white '98 CHEV C1500 X-CAB PIU (WHIT '87 INTERNATL 1954 FLATBED '86 CHEV C-30 SERV TRUCK '92 FORD EXPLORER blue '99 FORD F250 4X4 (HUNTR GREEN '96 CHEV K-1500 P/UP (green) '85 FlS0 S/CAB PICKUP sil/mar '94 FORD F150 KINGCAB - PINK2'83 MACK SUPERLINER red/white '85 MACK DM686S ROLLOFF '96 MACK RD690S DUMP TRUCK '96 MACK RD690S DUMP TRUCK '00 FORD F150 4X4 PICKUP (whit '99 INTRNA TL 5000 6X4 SBA DUMP '79 CHEVROLET 2 TON GREASE TRK '99 INTRNA TL 5000 6X4 SBA DUMP . 3 6/2()/OI EOUIPMEN1 NUMBER TR 2813 TR 2881 TR 3041 TR 3226 TR 3422 TR 3640 TR 3827 TR 3922 TR 3988 TR 4180 TR 4468 TR 4531 TR 5308 TR 5788 TR 6214 TR 6540 TR 6562 TR 6819 TR 6992 TR 7018 TR 7115 TR 7259 TR 7437 TR .7462 TR 7591 TR 7957 TR 8155 TR 8171 TR 8263 TR 8327 TR 9131 TR 9821 TR 9845 TR 9914 TR 9973 TR L077 TR L148 TR L565 TR L631 TR M378 \ MABUS BROTHERS CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT MASTER LISTING EOUIPMENT DESCRIPTION '89 VOL VO/GMC LOWBOY TRACTOR '99 CHEVY SIL VERADO (PEWTER) '94 FORD F-150 WlllTE '97 CHEV TAHOE 4DR (BLUE) '00 CHEV C15 PICKUP (black) '88 FORD F250 PICKUP (WIDTE) '85 FORD F250 PICKUP red '85 FORD F600 GREASE (WIDTE) '70 FORD N800 WATER TRUCK '89 FORD F450 MECHANICS (WIDTE '99 CHEV CK 1500 PIU (PEWTER) '87 FORD PICKUP (WIDTE) '95 WlllTE FORD F-250 DIESEL '00 FORD F250 (harvest gold) '91 FORD F350 CREWCAB dk.green '93 GillV CORSICA.LT AUTOMOBILE '00 JEEP GRAND CHEROKEE '95 CIillV S-10 PICKUP siVmaroo '77 MACK WATER TRUCK (YELLOW) '96 FORD F350 (WIDTE) '85 MACK WATER TRUCK RED '71 MACKDM600SX WATER TRUCK '87 INTERNATL S1900 SERV TRUCK '96 FORD F150 (white) '99 INTERNA T'L 9300 6X4 TRACTO '95 C-1500 GREEN CHEVY S-CAB '92 FORD COFF35 PICKUP (white) WMS-SCOTSMAN MOBILE OFFICE '97 FORD F-150 4X4 (MNL T BLUE) '86 FORD PKP COFF35 '86 FORD COFF35 MECH TRK (whit '96 CHEVROLET 1500 (white) '97 CHEV CKI0753 PICKUP (TAN) '91 FORD F150 gray '92 FORD F150 PICKUP black '70 MCDANIEL DUMP TRAILER '96 BREWER TRAILER W/lOOO GAL '94 FONTAlNE TB-50 TRAILER '99 PACE CS6125A TRAILER '77 WILLIAMS OFFICE DBL WIDE MIl 4 Mabus Brothers Construction Company, Inc. Balance Sheet August 31, 2000 Assets 2000 Current assets: Cash Accounts receivable: Contracts in Progress: Current (less allowance for doubtful accounts of $168,553) Retainage Employees Cost and estimated earnings in excess of billings on contracts in progress Other current assets Total current assets $435,419 1,152,391 679,069 4,989 12,822 54,843 2,339,533 Fixed assets, net of depreciation Notes receivable, related parties Cash surrender value - life insurance 962,781 88,840 130,533 Total Assets $3,521,687 Liabilities and Stockholder's Equity Current Liabilities: Accounts payable Retainage payable Line of credit Notes payable, current Accrued salaries and wages Deferred revenue Other accrued expenses Accrued income taxes Billings in excess of cost and estimated earnings on contracts in progress Total current liabilities $648,131 354,795 126,000 477,308 36,104 11,847 235,873 1,890,058 Long Term Liabilities: Notes payable, less current maturities Deferred income taxes Total long term liabilities 239,620 65,641 305,261 Stockholder's Equity: Common stock, $100 par value, 1,000 shares authorized, 300 shares issued and outstanding Retained earnings Total stockholder's equity 30,000 1,296,368 1,326,368 Total Liabilities and Stockholder's Equity $3,521,687 " ~~t\;~i?~'~:"; ~.;..":",:" ". . . " . . . ' .::"';~'"':. :'; {.~<-~; ~Y:~'" ". -:~'.' . - ~" ' Mabus Brothers ConstIUctlon.Company, Inc. Statement of Operations and Changes in Retained Earnings For the Years Ended August 31, 2000 . , 2000 Constructioncontrac~: Billings Less: Direct costs Indirect costs $12,520,952 10,657,434 760,550 Construction contract income 1,102,968 ',\. General and administrative expenses 840,939 Income before provision for income taxes 262,029 Provision for income taxes Current Deferred 69,041 9,871 Net income for the period 183,117 Retained earnings, beginning of year 1,113,251 Retained earnings, end of year $1,296,368 \ \\ THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS AlA Document A310 Bid Bond KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, THAT WE Mabus Brothers Construction Co., Inc. 920 Molly Pond Road, AUQusta, GA 30901 as Principal, hereinafter called the Principal, and Safeco Insurance Company of America Safeco Plaza, Seattle, WA 98185 a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of WA as Surety, hereinafter called the Surety, are held and firmly bound unto City of Augusta 530 Green St, Rm 605, Augusta, GA 30901 as Obligee, hereinafter called the Obligee, in the sum of Ten Percent of Amount Bid Dollars ($ 10% ), for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, the said Principal and the said Surety, bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal has submitted a bid for Windsor Spring Road Improvements NOW, THEREFORE, if the Obligee shall accept the bid of the Principal and the Principal shall enter into a Contract with the Obligee in accordance with the terms of such bid, and give such bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or Contract Documents with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of such Contract and for the prompt payment of labor and materials furnished in the prosecution thereof, or in the event of the failure of the Principal to enter such Contract and give such bond or bonds, if the Principal shall pay to the Obligee the difference not to exceed the penalty hereof between the amount specified in said bid and such larger amount for which the Obligee may in good faith contract with another party to perform the Work covered by said bid, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect. Signed and sealed this 27th day of May 2008 \ \ ...L~ J i ) j\ ~_d ~) ~ (\@iness) B: (Seal) ;// (Tit! e) ,- " Safeco Insura ce Company 0 America (Surety) (Seal) ~.4 (Title) AlA DOCUMENT A310 . BID BOND. AlA . FEBRUARY 1970 ED. . THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 N. Y. AVE., N. W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 ril POWER OF ATTORNEY Safeco Insurance Company of America General Insurance Company of America Safeco Plaza Seattle, WA 98185 KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: That SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA, each a Washington corporation, does each hereby appoint ***PAMELA BRANDT; HEIDI K, HARRELL; BRAD LORENZETTI; JAMES M. MALONEY; CYNTHIA M. PARTIN; Columbia, South Carolina**** No, 9721 its true and lawful attorney(s)-in-fact, with full authority to execute on its behalf fidelity and surety bonds or undertakings and other documents of a similar character issued in the course of its business, and to bind the respective company thereby. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA have each executed and attested these presents April 2007 this 6th day of ~Jf;~~ , \~. STEPHANIE DALEY-WATSON,SECRETARY TIM MIKOLAJEWSKI, SENIOR VICE-PRESIDENT, SURETY CERTIFICATE Extract from the By-Laws of SAFE CO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA: "Article V, Section 13. - FIDELITY AND SURETY BONDS ... the President, any Vice President, the Secretary, and any Assistant Vice President appointed for that purpose by the officer in charge of surety operations, shall each have authority to appoint individuals as attorneys-in-fact or under other appropriate titles with authority to execute on behalf of the company fidelity and surety bonds and other documents of similar character issued by the company in the course of its business... On any instrument making or evidencing such appointment, the signatures may be affixed by facsimile. On any instrument conferring such authority or on any bond or undertaking of the company, the seal, or a facsimile thereof, may be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced; provided, however, that the seal shall not be necessary to the validity of any such instrument or undertaking." Extract from a Resolution of the Board of Directors of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA adopted July 28, 1970, "On any ,certificate executed by the Secretary or an assistant secretary of the Company setting out, (I) The provisions of Article V, Section 13 of the By-Laws, and (Ii) A copy of the power-of-attorney appointment, executed pursuant thereto, and (iii) Certifying that said power-of-attorney appointment is in full force and effect, the signature of the certifying officer may be. by facsimile, and the seal of the Company may be a facsimile thereof." I, Stephanie Daley-Watson , Secretary of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA, do hereby certify that the foregoing extracts of the By-Laws and of a Resolution of the Board of Directors of these corporations, and of a Power of Attorney issued pursuant thereto, are true and correct, and that both the By-Laws, the Resolution and the Power of Attorney are still in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the facsimile seal of said corporation this c2~ day of ;nay ,~. ~~~ STEPHANIE DALEY-WATSON, SECRETARY Safeco<ID and the Safeco logo are registered trademarks of Safeco Corporation. S-0974/DS 4/05 WEB PDF THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS Bond No.6578645 AlA Document A312 Performance Bond Any singular reference to Contractor, Surety, Owner or other party shall be considered plural where applicable. CONTRACTOR (Name and Address): Mabus Brothers Construction Co., Inc. 920 Molly Pond Road Augusta, GA 30901 OWNER (Name and Address): Augusta, GA Commission Procurement Dept., 530 Green Street Augusta, GA 30901 CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT Date: Amount: ($ 4,549,000.00 ) Four Million Five Hundred Forty Nine Thousand Dollars and 00/100 Description (Name and Location) :Windsor Springs Road Improvements, Augusta, GA SURETY (Name and Principal Place of Business): Safeco Insurance Company of America Safeco Plaza Seattle, WA 98185 BOND Date (Not earlier than Construction Contract Date): Amount: ($ 4,549,000.00 ) Four Million Five Hundred Forty Nine Thousand Dollars and 00/100 Modifications to this Bond: 119 None 0 See Page 3 CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL Company: . Mabus Brothers C Signature: Name and Title: Lu.("D (Any additional signatures appear n page 3) SURETY Company: Safeco Insur Signature: Name and Ti (FOR INFORMATION ONL V-Name, Address and Telephone) AGENT or BROKER: OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE (Architect, Engineer or Willis other party): 1441 Main Street Columbia, SC 29201 AlA DOCUMENT A312 . PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND. DECEMBER 1984 ED. . AlA i!li THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 THIRD PRINTING. MARCH 1987 A312.1984 1 1 The ~ontractor and the Surety, jointly and severally, bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns to the Owner for the performance of the Construction Contract, which is incorporated herein by reference. 2 If the Contractor performs the Construction Contract, the Surety and the Contractor shall have no obligation under this Bond, except to participate in conferences as provided in Subparagraph 3.1. 3 If there is no Owner Default, the Surety's obligation under this Bond shall arise after: 3.1 The Owner has notified the Contractor and the Surety at its address described in Paragraph 10 below that the Owner is considering declaring a Contractor Default and has requested and attempted to arrange a conference wi.th the Contractor and the Surety to be held not later than fifteen days after receipt of such notice to discuss methods of performing the Construc- tion Contract. If the Owner, the Contractor and the Surety agree, the Contractor shall be allowed a reason. able time to perform the Construction Contract, but such an agreement shall not waive the Owner's right, if any, subsequently to declare a Contractor Default; and 3.2 The Owner has declared a Contractor Default and formally terminated the Contractor's right to complete the contract. Such Contractor Default shall not be de- clared earlier than twenty days after the Contractor and the Surety have received notice as provided in Sub- paragraph 3.1; and 3.3 The Owner has agreed to pay the Balance of the Contract Price to the Surety in accordance with the terms of the Construction Contract or to a contractor selected t,o perform the Construction Contract in accor. dance with the terms of the cOl')tract with the Owner. 4 When the Owner has satisfied the conditions of Para. graph 3, the Surety shall promptly and at the Surety's ex- pense take one of the following actions: ' 4.1 Arrange for the Contractor, with consent of the Owner, to perform and complete the Construction Contract; or 4.2 Undertake to perform and complete the Construc- tion Contract itself, through its agents or through inde- pendent contractors; or 4.3 Obtain bids or negotiated proposals from qualified contractors acceptable to the Owner for a contract for performance and completion of the Con- struction 'Contract. arrange for a contract to be pre- pared for execution by the Owner and the contractor selected with the Owner's concurrence, to be secured with performance and payment bonds executed by a qualified surety equivalent to the bonds issued on the Construction Contract, and pay to the Owner the amount of damages as described in Paragraph 6 in ex. cess of the Balance of the Contract Price incurred by the Owner resulting from the Contractor's default; or 4.4 Waive its right to perform and complete, arrange for completion, or obtain a new contractor and with reasonable promptness under the circumstances: .1 After investigation, determine the amount for which it may be liable to the Owner and, as soon as practicable after the amount is deter- mined/ tender payment therefor to the Owner; or .2 Deny liability in whole or in part and notify the Owner citing reasons therefor. 5 If the Surety does not proceed as provided in Paragraph 4 with reasonable promptness, the Surety shall be deemed to be in default on this Bond fifteen days after receipt of an additional written notice from the Owner to the Surety demanding that the Surety perform its obligations under this Bond, and the Owner shall be entitled to enforce any remedy available to the Owner. If the Surety proceeds as provided in Subparagraph 4.4, and the Owner refuses the payment tendered or the Surety has denied liability, in whole or in part, without further notice the Owner shall be entitled to enforce any remedy available to the Ovvner. 6 After the Owner has terminated the Contractor's right to complete the Construction Contract, and if the Surety elects to act under Subparagraph 4.1, 4.2, or 4.3 above, then the responsibilities of the Surety to the Owner shall not be greater than those of the Contractor under the Construction Contract, and the responsibilities of the Owner to the Surety shall not be greater than those of the Owner under the Construction Contract. To the limit of the amount of this Bond, but subject to commitment by the Owner of the Balance of the Contract Price to mitigation of costs and damages on the Construction Contract, the Sure- ty is obligated without duplication for: 6.1 The responsibilities of the Contractor for correc- tion of defective work and completion of the Construc- tion Contract; 6.2 Additional legal, design professional and delay costs resulting from the Contractor's Default, and re- sulting from the actions or failure to act of the Surety under Paragraph 4; and 6.3 Liquidated damages, or if no liquidated damages are specified in the Construction Contract, actual dam- ages caused by delayed periormance or non-perfor- mance of the Contractor. 7 The Surety shall not be liable to the Owner or others for obligations of the Contractor that are unrelated to the Con- struction Contract, and the Balance of the Contract Price shall not be reduced or set off on account of any such unrelated obligations. No right of action shall accrue on this Bond to any person or entity other than the Owner or its heirs, executors, administrators or successors. 8 The Surety hereby waives notice of any change, includ- ing changes of time, to the Construction Contract or to related subcontracts, purchase orders and other obliga- tions. 9 Any proceeding, legal or equitable, under this Bond may be instituted in any cOLlrt of competent juri!>diction in the location in which the work or pari of the work is located and shall be instituted within two years after Contractor Default or within t\.....o years after the Contractor ceased working or within two years after the Surety refuses or fails to perform its obligations under this Bond, whichever oc. curs first. If the provisions of this Paragraph are void or prohibited by law, the minimum period of limitation avail- AlA DOCUMENT A312 . PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND. DECEMBER 1984 ED. . AlA ;~ THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHIHCTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON. D.C. 20006 THIRD PRINTING. MARCH 1987 A312-1984 2 able to sureties as a defense in the jurisdiction of the suit shall be' applicable. 10 Notice to the Surety, the Owner orthe Contractor shall be mailed or delivered to the address shown on the sig- nature page. 11 When this Bond has been furnished to comply with a statutory or other legal requirement in the location where the construction was to be performed, any provision in this Bond conflicting with said statutory or legal requirement shall be deemed deleted herefrom and provisions con- forming to such statutory or other legal requirement shall be deemed incorporated herein. The intent is that this Bond shall be construed as a statutory bond and not as a common law bond. 12 DEFINITIONS 12.1 Balance of the Contract Price: The total amount payable by the Owner to the Contractor under the Construction Contract after all proper adjustments have been made, including allowance to the Con- MODIFICATIONS TO THIS BOND ARE AS FOLLOWS: tractor of any amounts received or to be received by the Owner in settlement of insurance or other claims for damages to which the Contractor is entitled, re- duced by all valid and proper payments made to or on behalf of the Contractor under the Construction Con- tract. 12.2 Construction Contract: The agreement between the Owner and the Contractor identified on the sig- nature page, including all Contract Documents and changes thereto. . 12.3 Contractor Default: Failure of the Contra<;:tor, which has neither been remedied nor waived, to per- form or otherwise to comply with the terms of the Construction Contract. 12.4 Owner Default: Failure of the Owner, which has neither been remedied nor waived, to pay the Con- tractor as required by the Construction Contract or to perform and complete or comply with the other terms thereof. (Space is provided below for additional signatures of added parties, other than those appearing on the cover page.) CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL Company: (Corporate Seal) Signature: Name and Title: Address: SURETY Company: (Corporate Seal) Signatu re: Name and Title: Address: AlA DOCUMENT A312. PERFORMANCE BONO AND PAYMENT BOND. DECEMBER 1984 ED. . AlA ~ THE A,\\ERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 THIRD PRINTING. MARCH 1987 A312.1984 3 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS Bond No. 6578645 AlA Document A312 Payment Bond Any singular reference to Contractor, Surety, Owner or other party shall be considered plural where applicable. CONTRACTOR (Name and Address): Mabus Brothers Construction Co., Inc. 920 Molly Pond Road Augusta, GA 30901 OWNER (Name and Address): Augusta, GA Commission Procurement Dept., 530 Green Street Augusta, GA 30901 CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT Date: Amount: ($4,549,000.00 ) Four Million Five Hundred Forty Nine Thousand Dollars and 00/100 Description (Name and location): Windsor Springs Road Improvements, Augusta, GA SURETY (Name and Principal Place of Business): Safeco Insurance Company of America Safeco Plaza Seattle, WA 98185 BOND Date (Not earlier than Construction Contract Date): Amount: ($ 4,549,000.00 ) Four Million Five Hundred Forty Nine Thousand Dollars and 00/100 Modifications to this Bond: 0 None e9 See Page 6 CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL Company: Mabus Brotbers Cons SURETY Company: (Corporate Seal) Safeco Insura,97e Com Signature: Ut. Name and Titl . Cynthia M. Partin Attorney-in-Fact Signature: Name and Ti (FOR INFORMATION ONLY-Name, Address and Te/ephone) AGENT or BROKER: OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE (Architect, Engineer or Willis other party): 1441 Main Street Columbia, SC 29201 AlA DOCUMENT 1.312. PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND. DECEMBER 1984 ED. . AlA @ THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE;, N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 THIRD PRINTING. MARCH 1987 A312.1984 4 1 The Contractor and the Surety, jOintly and severally, bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, . successors and assigns to the Owner to pay for Jabor, materials and equipment furnished for use in the perfor- mance of the Construction Contract, which is incorpo- rated herein by reference. 2 With respect to the Owner, this obligation shall be null and void if the Contractor: 2.1 Promptly makes payment, directly or indirectly, for all sums due Claimants, and 2.2 Defends, indemnifies and holds harmless the Owner from claims, demands, liens or suits by any person or entity whose claim, demand, lien or suit is for the payment for labor, materials or equipment fur- nished for use in the performance of the Construction Contract, provided the Owner has promptly notified the Contractor and the Surety (at the address described in Paragraph 12) of any claims, demands, liens or suits and tendered defense of such claims demands, liens or suits to the Contractor and th~ Surety, and provided there is no Owner Default. 3 With respect to Claimants, this obligation shall be null and void if the Contractor promptly makes pay- ment, directly or indirectly, for all sums due. 4 The Surety shall have no obligation to Claimants under this Bond until: 4.1 Claimants who are employed by or have a direct contract with the Contractor have given notice to the Surety (at the address described in Paragraph 12) and sent a copy, or notice thereof, to the Owner, stating that a claim is being made under this Bond and, with substantial accuracy, the amount of the claim. 4.2 Claimants who do not have a direct contract with the Contractor: .1 Have furnished written notice to the Con- tractor and sent a copy, or notice thereof, to the Owner, within 90 days after having last performed labor or last furnished materials or equipment included in the claim stating, with substantial accuracy, the amount of the claim and the name of the party to whom the materials were furnished or supplied or for whom the labor was done or performed; and .2 Have either received a rejection in whole or in part from the Contractor, or not received within 30 days of furnishing the above no- tice any communication from the Contractor by which the Contractor has indicated the claim will be paid directly or indirectly; and .3 Not having been paid within the above 30 days, have sent a written notice to the Surety (at the address described in Paragraph 12) and sent a copy, or notice thereof. to the Owner, stating that a claim is being made under this Bond and enclosing a copy of the previous written notice furnished to the Contractor. 5 If a notice required by Paragraph 4 is given by the Owner to the Contractor or to the Surety, that is suffi- cient compliance. 6 When the Claimant has satisfied the conditions of Paragraph 4, the Surety shall promptly and at the Surety's expense take the following actions: 6.1 Send an answer to the Claimant, with a copy to the Owner, within 45 days after receipt of the claim, stating the amounts that are undisputed and the basis for challenging any amounts that are disputed. 6.2 Payor arrange for payment of any undisputed amounts. 7 The Surety's total obligation shall not exceed the amount of this Bond. and the amount of this Bond shall be credited for any payments made in good faith by the Surety. 8 Amounts owed by the Owner to the Contractor under the Construction Contract shall be used for the perfor- mance of the Construction Contract and to satisfy claims, if any, under any Construction Performance Bond. By the Contractor furnishing and the Owner accepting this Bond, they agree that all furids earned by the Contractor in the performance of the Construction Contract are dedicated to satisfy obligations of the Contractor and the Surety under this Bond, subject to the Owner's prior- ity to use the funds for the completion of the work. 9 The Surety shall not be liable to the Owner, Claimants or others for obligations of the Contractor that are unrelat- ed to the Construction Contract. The Owner shall not be liable for payment of any costs or expenses of any Claim- ant under this Bond, and shall have under this Bond no obli- gations to make payments to, give notices on behalf of, or otherwise have obligations to Claimants under this Bond. 10 The Surety hereby waives notice of any change, including changes of time, to the Construction Contract or to related subcontracts, purchase orders and other obligations. 11 No suit or action shall be commenced by a Claimant under this Bond other than in a court of competent juris- diction in the location in which the work or part of the work is located or after the expiration of one year from the date (1) on which the Claimant gave the notice required by Subparagraph 4.1 or Clause 4.2.3, or (2) on which the last labor or service was performed by anyone or the last mate- rials or equipment were furnished by anyone under the Con- struction Contract, whichever of (1) or (2) first occurs. If the provisions of this Paragraph are void or prohibited by law, the minimum period of limitation available to sureties as a defense in the jurisdiction of the suit shall be applicable. 12 Notice to the Surety, the Owner or the Contractor shall be mailed or delivered to the address shown on the signature page. Actual receipt of notice by Surety, the Owner or the Contractor, however accomplished, shall be sufficient compliance as of the date received at the address shown on the signature page. 13 When this Bond has been furnished to comply with a statutory or other legal requirement in the location where the construction was to be performed, any provision in this Bond conflicting with said statutory or legal requirement shall be deemed deleted herefrom and provisions con- forming to such statutory or other legal requirement shall be deemed incorporated herein. The intent is that this AlA DOCUMENT A312' PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND' DECEMBER 1984 ED.' AIA~ THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1735 NEW YORK AVE,. NW. WASHINGTCN, D,C. 20006 THIRD PRINTING' MARCH 1987 A312-1984 5 Bond shall be construed as a statutory bond and not as a common law bond. . . 14 Upon request by any person or entity appearing to be a potential beneficiary of this Bond, the Contractor shall promptly furnish a copy of this Bond or shall permit a copy to be made. 15 DEFINITIONS 15.1 Claimant: An individual or entity having a direct contract with the Contractor orwith a subcontractor of the Contractor to furnish labor, materials or equip- ment for use in the performance of the Contract. The intent of this Bond shall be to include without limita. tion in the terms "labor, materials or equipment" that part of water, gas, power, light, heat, oil. gasoline, telephone service or rental equipment used in the MODIFICATIONS TO THIS BOND ARE AS FOLLOWS:' Construction Contract, architectural and engineering services required for performance of the work of the Contractor and the Contractor's subcontractors, and all other items for which a mechanic's lien may be asserted in the jurisdiction where the labor, materials or equipment were furnished. 15.2 Construction Contract: The agreement between the Owner and the Contractor identified on the sig- nature page, including all Contract Documents and changes thereto. 15.3 Owner Default: Failure of the Owner, which has neither been remedied nor waived, to pay the Con- tractor as required by the Construction Contract or to perform and complete or comply with the other terms thereof. Sub paragraph 4.3 is added as follows: 4.3 Claimant has furnished to Surety proof of claim duly sworn to by Claimant, along with adequate supporting documentation which proves the amount claimed is due and payable. Paragraph 5 is amended as follows: 5 If a notice required by paragraph 4 is given by Owner to the Contractor and to the Surety, that is sufficient compliance. Paragraph 6 is deleted in its entirety and the following is substituted in its place: 6 When the Claimant has satisfied the conditions of Paragraph 4, and has submitted all supporting documentation and any proof of claim requested by the Surety, the Surety shall, within a reasonable period oftime, notify the Claimant of the amounts that are undisputed and the basis for challenging any amounts that are disputed, including, but not limited to, the lack of substantiating documentation to support the claim as to entitlement or amount, and the Surety shall, within a reasonable period of time, payor make arrangements for payment of any undisputed amount; provided, however, that the failure of the Surety to timely discharge its obligations under this paragraph or to dispute or identify any specific defense to all or any part of a claim shall not be deemed to be an admission of liability by the Surety as to such claim or otherwise constitute a waiver of the Contractor's or Surety defenses to, or right to dispute such claim. Rather, the Claimant shall have the immediate right, without further notice, to bring suit against the Surety to enforce any remedy available to it under this Bond. (Space is provided below for additional signatures of added parties, other than those appearing on the cover page.) CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL Company: (Corporate Seal) Signature: Name and Title: Address: SURETY Company: (Corporate Seal) Signature: Name and Title: Address: AlA DOCUMENT A312 . PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND' DECEMBER 1984 ED. . AlA @ THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W.. WASHINGTON. D.C. 20006 THIRD PRINTING. MARCH 1987 A312.1984 6 ;II) POWER OF ATTORNEY Safeco Insurance Company of America General Insurance Company of America Safeco Plaza Seattle, WA 98185 KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: That SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA, each a Washington corporation, does each hereby appoint ***PAMELA BRANDT; HEIDI K. HARRELL; BRAD LORENZETTI; JAMES M. MALONEY; CYNTHIA M. PARTIN; Columbia, South Carolina**** No, 9721 its true and lawful attorney(s)-in-fact, with full authority to execute on its behalf fidelity and surety bonds or undertakings and other documents of a similar character issued in the course of its business, and to bind the respective company thereby. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA have each executed and attested these presents this 6th day of April 2007 ~~~ STEPHANIE DALEY.WATSON,SECRETARY TIM MIKOLAJEWSKI, SENIOR VICE-PRESIDENT, SURETY CERTIFICATE Extract from the By-Laws of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA: "Article V, Section 13. - FIDELITY AND SURETY BONDS ... the President, any Vice President, the Secretary, and any Assistant Vice President appointed for that purpose by the officer in charge of surety operations, shall each have authority to appoint individuals as attorneys-in-fact or under other appropriate tilles with authority to execute on behalf of the company fidelity and surety bonds and other documents of similar character issued by the company in the course of its business... On any instrument making or evidencing such appointment, the signatures may be affixed by facsimile. On any instrument conferring such authority or on any bond or undertaking of the company, the seal, or a facsimile thereof, may be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced; provided, however, that the seal shall not be necessary to the validity of any such instrument or undertaking." Extract from a Resolution of the Board of Directors of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA adopted July 28,1970. "On any.certificate executed by the Secretary or an assistant secretary of the Company setting out, (i) The provisions of Article V, Section 13 of the By-Laws, and (ii) A copy of the power-of-attorney appointment, executed pursuant thereto, and (iii) Certifying that said power-of-attorney appointment is in full force and effect, the signature of the certifying officer may be by facsimile, and the seal of the Company may be a facsimile thereof." I, Stephanie Daley-Watson , Secretary of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA, do hereby certify that the foregoing extracts of the By-Laws and of a Resolution of the Board of Directors of these corporations, and of a Power of Attorney issued pursuant thereto, are true and correct, and that both the By-Laws, the Resolution and the Power of Attorney are still in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the facsimile seal of said corporation this day of ~~~ STEPHANIE DALEY-WATSON, SECRETARY Safeco@ and the Safeco logo are registered trademarks of Safeco Corporation. S-0974/DS 4/05 WEB PDF ACORD.. CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE OPID RG I DATE (MMlDDIYYYY) MABUS-l 08/12/08 PRODUCER THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATIO" - ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE Sne~~ings Wa~ters Agency, Inc. HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR 1117 Perimeter Ctr West W-l0l ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW Atlanta GA 30338 Phone: 770-396-9600 Fax: 770-399-9880 INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC# INSURED INSURER A: Cincinnati IDJI=lUlOe CCllllpany 10677 INSURER B: FFVA Mutua~ Insurance Co 10385 Mabus Brothers Construction CO INSURER c: 920 MO~~~Po8d Rd INSURER D: Augusta 3 901 INSURER E: COVERAGES THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOO INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING AN'( REQUIRE~NT, TERM OR CONDITION OF AfoN CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO AlL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDrTlONS OF SUCH POLICIES. AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. POLICY NUMBER DATEiMMlDDIYYJ POL LIMITS LTR NSR TYPE OF INSURANCE DATE IMMIDDIVYl GENERAL LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1000000 - 06/30/09 PREMISES (Ea occurence) A ~ COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILnY cpp 0836426 06/30/08 $ 500000 =:J CLAIMS MADE ~ OCCUR MED EXP (Anyone person) $ 10000 - PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $ 1000000 GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 2000000 GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: PR~-COM~OPAGG $ 2000000 "I POLICY !xl ~~8r n LOC AUTOMOBILE LIABIUTY COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT $ 1000000 - A ~ ANY AUTO CPP 0836426 06/30/08 06/30/09 lEa accident) X ALL OWNED AUTOS BODILY INJURY - $ SCHEDULED AUTOS (Per person) - ~ HIRED AUTOS BODILY INJURY $ ~ NON-OWNED AUTOS (Per accident) PROPERlY DAMAGE $ (Per accident) GARAGE LIABILITY AUTO ONLY - Ell ACCIDENT $ ~ ANY AUTO OTHER THAN EA ACC $ AUTO ONLY: AGG $ EXCESS/UMBRELLA LIABIUTY EACH OCCURRENCE $ 5,000 000 A ~ OCCUR c:::: CLAIMS MADE CPP 0836426 06/30/08 06/30/09 AGGREGATE $ 5,000,000 $ ~ DEDUCTIBLE $ X RETENTION $0 $ WORKERS COMPENSATION AND X ITb"RY't:~mi I IUE~' B EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY WC84000205382008A 06/30/08 06/30/09 E.L EACH ACCIDENT $ 1000000 ANY PROPRIET"ORJPARTNER/EXECUTlVE OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? E,L DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE $ 1000000 ~~I~~Jj~~S below E,L DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $ 1000000 OTHER DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS' LOCATIONS 'VEHICLES' EXCLUSIONS ADDED BY eNDORSEMeNT' specIAL PROVISIONS Job: Windsor Spring Rd Improvement A Waiver of Subrogation is included under the Workers Compensation po~icy in favor of Augusta-Richmond Co. Commission. CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION AUG-RIC SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING INSURER WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL ~ DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT, BUT FAILURE TO DO so SHALL IMPOSE NO OBUGATION OR UABILITY OF ANY KIND UPON THE INSURER, ITS AGENTS OR Augusta-Richmond Co Commission 530 Green Street Augusta GA 30911 @ACORDCORPORATION 1988 ACORD 25 (2001/08) ~ IMPORTANT If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). DISCLAIMER The Certificate of Insurance on the reverse side of this form does not constitute a contract between the issuing insurer(s), authorized representative or producer, and the certificate holder, nor does it affirmatively or negatively amend, extend or alter the coverage afforded by the policies listed thereon. ACORD 25 (2001/08) TABLE OF CONTENTS OF GENERAL CONDITIONS Arrir:/e Number Title . DEFINITIONS.........,.. .............................. .........,.. 1 PRELDIINARY MATTERS ..... ~. ................................. 3 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT. AMENDING AND REUSE....................... ........ 4 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS: PHYSICAL CONDITIONS:, REFERENCE POINTS. ... ......... ............. '" ..... ............ 5 BONDS AN D INS U RANCE ........................................ 6 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONS'IBILlTIES ................. ........... 7 OTHER WORK ...................................;....,...,........ 8 OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES.....,.. .,.......................... 9, ENGINEER.S STATUS,DURING CONSTRUCTION ..".......... I 0 CHANGES IN THE ~VORK ............... . . .. ...... .... ............ , II CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE......."................ ...... ". !:! CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIME ........................."........ 13 WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE: TESTS AND INSPECTIONS: CORRECTION. REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK... "...................... 24 14 PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION '"'......... 26 /5 SUSPENSrONOFWORKANDTERMINATION....... .......... 29 /6 ARB ITRA TI 0 N ........................................,.......... ,. . 3 I 17 MISCELLANEOUS.. ................. .......... ..... ... ......... '.. 32 3 PaRe 7 ~ 8 9 10 /1 J4 18 19 [9 21 21 :!4 INDEX TO GENERAL CONDITIONS Anicle orl'aragraplt Numlur Acceptance of InsUrailce ............................. 5.13 Access [0 (he Work .................................. 13.2 Addenda-definilion of (see definition of Specifications) ........................................ I Agreemenc-definjtion of ...... ... ... .................... 1 All Rls k Ins'ul":lnce .... .. . . . . . . . . .. . . . .. .. . . . . .. . .. . . . '. 5.6 Amendment. Written...... ....................... I. 3.1.1 Application for Paymem-definition of .................. I Applicatio n {or Payment. Final .......:.............. 14.12 Application for PrciJ"ess Payment .................... 14.2 Application for ProiJ"e,s Payment-review of .... 14.4-14.7 Arbitration ..................................,............. 16 Auchorized Variation in Worle: .........................9..5 Avai/abilicy of Lands. '" .. .. .. .. .. . . .. . . ... .. . . . . . .. .. 4.1 Award. Nociceof-cJetined .............................. I Before Starting Construction .... .................. 2.J~2.i Bid--delinition of .... ........................ ........... 1 Bonds and Insurance_in general ........................ 5 Bonds--<iefinilion of. . .. .. . " '. . . .. . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . .. .. .. 1 .Bonds. Delivery of ................................. :.1. .5.1 Bonds. Perfonnance and Other.... ...... ... .... ... .5.1.5.1 Cash ALlowances ...... ',' . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. J 1.8 Change Order--dennition of ..: . . . . .. .. . . . .. . . .. . ". . . . .. 1 Change Orders-co be executed ...................... lOA Changes in che Work :.:................................10 Claims. Waiver of -on Final Payment .............. .14.16 Clarifications and Interpretations ...................... 9.4 Cleaning .............................................. 6.1 i Compietion .. . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . . : . . . . . .. . . . . .. J 4 Completion. SUostantial ..............'........... 10+.8.14.9 Conference. Preconstruction .......................... 2.8 Conflicl. Error. Discrepancy-Comraclor co ReporT. .....................................; 2..5. 3.3 Construction Machinery. Equipmeill. etc. ............. 6A Continuing Work........ ........ ......... ............ 6.19 Concract Document5-amending and SUpplementing: ........... ........................ 3.4-3.5 Concracc Documents-deiinition of ...................... I Concract Documencs:""/menc ...................... J.l ~3.3 Conlract DocumentS-Reuse of ....................... J.6 Contract Price. Change of .............................. I I Commct Price-definirion ............................... r Con[mct Time. Changeo( .............................. I~ Commcc Time. Commencement of.................... ':.3 Concmct Time-d efinilion of ............................ I Contractor--derinilion of ................................ 1 COntraclor May SlOp Work or Tenninate ............. 15.5 Conlraccor's Continuing Obligalion .................. 14.15 Conrmclor's Duc~' to Rc:pon Discrepancy in Documc:nts . .................................. :.5.3.2 COnt/'llClOr'S Ft:~-Cost Plus ... 1/.4.5.6.11.5.1. 11.6.11.7 Concmctor's L' b'l' I .5 ' In I ICy nsurance ....................... ...J Contractor' R 'b.I' '. I 6 S esponsl I me5--in genera ................ Contractor's Warranty of Tide. ................. .... .. 14.3 Contractors--other .......... .. ................. ......... 7 COntraclual Liability Insurance ........................ 5.4 Coordinaling Contraclor-dennition of.......... ....... 7,4 Coordinacion .......................................... 7,4 Copies of Documents ........ .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. . . .. . .. .. 2.1 CorreclionorRemovalofDefectiveWoric ........... J3.1I Correction Period. One Year .................;...... 13.12 Correction. Removal or Acceplance of Defective Work-in general .................... ....... 13.11-13.14 Cost-net decrease ............. '. . .. .. :. .. .. .. . . ~ . .. 1 I. 6.1 Cost of Work ............... " . . . . " '. .. .. " . .'. .. 11.4-11 J Costs. Supplemental.................. ........... ... 1 I.4..l Day--<ieiinition of . .. .. .. .. . ... .. . .. .. .. ...... .. . .. .. . . .. I Defecrive-<ietinition of ................................. I Defecrive Work. Acceplance of... .... .. ......;.. .... 13.]j Dtfecrivt Work. Correction or Removal of .......... 13.11' Dtfective Work-in general ............... 13. 14.7, 14.11 Defecrive Work. Rejecting........ ........ ............. 9.6 Definitions .............................................. 1 Delivery of Bonds .. .............. .... ....... .... .'.. .... 2.1 Determination for Unit ?!ices ........................ 9.10 Di.sputes. Decisions by Engineer.. . .......... .. .. 9.11.9.11 Documents. Copie's of .... .... ........... .............. 2.2 Documents. Record ..................... ............. 6.19 Documents. Reuse .................................... 3.6' Drawings---dennition of ................................. I .E:uemenrs ............................................ 4.1 Effective dace of Agreemenl-<iefinition of..... .... ... ... J Emergencies ......................... .................6.=.1 Engineer-detinitjon of . .. . .. ;. . . .. .. .. .. ... ... . . .. .. . ... 1 Engineer's Decisions ............ .,... .. ........ .. 9.10-9. J2 Engineer's-Notice Work is Acceptable ............. !4.13 Engineer's Recommendation of Pay me lit ...... 14.4. (,4.J3 Engineer's Responsibilicies. Limitacions . on :................ 6;6,9.11,9.13-9.16,18.2 Engineer's Scatus During Constnlclion-in gcncra.1 ...... 9 Equipment. ubor. Materials and...... .... .. ....:. 6.3-0.6 Equivalent Materials and Equipmenl .................. 6.7 E;tplorations of physical conditions......., ..... .. '. .. 4.2 Fee. Concractor's-CoSlS Plus... ......... ... ......... 11.6 Field.Order-delinilion of ............................... 1 Field Order-issued by Engineer ................ 3..5.1. 9.5 Final AppJic;][ion {or Payment... .................... 14.12 Final Inspeclion ..... ................................ /4.11 Final Payment and Acceptance...................... /4.13 Final Payment. Recommendalion of '" .'.. ..... 14.13-14.14 General Provisions.. ................ ..... ....... 17.J.li.4 General Requirements-ddini cio n of. . .. .. . . .. .. ... .. . ... I General Requiremenls-principal references to '...,............ 2.6.4.4.6.4.6.6-1:1.7.6.:3 ~ Giving Notice ........................................ 17. I Guarantee of Work-by Contractor....... .......... .'. 13.( Indemnification............................. ~.J0-6.J1, 7.5 . Inspection, Final .......,..........................., 14. I I Icspccrion, Tesrs aad ..... _........................... IJ.J Insurance, 80nds and-in general ........ .... .. .. . . . . . . " 5 Insurance. Certificates of ........................... 2.7,5 Insurance-<omplered operation.s .. . . . . . .. . ... . .. .. . ... 5.3 Insurance. Conrractor's Liability ...................... 5.J insurance. Contractual Liability............."........ 5.4 Insurance. Owner's Liability "....."....,......... .,.' 5.5 Insurance. Property........... ......." .......... 5.6-5.13 Insurance-Waiver of Rights ...................,..... 5.11 Intent of Contr;l.ct Documents ................... J .J, 9.14 Interpretations and Clarifications ...........,.......... 9.4 Investigations of physicaiconditions ................... 4.1 Labor. Materials and Equipment .................. 6.J-6.5 Laws and Regulation5-<1etinition of ..................... 1 Laws and Regulations-general.. . .. . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . .. 6.14 Liability Insurance-:Concractor's ..................... 5.J Liability Insurance-Qwner.s ......................... 5.5 Liens-detinitio ns' of ................................ 14.1 Limitations on Engineer's Responsibilities .............:....... 6.6,9.11.9.13-9.16 Materials and equipmenc-furnisned by Contractor .... 6.3 Materials andequipment-noc incorporated in Work: .............................. 14.2 Materials or equipmenc--equivaIent . .:........... . .... 6.7 MisceIIaneous Provisions ............................... 17 Multi.prime contracts ................................... 7 Notice. Giving of ............ ...... ............ ... .... 17.1 Notice of Acceptability of Project ................... 14. J3 Notice of Award--<lefinition of .........:................ I Notice to Proceed-<lelinition of ............... .. .. .. . ... 1 Notice to ?roceed-gjving of .......................... 2.3 "Or.Equal" Items....,............ .................... 6.7 Other contractors ............ i.... ................. ..... 7 Otller work. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. . . . . . . . . .. i Overtime Work-prohibition of . ....:... . ... ...... . . ... 6.3 Owner--<letinition of .................................... 1 Owner May Correct Defecrivt Work. .............. " 13.14 Owner May Stop Work.............................. LUG OWner May SUspend Work. Terminace ,......... 15.1.15 A Owner's DUty fo E;~ecuce Change Orden.......... ... 11.8 Owner's Liability Insumnce ......."............... .,.. 5.5 Owner's Representative_Engineer co serve as ........ 9.1 Owner's Re 'b'l. .. I 0 sponSl IlCles-m genera .................... 0 Owner's Separac R " 9 . e epresentaUve ac SIte ............... .J Partial Ucilizacion .................................. 14.10 Partial Utilizacion-definition of ......................... I Partial Utilization-Property Insurance,:........ .. ... 5.15 Pncenc F.:es and Royalcies ............................ 6.1: Payments. Recommendnrion of ........... 14.4-[4.7.14./3 Pllymenc5 to Cllncrn.ccor_in genernl .................... 1-1 Payments [0 Contractor-when due ........... 14.4, 14./3 Paymen15 [0 Contractor-withholding ................. 14.7 Performance and ocher Bonds .....".............. 5.1.5,2 P eonits ... .. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. .. . . . .. .. '.. .... . . . . . . ... 6./3 Physical Conditions ................................... 4.2 Physical Conditions-Engineer's revicW" ..... .. .. .... 4.2.4 Physical Condition~xistinil SCIUCt1Ires ............. 4.2,2 Physical Condition~xploracions and reports. .. . . .. 4.1.1 ' Physical Conditions-possible documcnt change ...,. 4.2,t Physical Conditions-price and time a.djustments .... 4.1.5 Physical Conditions-report of differing ......,...... .4.2,] Physical Conditions-Underground Facilities. ... ...... 4.3 ?reconstruction Conference ........................... 2.8 Preliminary Matten ......... ~....... ......... ...... .... . Z ,Premises. Use of ................................ 6.1~.18. Price. Change of Contract .............................. II Price.Contract-<letlnition of ...................,........ I Progress Payment. Applications for. ........;... ...... 14.1 Progress Payment-recamage .... ..... .. .. .. .. .. , . . . .. 14.2 Progress schedule ............... 2.6. !.9. 6.6. 6.29, 15.2.6 ?roject---detlnition of ~ . . . . . .. .. .. . .. '. .. .. .. . . . . . . . . . .. .. I Project Representatiofl-provision for ............... .'. 9.J Project Representative, Resideot---delinition 01 .......... I Project. S tarring tile ................................... 2.4- Property Insurance ............................... 5.6-5.13 Property Insurance-Partial Utilization. .......,...... 5.15 Property Insurance-Receipt and Application . of Proceeds ................................... 5.12.5.13 Protection. Safety and .................. .. .. . . . ", 6.I~.21 Punch list ............... ...... ......... ....... ....... 14.11 Recommendation of Payment. . . .. .. . . .. .. . . ... 14.4, 14.13 Record Documents ..........................,........ 6.19 Reference Points ...................................... 4.4 Regulations. Laws and ............................... 6.14 Rejecting Defecrivt Work.... ............ .... .... ..... 9.6 ,Related Work at Site.... .......................... 7.1-7.3 Remedies Not E.'{clusive ............................. 17.4 Removal or Correction of Defective Work ........... 13.1 J Resident Project Representative-detinicion of ..... . . . . .. I Resident Project Repre!encacive-provision for,.,. .. .. 9.3 Responsibilities~ Contractor's-in general ............... 6 Responsibilities. Engineer's--in g~nera.l ................. 9 Responsibilities. Owner's-in general. .. .. . . . .. .. . . . .. . .. 8 Recainage ....:................ '.. . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 14.2 Reuse of Documents ..............,... .,. . . . . .. . . " .. .. 3.5 Rights of Way................ .... .... ......... ........ A.I Royalties. P:ltent Fees and ........................... 6. (:! Safety and Protection....... 6.20-6.21, 18.1-18.2 Samples.................... .'............ ........ 6.23-6.28 Schedule of progress ........ 2.6. 2.8.2.9.6.6. 6.29. 15.1.6 . Schedule of Shop Drawing submissions...................... 2.6. 2.8-2.9,6.23. 14.1 Schedule of values ................,..... 2.6.2.8-2.9. 14.1 Schedules. Finalizing ................ .. ".............. 2.9 Shop Drawings and Samples... ........ ..........6.23-6.28 Shop Drawings---Jefinition' of , . .... .. .. .. .. . . . . .. , .. .. ... 1 Shop Drawings. Use to approve substitutions,.. .;..................,..... ......... 6,7.3 5 Site, Visits [o-by Engineer ........................... 9.2 Specifications-detinition of .............. . . . . . . . .. . . . . '. 1 Starting Construction. Before...... . ... . .. . . . . . . . " 2..5-2.8 Staning' the Project........;...... ... .... .. .. .. .. .. ...,. 2.4 Slopping W ork-by Contractor. . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . .. . . .. 15.5 Stopping Work-by Owner............... ...... ..... 13.10 Subcontractor-definition of .............. .. ,. " ... ...... 1 Subcontractors-in general............... ... . .. .. 6.8...s.11 Subcontract~equired provisions ............5.11.1. 6.11 . 11.4.3 Substantial CompletioQ-<:ertificarion of ..,........... 14.8 SubstanualCompletiOn-detinition of..... ....... .. .. .... 1 Substitute or ..Or-Equal"Zlems,.................. .... 6.7 Subsurface Conditions.... ...... ......... ........ " 4.2-4.3 Supplemental Costs ....... .. .... .. .. .. ... . .. . , . . . . .. 11.4.5 Supplementary Conditions-:..detinition of :............... 1 Supplementary Conditions-principal references to .. 2.2.4.2.5.1,5.3,5.6-5.8,6.3.6,13,6.13, 7.4.9.3 Supplementing Contract Docum~nts ............... 3.4-3.5 Supplier-<ietinition of.. . . . . , . . . . . . . . . .. . .. . .. . . .. . . . .. .. 1 Suppiier-princip21 references to ... 3.6.6.5. 6.7...s.9, 6.20. 6.24,9.13.9.16.11.8, /3.4.14.12 Surety-consent 10 payment................ _. /4.12, 14.14 Surety-Engineer hlU no duty to ..................... 9~ 13 Surety-notice to ............... ........... 10.1, 10.5; 15.2 ' Surety-qualitieation of .....:..................... 5.1-5.2 Suspending Work. by Owner ....;.................... 15.1 Suspension of Work and Termination--in general. ...... 15 Superintendent-Contractor's ......................... 6.2 Supervision and S~perintendence.......... .. ...... 6.1...s.2 Tues.-Payment by Contractor. .. ... .. . ; .. .. .. .. .. . .. 6.15 Termination-by Contractor.... ...................... 15.5 Termination-by Owner .,.. ..... ................ 15.2~15.4 Termination. Suspension of Work and-in general ...... 15 Tests and Inspections ........................... 13.3-13.7 Tirne. Change of Contract.............................. 12 Time. Computation of ....................,....... .... 17.2 Time. Contract-<ietinition of......... ............ ....... I Uncovering Work. ........... .....,............. 13.8-13.9 Underp-ound Facilities-detinition of ................,... 1 Underground Facilities--aot shown or indicated ..... 4.3.2 Underground Facilities-protectioll of ........... 4.3.6'.20 Underground Facilitie.$-shown or indicated. ........ 4.3. J Unit Price Worlc-detinition of .......................... I UnicPriceWork-genera! .................11.9.14.1.14,,5 Unit Prices'............ ". ....... .... .... ... . ....... 11.3.1 Unit Prices. Determinations for...... .... ............. 9.10 Use of Premises............................,.... 6.16-6.18 Utilityownen ..........................6.13,6.20.7.2-7.3 Values, Schedule of .......,.................. 2.6. 2.9, 14.1 Variations in Work-Authorized............ 6.25.6.27.9.5 Visits to Site-by E~gineer .........:.. ............ ~... 9.2 W;Uver ofClaUns-on Final Payment ....... ..,........ 14.16. Waiver of Rjghu by insured parties.... .........r 5.10.6.11 Warranty and Guarantee-by Contractor. .. .:.... .. .. 13.1 Warranty of Title. Contractor's .,.................:... '/4.3 Work Accessto ................,.......................13.:2 ' . . 7 Work-by others ............... ..... .. . ... ........ . .... . . Work Continuing During Disputes ................... .6.29 Work, Cost of ... . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. .. . . . . . . . .. I J .4-11.5 Work-delinition of ............. ~.... .... ........ ....... 1 Work Directive Change-definitjon of .....,;............ I Work Directive Change-principal . references to ............................ 3.4.3, 10.1.10.2 Work. Neglected by Contractor ..................... 13.14 Work. Stopping by Contractor........................ 15.5 Work. Stopping by Owner....................... 15.1-15.4 Written Amendment-<ielinirio!l of ...........;.......... I Written Amendment-principal references to ..................... 3.4.1. 10. I. 1l.2. /2.1 6 GENERAL CONDITIONS ARTICLE I-DEFINITIONS Wherever used in Ihe~e Generul Cundidons or in the other' Conlract Documents the following terms have the meanings indicated which are applicable to bOlh the singular and plural lhereof: rlJdenda.,....,.Wrinen or graphic instruments issued priorto the opening of Bids which clarify. correl.:t ur change the bidding documents or Ihe Contract Documents. .-l,qu/!mmt- The written agreemenr between OWN ER and CONTRACTOR covering the Work to be performed: other Cuntrael Documenrs are !lUached to rhe Agreement and made a part thereof as provided therein. Applkarioll }fir Pa."J/1 (' 111_ The form accepted by ENG 1- NEER which is to be used by CONTRACTOR in requesting progress or final payments and which is to include.such sup- porting uoeumenration'as is required by the Contract Documents. Bid-The offer or proposal of the bidder submitted on, the prescribed form setting forth, the prices for the Work to be performed. BOllds-Bid. performance and payment bonds and other instruments of security. Chang(' Order-A document recommended by ENGINEER. which is signed by CONTRACTOR and OWNER and autho- rizes' an addition. deletion or revision in rhe Work. or an adjustment in che Concract Price or the Contract Time, issued on or after the Effective Date of che Agreement. Contract Do Clllntnts- The Allreemenc. Addenda I which per- tain to Ihe Cuntroct Docu~entsl, CONTRACTOR's Bid rincluding document:ition accompanying [he Bid and any post- Bid documentation submitted priOr'to the Notice of Award) when aC[ached as an ~;'(hibic to the Agreement. the Bonds. these General Conditions, the Su pplementary Conditions, the Specifications and the Drawings as rhe same are more spe- citicaHy identified in the Agreement, together wich all amend- ments. modifica.tions and supplements issued pursuant tlJ paragraphs JA and 3.5 lln or after the Effective Duce of lhe Agreement. CVJ/tracI Prier-The moneys payable by OWNER to CON- TRACTOR under the Contract Documents as scuted in the Agreement Isubject [0 the provisions of paragraph 11,9.1 in Ihe case of Unit Price Work). COII/r((Ct Time-The number of days (computed liS provided in puragrnph 17.~i or the uate stated in the Agreement for the completion of th~ Work. CONTRACTOR_The person. tirm or curporJtion with whom OWN E Rhus en cered into the Agreement. drfeeli\'e-An adjective which when modifying the word Work refers 10 Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty or deficient, or does not conform to the Contract Documents, or does noc meet the requirements of any inspection. reference standard. (est or approval referred to in the Contract Documents, or has been damaged prior to ENGINEER's recommendation offinal payment lunless responsibility forche protection thereof has been assumed by OWNER at Substantial Completion in accordance with paragraph 14.8 ur 14.10). Drall'inys- The drawings which show the character and scope of the Work to be performed and which have been prepared or approved by ENG IN EER and are referred to in the Con- tract Documents. Effec.til'/! Dale of tire Aweemel;t- The date indicated in [he Agreementon which ic becomesetTective. but if no such date is indicated it means the date on which [he Agreement is signed and delivered by the last ofche two parries to sign and deliver. E.YGfNEER- The person. lirm orcorporation'!lamedas such in lhe Agreement. '.. Field Order-A written order issued by ENGINEER which orders minor changes in the 'Work in accordance with para- graph 9.5 but which does not involve achange in the Contract Price or the Contract Time, Gt!lleral Requirl.'mellts-Sections of Division 1 of [he Speci- fications. Laws and" RegulatiunS: Lml's orRt!8Irlations-Laws. rules. regulations. ordinances, codes and/or orders. 'Natice of ..1\rard- The written notice by OWNER [0 the apparent successful bidqer stating Ihat upon compliance by the apparent successful bidder with the conditions precedent enumerated therein, within the time specified. OWNER will sign and dtliver the Agreement. NatiC'1.' fV ProC"l.'ed-A written notice given by OWNER 10 CONTRACTOR (with a copy [0 E~GrNEER) fixing the dale on \vhich [he Contract Time wiII commence to run and on which CONTRACTOR shaH starr to 1'erform CONTRAC- TOR'S obligations under the Contracc Documents. OWNER-The public body or authority_ corporation. asso- ciation. lirm or person with whomCONTRA.CTOR has entered into the Agreement and for whom the Work is [0 be provided. Pllrtial Ufili:arivlI-Placing a portionof the Work in service for the purpose for which it is intended (or a related purposel before reaching Substantial Completion for nil the Work. p,.vjecI- The [otnl construction of which the Work (0 be provided under the Controcl Documents may be the \v'hole. or n part as intJicared elsewhere in the Contract Documents, Rt'sidl'IIt Projr('1 R"preulllllfil'/!- The authorized represen. lucive of ENGIN EER whu is assigned to the site or anr part thereo t'. ' 7 Shop DrawlngJ'_All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules and other data which are specifically prepared by or for CONTRACTOR to illustrate some portion of the Work and all illustrations. brochures. standard schedules, perfor- . . mance charts, InStructions, diagrams and other information prepared by a Supplier and submitted by CONTRACTOR to illustrale material or equipment for some portion of the Work. Sptclficarion.r- Those portions of the Contract Documents consisting .of written technical descriptions of materials, equipment. constnlction systems. standards and workman- ship as applied to the Work and certain administrative details applicable thereto. Subcontracror_An individual. lirm or corporation having a direct contract with CONTRACTOR or with any other Sub- ' contractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the site. SubJfallllal C omp/ttlofl-- The Work (or a speciiied part thereot) has progressed to the point where, in the opinion of-ENGI- NEER as evidenced by ENGINEER's definitive certificate of Substantial Completion. it is sufficiently complete, in a..ccordance with the Contract Documents. so that the Work (or speciiied pan) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended; or if there be no such certificate issued. when final payment is due in accordance with paragrnph 14.13. The terms "substantially complete" and "substantially com- pleted'. as applied to any Work refer to Substantial Comple-' tion thereof. S uPP/t!mtnrary CondirlonJ'_ The part of the Contract Docu- ments which amends or supplements these General Condi- tions. , Suppliu-A manufacturer, fabricator. supplier. distributor. materialman or vendor. U~derirouf1d Faci/ities-All pipelines. conduits. ducts. cables. wIres. manholes. vaults. tanks. tunnels orother such facilities or attachmetlts. and any encasements containing such facil- ities which have been insr.alled underground to furnish any of the fOllOWing services or materials: electricity. gases. steam. I~quid petroleum products, telephone or other, communica- tIons, cable television. sewage and drainage removal. traffic or other Control systems or water. U"il Price Work-Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. Work-The entire completed construction or the various sep- arately identifiable paliS thereof required to be furnished Under the COntract Documents. Work is the result of per- forming services. furnishing labor and furnishing and incor- porating materials and equipment into the construction. all as required by the Conrract Documents. Work D/r~crive Change-A written directive to CONTRAC- TOR. issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and signed by OWNER and recommended by ENGINEER. ordering an addition. deletion or revuion hi the Work. or responding [0 differing or unforeseen physical conditions under ,which [he Work is to be performed aJ provided in paragraph 4.2 or 4.3 or to emergencies under paragraph 6.22. A Work Directive Change may not change the ConU':act Price or the Contract Time. but is evidence that the parties expect tl1at the change directed or documented by a Work Directive Chan'ge will be incorporated in a subsequ'entJy issued Change Order following negotiations by the panics as to its effect, if any, on the Contract Price or Contract Time as provided in paTaifaph [0.2.. Written Amendment-A written amendment of the Contract Documents. signed by OWNER and CONTRACTOR on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and ~ormnl.ly deal- ingwith the nonengineering or no'mechnical rather than strictly Work-related aspects of the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 2-PRELlMLNARY MAITERS '. D,livery of Bow: 2. (. When CONTRACTOR delivers the executed Agree- ments [0 OWNER. CONTRACTOR !hall also deliver to OWNER such Bonds as CONTRACTOR may be required to furnish in accordance with paragraph 5.1. Copit! of Docum,nts: 2.2. O\VNER shall furnish [0 CONTRACTOR up to ten copies (unless otherwise specified in the SupplemectarY Con- ,ditions) of the Contract Documents aJ are reasonably nee- essarv for the execution of the Work. Additional copies will be fu~ished. upon request. at che cast of repnxiuction. CommtncerrunJ of Conrrru:r Time; Notice 10 Proceed: 2.3. The Contract Time will commence to run on the thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Agreement. or. if a Notice to Proceed is given. on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. A Notice to Proceed may be given at any time within thirty day! after the Effective Date of the Agree- ment. In no event will the Contract Time commence to run later than the !eventy-tifth day after the day of Bid opening or the thirtieth day after the Effective Dare of the Agreement. whichever date is earlier. Suuting the Projtct: 2.4. CONTRACTOR shall start [0 perform the Work on the date when the ConrractTime commences (0 run, but no Work shall be done at the site prior to the date on which the Contract Time commences to run. B tfore SUzrtillg ConJ'tnlcrion; 2.S. Before undertaking each part of the Work. CON- TRACTOR shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures shown 8 thereon and all applicable neld measurements. CONTRAC. TOR shaH promptly report in writing to ENGINEER aily conflict. error or discrepancy which CONTRACTOR may discover and shall obtain a written interprecation or clarifi. cation from ENGINEER Defore proceeding with any Work affected {hereby; however. CONTRACTOR shall not be lia- ble to OWNER or ENG IN EER ror failure to report any conflict. error or' discrepancy in the Contract Documents. unless CONTRACTOR had actual knowledge thereof or should reasonably have known lhereof. ~.6. Within ten davs after {he Effective Date of the Agree- ment (unless otherwi'se sp.:cified in the General Require- ments). CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for review: 1.6.1. an estimaeed progress schedule indicating the staI1ing and completion dates of the various stages of the Work: 2.6.2. a preliminarv schedule of Shop Drawing sub- missions: and. , ~.6.3. a preliminary schedule of values for all of ehe Work which will include quanejties and prices of jtems aggregating che Contract Price and will subdivide the Work into component parts in sufficient detail to serve, as the basis for progress. payment.~ during construction. Such prices will include an appropriate amount of overhead and protit applicable to each item of Work which wilt be'con- firmed in Writing by CONTRACTOR at the time. of sub- mission. 2.7. Before any Work at the site is scarred. CONTRAC- TOR shall deliver to OWNER. with a copy co ENGINEER. certificates (and other evidence of insurance requested by OWNER) which CONTRACTOR is required to purchase and maintnin in accordance with paragraphs 5.3 and 5.4. and OWNER shall deliver [0 CONTRACTOR cercifica,tes land olher e:vidence of insurnnce requested by CONTRACTOR) which OWNER is required to purchase and maintain in a~cordnnce with paragraphs5.6 andS. 7. PrtconrtrucliOIl Confennce; ~.8. Within twenty days after the Effective Date of the Agreement. but before CONTRACTOR starrs th.: Work al the Site. a. conference arrended by CONTRACTOR. ENGI. NEER nnd lllhe:rs as uppropriate will be held [0 discuss [he schedul~s referred to in paragraph 2.6. co discuss procedures for handling Shop Drnwings and other submiccnis nnd for proc~s sing A pplications for Payment. and to establish a working: understanding a.mong the parties as to rhe: Work. Finali:ing Scltedules: ~.9, At !cias t len days before submission of th~ tirsl Appli. calion for PH"ment II ~onference altended by CONTRAC- TOR. ENGINEER nnd uthers as appropriate will be h.:ld [ll finalize the ,.:hedules submitted in accordance \\'ith para- graph 2.6. The finalized progress schedule will be acceplable [0 ENGINEER as providing an orderly progression of the Work to completion within che Contract Time. but SUch acceplance will neither impose on ENGINEER responsibility for the progress or scheduling at" [he Work nor relieve CON. TRACTOR from full responsibility Iherefor. The finalized schedule of Shop Drawing submissions will be acceplable 10 ENGINEER as providing a workable arrangement for pro- cessing the submissions. The tinalized schedule of values Ivill be acceptable to ENGIN EER :IS to form and substance. ARTICLE 3-CONTRACT DOCU ME:-ITS: INTENT.' AMENDING. REUSE lnttnl: 3.1. The Contract Documents comprise the entire agree- ment between OWNER and CONTRACTOR concerning Ihe Work. The Contract Documents are complementary: what is called for bv one is as 'binding as ircalled (or by all. The Contract b~cuments will be construed in aCcordance with che law of the place of the Project. 3.2. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete Project (or pan thereof] to be con. srructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any. Work. materials or equipment that may reasonably be inferred, from the Contract 'Documenrs as being required to produce the intended result will be supplied whether or nor specifically called for. When words which have a well. known technical or trade 'meaning are used to describe Work. materials or equipment such words shall be interpreted in accordance Wilh that meaning. Reference (0 standard specifications. manuals' orcodes of any technical society. organization or association. oreo the Laws or Regulations of any ~overnmeneal authority. whether such reference be specific or by implication. shall mean [he latest standard specificalion. manual. code or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids (or. on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were no Bids). except as may be otherwise specifically stated. However. no provision of any referenced standard specification. manual orcode (whether or not specifically incorporated by reference in the Contract Documents) shaH be effective to chang.e [he duties and responsibilities of OWN ER. CONTRACTOR or ENGINEER. or any of their consuitancs. agents or .:mploy- e:es from [hose set fonh in the Contrnct Documents. nor shall it be effective to assign co ENGINEER. or any of ENGI. NEER's consultants. agents or employ'ees. any duty or authority 10 supervise or direct the furnishing or performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake respunsi. bility conlrnry to [h~ provisions of paragraph 9.15 ur 9.16, Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documenls ~hall be issued by ENGINEER as provided in paragrnph 9,4. 3,3. If. during che pcri"urmunce ot"the Work. CONTRAC. , TOR nnds a conHkr. error or discrepancy in the Cuntract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall so report to ENGINEER 'n writing ut once and belore proceeding with {he Work atfectel.l Ihereby shall obCilin a wricten in'terpret:ltion ur clarification 9 from ENGlNEER: however, CONTRACTOR shall not be liable [0 OWNER or ENGINEER for failure to repon any conftict. error or discrepancy in the Contnct Documents unless CONTRACTOR had actual knowledge thereof or should reasonably ha ve known thereof. Am/!ndinr and SUPPurnl1uinr Conrra.cl Documl!nu: 3.4, The Contract Documents may be amended to pro- vide for addi[ions, deletions and revisions, in the Work or ro modify rhe renns and conditions rhereof in one or more of [he following ways: 3.4.1. a fonnal Written Amendment, 3.4.2. a Change Order (pursuanr ro paragraph IDA), or 3.4.J. a Work Directive Change (pursuant to para- graph 10.1). As indica red in paragraphs 11.2 and ,12.1. Contract Price and Contract Time may only be changed by a Change Order or a WritcenAmendment. 3."s. In addition. the requirements of the Contract Docu- ments may be supplemented. and minor variations and devia- tions in the Work may be authorized, in one or more of the fo/Jowing ways; 3.5.1. a Field Order (pursuant to paragraph 9.5). 3,"s.2. ENGINEER's approval of a Shop Drawing or sample (pursuant to paragraphs 6.26 and 6,:!7), or 3.5.3. ENGINEER's written interpretation or clarifi. cation (pursuanc to paragraph 904). R,U,u of Dacumtrrts: 3.6. Neither CONTRACTOR nor any Subcontractor or Supplier or Other person or organization perfonning or fur- . ni.shing any of the Work under a direct or indirect co'ntract with OWNER shall have or acquire any title to or oW,nership rights in any of the DraWings. Specitications or other docu- ments (or COpies of any thereof) prepared by or bearing the Seal of ENGINEER: and they shall not reuse any of them on extensions of the Project or any other project without written Consent of OWNER and ENGINEER and specific written veriiication or adaptation by ENGINEER. ARTICLE 4-A V AILABILITY OF LANDS; PHYSICAL CONDITIONS: REFERENCE POINTS It vailah iliry of Landr: 4.1. OWNER shall fumish. as indicaied in the Contract Documents, the lands upon which the Work is to be per. formed. rights-of-way and easements for access thereto. and such other lands which are designa'ted for [he use of CON. TRACTOR. Easements for permanent structures or penna. [lent changes in existing facilitIes will be obtained and paid for by OWNER. unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If CONTRACTOR believes that any delay in OWNER's furnishing these lands. rights-or.way or ease. ments entitles CONTRACTOR to an extension of the Con. tnct Time. CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as provided in Article 12. CONTRACTOR shall.provide for all additional lands and access thereto that may be required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materiais and equipment. Physical Cotuiiiiofl.!: 4.2.1. uplorations and Reports: Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions for identitication of chose reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the site that have been utilized by ENGINEERin prep- aration of the Comract Documents. CONTRACTOR may rely upon the accuracy of the technical data C{lncained in such repons. but not upon nontechnical data."inrerpreta-' tions or opinions contained therein or for the completeness thereof for CONTRACTOR's purposes. Except as indi. cated in the immediately preceding sentence and in para- graph 4.2.6. CONTRACTOR shall have full responsibility with respect Co subsurface conditions at the site. 4.2.2. Eri.lling Structur/!s; Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions foridentific2,tion of those drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface and subsurface structures (except Underground Facilities referred to in paragraph 4,)) which are at or contiguous Co the site that have been utilized by ENGI- NEER in preparation of the Contract Documents. CON- TRACTOR may rely upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in such drawings. but not for,che complete. ness thereof for CONTRACTOR's purposes. Except as indicated in ,the immediately precedinlS sentence and in paragraph 4.1.6. CONTRACTOR shall have full respon- sibility with respect, to physical conditions in or relating to such structures, 4.1.3. Reporr of Diffaing Conditions: If CONTRAC- TOR believes chat: 4.1.3.1. any technical data on which CONTRAC- TOR is entitled to rely as provided in paragraphs 4.1.1 and 4..2.1 is inaccurate. or 4.1.3.2. any physical condition uncovered or revealed at the site differs materially from that indi. cated. reflected or referred to in the Contract Docu. ments. CONTRACTOR shall, promptly after becoming ,aware thereof and before performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as permitted by para- graph 6.22). notify OWNER and,ENGINEER in writing about [he inaccuracy or difference. 10 L!.-I. ENGINEER's Rl!I'i"II': ENGINEER will prompcly review the pertine,nt conditions, uetennine the necessity of obtaining additional t:,xplorations or tests with respect thereto and advise OWN ER in writing (with a copy to CONTRACTOR) of ENGINEER's Rndings and con- clusions. cu. Possihfl! DOCllmenl C!wnge: rf ENGINEER concludes char there is a maceriul t:rror in rhe Contract Documents or [hat becaust: of newly discovt:red condi~ lions a. change in the Conrract Documents is required. a Work Directive Change or a Change Order will be issued as pro vided in Article J 0 to re~ect und document the consequences of the inaccuracy or difference, 4.2.6. POJJible PriCI! and Tilllt' AJjtlsfll1l:l1fS: In each such case. an increase or decrease in [he Contract Price or an e.'([ension or shorrening of the Contracr Time. or any combination thereof. will be allowable to the e,xtent that they are amibutable to any such inaccuracy or differe"nce. rf OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree as to the amounr orlength thereof. a claim may be made therefor as provided in Arricles II and 12. Physical Condin'olls-Cllderground FacWlil!s: .1.3.1. Slroll'n or !ndicated: The information and data shown or indicared in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities ator contiguous to ttie site is based on infonnation and data furnished to OWN ER or ENGrNEER by the owners of such Underground Facil. ities or by others. Unless it is othervYise expressly pro- vided in the Supplementary Conditions: 4.3.1.1. OWNER and ENGIN EER shall not be responsible for the accuracy or 'completeness of any such inform!lrion or data: and. .U.I.2. CONTRACTOR shall have full responsi. biliry for reviewing and checking all such information and data. for locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicared in the Contract Documents. for coordina. tion of the Work with tbe owners of such Underground Facilities during construction. for the safety and 'pro. tection tnerecfas provided in' paragraph 6.~O and repairing any dllmage therero resulting from the Work. [he Cost of all of which will be considered as havin~ been included in the Contract Price. - ~.3.2. Not SIIOII'" or IlIdjc(/t~J. If an Underground Facility is uncovered or revealed at or contiguous to the site which \Vas not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents and which CONTRACTOR could ntH rellSlln- ably have been expected to be aware of. CONTRACTOR shall. promptly after becoming aware thereof undbefore performing any Work affected thereby (except in an emer- g:ncy as permitted by p!lrilgrnph 6.~21. identify the owner 01 such U nUt:rgrounJ Facility and give written notice thereof to [hat ownt:r and tLl OWNER amI ENGINEER. ENGI- NEER will promptly review the Underground Fucility [0 determin,e the extent to which the Contract Documents should be modified to re~ect and document the conse. quences of the e,xistence of the Underground Facility, and the Contract Documents will be amended or supplemented to the extent necessary. During such lime. CONTRAC., TOR shall be responsible for rhe safety and protection of such Underground Facility a:S provided in paragraph 6,10. CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an increase in the Con- tract Price or an ex.lension of the Contract Time. or both. to the e,'([ent that they are anriburable ro the existence of any Underground Facility that was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents and which CONTRACTOR could not reasonably have been e.~pec[ed to be aware of, If the parries are unable to agree as to the amount or length thereof. CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as provided in Artie les II and 12. Reference Points: -1.4. OWN ER shall provide engineering surveys to estab- lish reference points for construction which in ENG [NEER's . judgmen~ are necessary to enable CONTRACT~R to proceed with the Work. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for lay. ing out the Work (unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements). shall protect and preserve the established reference points and shall make, no changes or relocations wirhout the prior written approval of OWNER. CONTRAC- TOR ~ha/l repQrt (0 ENGINEER whenever any reference point is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations. and shall be respon- sible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such ref- erence poims by professionally qua/iRed personnel. ARTICLE 5-BONDS AND INSURANCE Performance and Other Bonds: 5.1. CONTRACTOR shall furnish performance and pay. menr Bonds. each in an amount at least equal to [he Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and payment of all CONTRACTOR's obligations under the Contract Docu. ments. These Bonds Shllll remain in effect at least until one year after tbe date when linal paymen r becomes due. except as otherwise provided by Law or Reguiarion or by the Con. tract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall also fumishsuch other Bonds as are required by the Supplementary Condi. tions. All Bonds shall be in the forms prescribed by Law or Regulation or by the Contract Documents and be executed by such sureties as are named in th~ current list of '.Com- panies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sure- ties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Com- ' panics" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Audit Staff Bureau of Accounts. U.S. Treasury Depurtment. A.ll Bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a cenit1ed copy of the authoriry [Q act. 5.::. [I' the ~urelY on any Bond furnished by CONTR.'\"C. TOR is d~clured a bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is tt:rminatcu in any state where any pnrt of /I the Project is located or it cea.ses to meet the requirements oC paragraph 5.1, CONTRACl'OR shall within five days thereafter substitute another Bond and Surety, both of which mUst be accepc.able to OWNER, CO~UJr's Liahility ll'lSurance: 5.3. CONTRACTOR shall purchase and mainc.ain such comprehensive general liability and other insurance lU is appropriate for the Work being performed and furnished and as will provide protectien from claims set, fonh below which may arise OUt of or result from CONTRACTOR's perfor- mance and furniShing of ' the Work and CONTRACTOR's other obliptions under the Contract Documents. whether it is to be perfonned or furnished by CONTRACTOR. by any Subcontractor. by anyone directly or indirectly employed by. any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work. or by anyone Cor whose acts any of them may be liable: 5.3.1. Claims under workers' or workmen's campen. sation. disability benefits aild other similar employee ben- etit acts: ' 5.3.2. Claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease. or death ofCONTRAC- TOR's.employees; 5.3.3. Claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease. or death of any person other than CONTRACTOR's employees; 5.3.4. Claims for damages insured by personal injury liability coverage which are sustained (a) by any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such person by CONTRACTOR., or (b) by any other person for any other reason: 5.3.5. Claims for damages. other than to the Work itself. because of injury 10 or destruction of tangible prop- erty wherever located. including loss of use reSUlting therefrom: 5.3:6, Claims arising OUt ,of operation of Lawsor,Reg- ulacions for damages because of bodily injur)l or death of any person or for damage to propeny; and 5.3.7. Claims for damage3 because of bodily injury or death of any person or propei'ty damage arising out of the ownership. maintenance or Use of any motor vehicle. The insurance required by this paragraph 5,3 shall include the specific Coverages and be written for not less than the limits of liabiH~y and coverages provided in ~he Supplemen- tary Conditions. or required by Jaw I whichever is greater. The comprehensive general liability insurance shall include completed operations insurance. All of the policies of insur- ance so required to be purchased and maimained {or the certificates or other evidence thereoO shall contain a provi. sion or endorsemenl that the coverage afforded wiH not be cancelled, materialJychanged or renewal refused uncil at least thirty days' prior written notice has been given to O\VNER and ENGINEER by certified mail. All such insurance shall ., remain in effect until final payment and at all times therufter when CONTRACTOR may be correcting, removing or replacing defective Work in accordance with paragraph 13.12. In addition. CONTRACfOR s'haLJ mainc.ain such completed opera~ions insurance for at least ~wo years after final payment and furnish OWNER with evidence of continuation of such insurance at final payment and one year thereafter. C01UrrU:tlUli Li.a.h i1ity IlU urance: 504. The comprehensive general liability insurance required by paragraph 5.J will include contractuaJ liability insurance applicable to CONTRACTOR's obligations under paragraphs 6.30 and 6.31. . Owner's LialJility Insurance: 5.5. 0 WNER shaJl be re3ponsiblc for purc,hasing and maimaining O'.VNER's own liability insurant!'e and, at OWNER's option. may purchaSe and maintain such'insur- ance as will protect OWNER against c1ainis which may arise from operations under the Contract Doc uments. Property Insurance: 5.6. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, OWNER shall purchase and maint:ain property insurance upon the Work at the site to the full insurable value thereof (subject [0 such deductible amounts as may be pro- vided in the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws and Regulations!. This insurance shall include theimerest5 of OWNER. CO~TRACTOR. Subcontractors. ENOINEER and ENGINEER.s consultants in the Work. all of whom shall be listed as insureds'or additional insured panies. shall.insure against the perils of fire and extended cover.lge and shall include "aJI risk'. insurance for physical loss and damage including theft. vandalism and malicious mischief. collapse and water damage. and sucti other perils as may be provided in ~he Supplementary Conditions. and'shall include damages. losses and expenses arising out of or resulting: from any insured loss or incurred in the repair or replacement of any insured property (inclUding but not limited to fees and charges of engineers. architects. attorneys and other professionals). If not covered under the "all risk'. insurance or otherwise pro- vided in the Supplementary Conditions. CONTRAcrOR shall purcha.se and maintain similar property insurance on portions of the Work Slored on and offlhe site or in transit when such ponions of the Work are to be included in an Application for Paymen~. 5,7, OWNER shall purchase and maintain such boiler and machinery insurance or additional property insurance a.s may be required by the Supplementary Conditions or Laws and Regulations which will include the interests of OWNER. CONTRACTOR. Subcontractors, ENGIN EER AND ENGINEER's consultants in the Work. allafwhom shall be listed as insured or additional insured parties. 12 5.8. All the policies of insurance (or the cenificates or other evidence thereot) required to be purchased and main- tained by OWNER in accordance with paragraphs 5.6 and 5,7 will contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be cancelled or materially changed or renewal refused unci! at least thiny days' prior written notice has been given (0 CONTRACTOR bv certified mail and will contain waiver provisions in accord~nce with paragraph 5.11 ,J. 5.9. OWNER shall not be responsible for purchasing and maintaining any property insurance to protect the interests of CONTRACTOR. Subconcractors or others in the Work to [he eHene of any deductible amounts that are provided in the Supplementary Conditions. The risk of ,loss within the deductible amount. will be borne by CONTRACTOR. Sub- Contractor or others suffering any such loss and ifany of them wishes property insurance covernge within the limits of such amounts, each may purchase and maintain it at the purchas- er's own expense. 5.10. If CONTRACTOR requeslS in writing that other special insurance be included in the property insurance pol- icy. OWNER shall. if possible. include such insurance. and the cost thereof will be charged to CONTRACTOR by appro- priate Change Order or Written Amendment. Prior to com- mencement of rhe Work at the site. OWNER shall in writing advise CONTR.J,.CTOR Whether or not such other insurance has been procured by OWNF,~. Waiver of Righ/r: 5.Il.1. OWNER and CONTRACTOR waive all righcs against each other for all losses and damages caused by any of the perils covered by the policies of insurance provided in response to paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7 and any other propeny insurance applicable co the Work. :lnd also waive all such rights :lgainst the Subcontractors. ENG 1- NEER. ENGINEER's consultants and aU other parties named as insureds in such policies for losses and damages so caused. As required by paragraph 6.11, each subcon- cract between CONTRACTOR and a Subcontractor will contairi similar waiver provisions by the Subconcractor in favorofOWNER.CONTRACTOR. ENGINEER. ENGI- NEER's cO,~5ultants and all other parties named as insureds. None of the above wilivers shnli extend to the rights thar any of the insured parties may have co the proceeds of insurnnce h~ld by OWNER as trustee or otherwise pay- able under uny policy so issued. 5.lI.2. 0 WNER and CONTRACTOR intend (hat anv policies provided in response to paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7 shall prot~t,;t nll of the parties insured and provide primary covc:ro.ge for allloss~s and damages l:aused by the perils CO\'~red th..:reby. Accordingly. all such policies shall con- tain provisiuns to che effect that in the event uf payment of :In y loss or damage the insurer will have nu rights llf recovery u!;!_liost any of the panies named as insureds ur additionul insureds. and jf Ihe insurers require s~parac~ wnil'er forms 10 be signetl by ENGINEER or ENGf- NEER'.~ Cl1nsultant OWNER will ubtain rhe same. anLl if such waiver forms are required of any Subconlractor, CONTRACTOR will obtain the same. Rtctipt and Application of Procuds: 5. J 2, Any insured loss under the policies of insurance required by paragraphs 5,6 and 5.7 will be adjusted with OWNER and made payable to OWNER as trustee for the insureds. as their interests may appear, subject to the require.- ments of any upplicable mortgage clause and of paragraph 5.13. OWNER shall deposit in a separl!te account any money so received. and shall distribute ic in accordance with such agreement as che parties in interest may reach. If no other. special agreement is reached the damaged Work shall be repaired or replaced. the moneys so received applied on account thereof and (he Work and the cost chereof covered by an appropriate Change Order or Written Amendmenc, 5.13. OWNER as trustee shall h.ave power to adjust and settle any loss with the insurers unless one of the parries in incerest shall object in writing within fifteen clays afrer'lhe occurrence of loss to OWNER's exercise of This power. If such objection be made. OWNER as trustee shall make sel- tleinent with che insurers in accordance with such agreement . as the parries in interest may reach. If required in writing by any party in interest. OWNER as rrustee shall. upon the occurrence of an insured loss. give bond for the proper per- formance of such duties. Acceptance a/Insurance: 5.14. If OWNER has any objection to the coverage afforded by or ocher provisions of the insurance reqt;ired to be pur- chased ll.nd maintained by CONTRACTOR in accordance with paragraphs 5.3 and 5.4 on the basis of its not complying with the Contract Documents. OWNER shaH notify CON- TRACTOR in writing thereof within ten days of the date of delivery of such certificates to OWNER in accordance with paragraph J.7: If CONTRACTOR has any objection (0 the coverage afforded by or other provisions of the policies of insurance,required to be purchased and maintained by OWNER in accordance with paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7 on the basis of lheir no~ complying with the Conlract Documents. CON- TRACTOR shall notify OWNER in writing thercofwilhin ten days of the date of delivery of such certificaces to CON- TRACTOR in accordance with paragraph 2.7. OWNER and CONTRACTOR shall each provide to the other such addi- cional information in respect of insurance provided bveach as rhe other may reasonably request. Failure by OWNER or CONTRACTOR to give any such notice of objection within' the time provided shall constitute acceptance of such insur- ance purchased by rhe oth~r as complying with rhe Cuntract Documents. Partial Utili::J1!ion-Praperry fnsuranc!: 5,15. fr OWNER nnds it necessary to occupy or use a portion or portions uf the Wurk prior to Substantial Comple- tion of all the Work. such Use 'or occupancy may be accom- plisheu in accordance with paragraph 14.10: provided thac no 13 such use or occupancy shall commence before the insurers providing the property insurance have acknowledged noeice ehereof.and in writing effected the changes in coverage neces- sitaled thereby. The .insurers providing the property insur- ance shall consent by endorsement on the policy or policies, but Ihe property insurance shall no! be cancelled or lapse on account o(any such partial use or occupancy. ARTICLE 6---4:0NTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES Supervision and Su.{Hrinuruimce: 6. I. CONTRACTOR shall supervise and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention ehereto- and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary toperfonn the Work in accordance with the Contract Doc- uments. CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the' means. methods. techniques. sequences and procedures of construction. but CONTRACTOR shall noc be responsible for the negligence of others in the design or selection of a specitic means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction which is indicated in and required by the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to see that the finished Work complies accurately with the Contract Documenes. 6.:. CONTRAC]OR shall keep on the Work at all times during its progress a 'competent resident superintendent. who shall not be replaced without written notice to OWNER and ENGINEER except under extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will be CONTRACTOR's represen~tive at the site and shall have authority to act on behalf of CON- TRACTOR. All communications given to the superintendent shall be as binding: as if given to CONTRACTOR. War, MueriaLs and Equipment: 6.3. CONTRACTOR shall provide competent. suitably qualified personnel to survey and layout the Work and per- fonn construction as required by the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shail at all times maintaIn good discipline and order at the site. Except in connection with the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the site or adjaCllnt (hereto. and excepr as otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents. all Work at the site shall be performed during regular working hours. and CONTRACTOR will not permit ovenimc work or the performance of Work on Sat- urday. Sunday or any legal holiday without OWNER's writ- len consent given after prior written notice 10 ENGINEER. 6.~. Unless otherwise specified in the General Require- ments. CONTRACTOR shall furnish and assume full respon- sibililY for all materials. equipment, labor. transportation. conStruction equipment and machinery. tools. appliances. fuel. power. light. heat. telephone. water. sanitary facilities. lemporary facilities and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the furnishing,' perfonnance. testing. start-up and.completion of the Work. 6.5. All materials and equipment shall be of good qualilY and neW. except as other;>.iise provided in lhe Contract Doc. uments. If required by ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reportS of required tests) as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment, All materials and equipment shall be applied. installed. con. nected. erected. used. cleaned and conditioned in accordance with the instrUctions of the applicable Supplier except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents: but no pro- vision of any such instructions will be effective to assign to ENGINEER. or any of ENGINEER's consultants. agents or employees, any duty or authority to supervise or direct the furnishing or pert"ormance of the Work or any duty or author- ity to undertake responsibility contrary 10 the provisions of paragraph 9.15 or 9.16. Adjusting Progress Schtdul.t: 6.6. CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for acceptance (to the extent indicated irl. paragraph 1.9) adjust. ments in the progress schedule to rell.ect the im~act thereon of, new developments; these win conform generally to the progress schedule then in effect and additionally will comply with any provisions of the General Requirements applicable thereto. SubstUutts or "Or.EqU4l" Ittlns: 6.7.1. Whenever materials or equipment are specified or described in the Contract Documents by-using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier the naming of the item is intended to establish Ihe type. function and quality required. Unless the name is followed by words indicating that no substitution is permitted. materials or equipment of other Suppliers may be accepted by ENGINEER if sufficient information is submitted by CONTRACTOR to allow ENGINEER todetennine that the material or equipment proposed is equivalent or equal to that named. The procedure for review by ENGINEER will include the following as supplemented in the General Requirements. Requests for rev;ew of substitute items of material and equipment will not be accepted by ENG I- NEER from anyone other than c::ONTRACTOR. If CON- TRACTOR wishes to furnish or use a. substitute ,item of material or equipment. CONTRACTOR shall make writ. ten application to ENGINEER for acceptance thereof, certifying that the proposed substitute will perform ade- quately the functions and achieve the results called for by the general design. be similar and of equal substance to that specified and be 'suited to the same use as that spec- itied. The application will state that the ,evaluation and acceptance of the proposed substitute will not prejudice CONTRACTOR's achievement of Substantial Complc- tion on time, whether or not acceptance of the substitute for use in the Work will require a change in any of the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any. other direct contract with OWNER for work on the Project) to adapt the design to the proposed substitute and whether or not incorporation or use of the substitute in connection with the Work is subject to payment, of any license fee or 14 royalty. All variations or[he proposed substitute from thar specified Wi/I be idenrifieti in the application and available mainrenance. repuir anti replacement service will be indi- cuted. The application will ulso contain an itemized esei-' mute orull coses (hac will result tiirectly orindirectly from :lcceptance of such su bsrjtu(e. including com of redesian :lnd claims of llther concructors affecced bv the resulri~'l' change. all of which sh:lll be considered by ENGINEER in evnluaring che propos~<.J subs(icute. ENGINEER mal' require CONTRACTOR co Furnish ae CONTRACTOR"s ~,'(pense additional data about the proposed substitute. 6.7.2. If a specific means. methoJ. technique. sequence or procedure of construction is indica red in or required by rhe Contracr Documents. CONTRACTORmav furnish or uriJjze a substitute means. method. sequence: technique or procedure of construction acceptable to ENGIN EER. if CONTRACTOR submits sufficient information to allow ENGIN EER to determine that the substitute proposed is equivalenr ro that indicated or required by lhe Contract Documents, The procedure for review by E~GINEER will be similar to that provided in puragroph 6.7. I as applied by ENG INEER and a.s ma.y be supplemented in che Gen- eral Requirements. 6.7.3. E:--IGINEER will be allowed a reasonable time within which ro eva.luate each proposed substitute. ENGI- NEER will be the sole judge of acceptability. and no substitute will be ordered. installed or utilized without ENGrNEER.s prior written acceptance which will be evi- denced by either a Change Order or lln a.pprove:d Shop Drawing_ OWNER may require CONTRACTOR to fur- nish ae CONTRACTOR's expense a special performance guarantee or other surety with respect to any substitute. ENGrNEER will record rime required by ENGINEER and ENGINEER's consultanrs in evalullting substitutions proposed by CONTRACTOR and in making changes in the Contract Documents occasioned therebv. Whether or not ENGfNEER accepts a propose:d sub~titure. CON- TRr.CTOR shall reimburse OWNER for the charges of ENGINEER and ENGINEER's consultants for evaluat- ing each proposed substitute. Conceming Subcontractors. Suppliers and Others: 6.8.1. CONTRACTOR shall not imp/oy anr$ubcon- tracror. Supplieror other person or organization (including those: uccept':lble to OWNER a.ndENGINEER as indi- care:d in ptlrugraph 6.8.::!). whether initjulJy or as a. substi- tute. against whom OWNER or ENGINEER may have reasonable 0bjection. CONTRACTOR shall nor be required to employ any Subconrracl0r. Supplier or other person ~lr organiz:ltiun to furnish or perform any of the Wurk against whom CONTRACTOR has reasonable objecli~ln. 6.8.2. If the Supplemenrary Conditions rc:quire che idenrity ot.cenain Subcontractors. Suppliers or orher per- sons or organizations IincluJing those who are [0 furni~h the principnl items uf materials anJ equipment I tu be sub- mirreu to OWN ER in advunce ot' the: specifiet! date prior to the EfI~ctive Dute of the Agreement for aCt:c:pwnce by OWNER and ENGINEER a.nd if CONTRACTOR has submitted a list thereof in accordance with the Supple- mentary Condicions. OWNER.s or ENG!N EER' s accept- ance (either in wricing or by faW ng 10 make written objec- rion thereto by the da.te indicated for acceptance orobjec., [ion in the bidding documents or the COntracl Documents) of any such Subcontractor. Supplier or other person or organization so identified may be revoked on the basis of reasonable objection afterdue investigation. in which case CO~TRACTOR sha.ll submit a.n acceptable substitute. the, Conrract Price will be increased by the difference in lhe cost occasioned by such substilucion and an appropriate Change Order will be issued or Wntten Amendment signed. , No acceptance by OWNER or ENG IN EER of a.ny such Subcontr.:lctor. Supplier or ocher person or organization shall constitute a waiver of any right oro W.N ER or ENGI- NEER to reject defee/iI.1! Work. 6.9. CONTRACTOR shall be fully res ponsible to OWNER and ENGINEER for a.ll acts and omissions of the Subcon- tractors. Suppliers. and other persons and orgl:\.nizations per- forming or furniShing any of the Work under a direct or indirect concract with CONTRACTOR jUst as CONTRAC- TOR is responsible for CONTRACTOR's own aces and omis- sions. Nothing in the Contracr Documenrs shall 'create any contractual relationship berween OWNER or ENG INEER and any such Subcontractor. Supplier or olher person or organization. nor shall it create any obligation on the par. of OWNER or ENGINEER to payor to see to [he payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor. Supplier or other person or organization excepr as may otherwise be required by Laws and Regulations. 6. 10. The divisions and sections of the Specifications and rhe identificarions of any Drawings shalI nor c'onerol CON- TRACTOR in dividing rhe Work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the Work 10 be performed by any specific rrade. 6. i i. All Work peri.ormed for CONTRACTOR by a Sub- contracror will be pursuant to an appropriate agreement between CONTRACTOR and the Subcontractor which spe- cifically binds the Subcontractor ro the applicable terms and conditions of the Contracr Documents for rhe benefit of OWNER and ENG INEER and contains waiver provisions as required by pamgrnph 5.11. CONTRACTOR shall pay ~l)ch Subcontractor a just share of any insurnnce moneys received by CONTRACTOR on account of losses under pol- icies issued pursuanr to paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7. Patent Fees and Royal/ies: 6,12. CONTRACTOR shall pay all license fees and roy- altie:s and aSSUme all COSlS incident to the use in (he pertor- mance of [he Work or the incorporation in [he Work of :lny invention. design. process. product or device which is [he subjecc or patent righrs or copyrighls helu by others. IF a particular invenrion. design. process. protiuct ur device is specified in (he Contracr Documents for use in the perfor- mance of the Work and if ru the actual knowletlge of OWN ER 15 or ENGINEER its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalcy to others, the existence of such rights sbalL be disclosed by OWNER in the ConlIilct Documents.CONTRACfOR shall indemnify and hold harmless OWNER and ENGINEER and anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them from and against all claims, damages, losses and expenses (including attorneys' fees and court and a.rbitration costs) arising out of . any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the W o.rk or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device not specified in the COnl:ract Documents, and shall defend all such claims in connection with allY alleged infringement of such rights. P t rrnils: 6.13. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, CONTRACTOR shall obtain and pay for all con- sU'1Jction permits and licenses. OwNER sliall assist CON. TRACTOR. when necessary, in obtaining such permits and licenses. CONTRACTOR shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees neccs1ary for the pro~cution of the Work. which are applicable at the time of opening of Bids , or if there are no Bids on the Effective Date of the Agreement. CON- TRACTOR shall pay all charges of utility owners for con- nectionsto the Work. and OWNER shall pay aU charges of such utility owners for capital costs related thereto such as plant investment fees. Lawr and RegulaJ:Wn.r: 6.14.1. CONTRACTOR shall give all norices and comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to fur. nishing and performance of the Work. Except where oth- erwise expreSSly required by applicable uws and Regu- lations. neither OWNER nor ENGINEER shall be respon- sible for monitoring CONTRACTOR's compliance with any Laws or Regulations. 6.14.1. If CONTRACTOR observes that the Specifi- cations or DraWings are at variance with any Laws or Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER p~ompt written notice thereof. and any necessary changes WIll be aUthorized by one of the methods indicated in paragraph 3.4. If CONTRACTOR performs any Work ,knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to such Laws or Regulations. and without such notice to ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR shall. bear all coses arising therefrom: however. jt shall not be CONTRACTOR's pri- mary responsibility to make cerrain that the Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with such uws and Regulations. Taxes: 6.15. CONTRACTOR shall pay all sales, consumer, use and o~her similar taxes required co be paid by CONTRAC- TOR In accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the place of the Project which are applicable during the perfor- mance of the Worle Uu of Prtmi.ur: 6.16. CONTRACfORshall confine constrUction equip- ment. the storage of materials and equipment and the oper. ations of workers to the Project site and land and areas iden- tified in and permitted by the Contract Documents and other land and areas permitted by Laws and Reguhitions. rights- of-way, permits and easements. and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with construction equipment or other materials or equipment. CONTR.ACTOR shall assume full responsibility for any dama'ge to any such land or area. or to the owner or occupant thereof or of any land or ;ueas contig- uous thereto, resulting from the perfonnance of the Work. Should any claim be made against OWNER or ENGINEER by any such owner or occupan~ because of the performance of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall promptly attempt to settle with such other party by agreement or otherwise. resolve the claim by arbitration or at law. CONTRACTOR !hall, to the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations. indemnify and hold O';VNER and ENGINEERh2rrnJess from and against all claims. damages. losses and expenses (including, but not limited to, fees of engineers. architeClS, attorneys and othe;r professionals and COUrt acd arbitration costs) arisin~ directly, indirectly or consequentially out of any action, legal or equi. table. brought by any such other party a.gainst OWNER or ENGINEER to the extent based on a claim arising out of CONTRAqOR's performance of the Work. 6.17. During the progress of the Work. CONTRACTOR shall keep the premises free from accumulations .of waste materials. rubbish and other debris resulting from the Work. At tile completion of the Work CONTRACTOR shall remove all waste maLedals. rubbish and debris from and about the' premises as well as all cools, appliances. construction equip- ment and machinery, and surplus materiaJs. and shall leave the site cleari and ready for o'ccupancy by OWNER. CON. TRAcrOR shall restore to original condition all property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents. 6.18. CONTRACfOR shall nbt load nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded in any manner that will endanger , the structure. nor shall CONTRACTOR subject any part of the Work or adjacent property to stresses or pressures [hat will endanger it. Rlcord Documtrur: 6.19. CONTRACTOR shall maintain in a safe place at the site one record copy of all Drawings. Specifications, Addenda. Written Amendments. Change Orders. Work Directive Changes, Field Orders and written interpretations andclarification~ (issued pursuant to paragraph 9.4) in good order and annotated to show all changes made during con- struction. These record documents cogether with all approved samples and a counterpart of all approved Shop Drawings will be available to ENGINEER for reference. Upon com- 16 plerion of the Work. thesc record documents. samples and Shop Drawings will be delivercd to ENGINEER for OWNER. Safery and Protection: 6.20. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for initiating. maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and pro- grams in connecrion with the Work. CONTRACTOR shall take all,irecessary precautions for the safety of. and shall provide the ,necessary protection [0 prevent damage. injury or loss [0: 6.20.1. all employees on the Work and other persons and organizations who may be atfected thereby: . 6.20.2. all the Work and materials and equipment co be incorporated therein. whether in storage on or otf the site: and 6.20.3. other property at the site or adjacent thereto. including trees. shrubs. lawns. walks. pavements. road- ways. structu,rcs. utilities and Underground Fticilities not designated for removal. relocation or replacement in the course of construction. CONTRACTOR shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction for the safety of persons or property or to protect them from damage. injury or loss: and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. CONTRACTOR shall notify owners of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and utility owners when prosecution of the Work may affect them. and shall cooperate with them in the pro- tection. removal. relocation and replacement of their prop- erty. .-\11 damage. injury or loss co any property referred ro in parqgraph 6.20.2 or 6.20.3 caused. directly or indirectly. in '...hole or in pOrt. by CONTRACTOR. any Subcontractor. Supplier or an~' other person or organization directly or indi- rectly em ployed by any of them ro perform or furnish any of the Work oranyone for whose acts any ot"rhem maybe liable. shall be remedied by CONTRACTOR (except damage or loss attributable to the fault of Drawings or Specific:ltions or ro the acts or omissions of OWNER or ENGINEER or anyone employed by either of them or anyone for whose :lcts either of them may be liable. and not attributable. direl.:tly or indi- rectl~'. in whole or in pan. to the fault or negligem::e of CON- . TR..'!'CTORJ. CONTRACTOR's duties and responsibilities for [he safet!. and protec rion of the Work shall continue until such time as all lhe Work is completed and ENGI;-JEER has issued 0 notice ro OWNER and CONTRACTOR in accord- ance II'jrh paragraph 14./ J that the Work is acceptable t except as olherwise expressly provided in connection \\'ith Substan- tial Completion l. 6,21. CONTRACTOR shull designate a respl1nsible r~p- resentutive at the sile whose uuty ~hall be the prt:'I'enrjun llf acciuents. This person ~hall be CONTRACTOR"s superin- tendent unles~ otherwise uesiunaled in writinl! by CO;--.;- TR.-\CTOR CO OWNER. - - Emergencies: .. 6.22. In emergencies affecting rhe safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the site or adjacent ther/to. CONTRACTOR. without special instrucrion or authorizalion from ENGINEER or OWNER. is obligated to act to prevent threatened damage. injury or loss. CO NTRACTO R shall give ENGINEER prompt written notice if CONTRACTOR believes that any significant changes in rhe Work or variations from the 'Contract Documents have been caused thereby. IfENGI- NEER determines that a changc in rhe Conlnct Documenrs is required because of the action laken in response to an emergency, a Work Directive Change or Chunge Order will be issued to document the consequences of the changes or. variations. Shop Drawings and Samples: 6.23. After checking and verifying all field measurements and after complying with applicable procedures specified in the General Requirements. CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENG1NEER for review and approval in accQ'r.dance with the accepted schedule of Shop Drawing submissions (see para-' graph ~.9). or for.other appropriale action if so indicated in the Supplementary Conditions. five copies (unless otherwise specified in the General Requiremerus J ofal! Shop Drawings. which will bear a stamp or spec,ific written indication that CONTRACTOR has satisfied CONTRACTOR's responsi- biIiti.;s under the Contract Documents with respect to the review of the submission. All submissions will be identified as ENGINEER may require. The data shown on the Shop Drawings will be complete with respect to quantities. dimcn- sions. specified perfonnance and design criteria. materials and similar data to enable ENGINEER [0 review the infor- mation as rcquired. 6.24. CONTRACTOR shall also submit to ENGINEER for review and approval with such promptness as to cause no delay in Work. all samples required by [he Contract Doc- uments. AI[ samples will have been checked by and accom- panied by a specific written indication rhat CONTRACTOR has satisfied CONTRACTOR's responsibilities under the Contract Documents with respect to rhe review of the sub- mission and will be identified clearly as ro miueriaL S4pplier. pertinent data such as catalog numbers and the use for Which intended. 6.~5.1. Before submission of each Shop Drawing or sample CONTRACTOR shall hn~'e derermined and veri., fled all quantities. dimensions. specified performance cri. teria. installation requirements. materials. caralog num- bers and similar data with respect thereto and reviewed or coordinateu each Shup Drawing: or sample with orher Shop Drawings and samples and \vith the requirements of the Work and [he Contract Documents, 6.25.:2. At the time uf each submissiun. CONTR.~C- TOR shall give ENG IN EER spedftc wrirten notice ot"each variation rhat [he Shop Drawings or ~ampks may have from the requirements llf the Contract Documents. nnd. in additiun. shilll cause a specilil: notation 10 be maue on 17 each Shop Drawing submitted to ENGINEER for review and approval of each such variation. 6.26. ENGINEER will review and approve with reason- able promptness Shop Drawings and samples. but ENGI- NEER . s review and approval will be only for conformance with the design concept of the Project and for compliance" with the information given in the Contract Documents and shall not e~tend to means. methods. Lechniques. sequences or procedures of construction (except where a specific means. method. technique, sequence or procedure of construction is indicated in or required by the Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. CON- TRACTOR shall make corrections required by ENGINEER, and shallrecurn the required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawing.s lUld submit as required new samples for review and approval. CONTRACTOR shall direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by ENGINEER on previous submittals. 6.27. ENGINEER's review and approval of Shop Draw. ings or samples shall not relieve CONTRACTOR from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless CONTRACTOR has in writing called ENGINEER's attention to each such variation at the time of submission as required by paragraph 6.15.1 and ENGINEER has given written approval of each such varia- tion by a specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or sample approval; liar will any approval by ENGINEER relieve CONTRAcrOR from responsibility for errors or omissions in the Shop Draw- ings or from responsibility for having complied with the pro- visions of paragraph 6.15.1. 6.28. Where a Shop Drawing or sample is required by the Specifications. any related Work performed prior to ENGI- NEER.s review and approval of the peninent submission will be the sole expense and responsibility of CONTRACTOR. Continuing /.ht Work.' 6.29. CONTRACTOR shall carry on the Work and adhere to the progress schedule dUring all disputes or disagreements :-vit/1 OWNER. No Work shall be delayed or postponed pend- Ing resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as permined by paragraph 15.5 or as CONTRACTOR and OWNER may otherwise agree in writing. I ruJemniflCtuion: 6.30. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regu- lations CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and, hold harmless OWNER and ENGINEER and their consultants. agents and employees from and against all claims, damages. losses and ~x~enses. direct. indirect or consequential (induding but not limited to fees and charges of engineers. architects. attorneys and other professionals and court and arbitration costs) aris. ing out of or reSUlting from the performance of the Work. ..;"--" provided that any such claim. damage, Joss or expense (a) is attributable to bodily injury. sickness. disease or death. or 10 injury to or destJ1Jction of tangible property (other than the Work itself) including the loss of use resulLing therefrom and (b) is caused in whole or in part by any negligent act or omission of CONTRACTOR. any Subcontractor. any person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform odurnish any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable. regardless of whether or not it is caused in part by a party indemnined hereunder or arises by or is imposed by Law and Regulations regardless of the negligence of any such parry. 6.3 I. In any and all claims against OWNER or ENGI- NEER or any of their consultants, agents or ~mployees, by any employee of CONTRACTOR. any Subcontractor. any person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable. the indemnification obligation under paragraph 6.30 shall not be Iirnited in any way by any lilrntation on the amount or type lif damages, . compensation or benefits payable by or for CONTRAcrOR or any such Subcontractor or other person or organization under workers. or workmen's compensation acts. disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. 6.32. The obligations of CONTRACTOR under para- graph 6.30 ~hall not extend to the liability of ENGrNEER, ENGIN'EER's consultants, agenLs or employees arising out of the preparation or approval of maps, drawings. opinions, reportS. surveys. Change Orders. designs or specilicadons. ARTICLE 1-OTHER WORK Rtltutd Work ai Sue: 1.1. OWNER may perform otherwork'reJated to the Proj- ect at the site by OWNER's own forces. have other work ,performed by utility owners or let other direct contracts therefor which shall COntain General Conditions similar to these. If the fact that such other work is to be performed was not noted in the Contract Documents. '.llTitten notice thereqf will be given to CONTRACTOR prior [0 starting any such .9ther work: and. if CONTRACTOR believes that such perfor- mance will involve additional expense to CONTRA,CTOR or requires additional time and the paniesare unable to agree as to the extent thereof, CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles I] and 12. 7.:'. CONTRACTOR shall afford each utility owner and other contractor who is a parry to such a direct contract (or OWNER; if OWNER is performing the additional work with . OWNER's employees) proper and safe access to the site and a reasonable opportunity, for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of such work, and shall properly connect and coordinate the Work with theirs. CONTRACTOR ~hall do all cutting, fitting and patching of the Work that may be required to make its several pans come together properly and integrate with such other work. CON. 18 TRACTOR shall not endanger any work of others by cutting. e~cavadng or otherwise allering [heir work and will only CUt or alter their work with the written consent o(ENGINEER and the ochers whose work will be affected. The duties and responsibilities of CONTRACTOR under this paragraph are for the benefit of such utility owners and other contractors [0 the e.Hent that there are comparable provisions for [he benen t of CONTRACTOR in said direct contrncts between OWN ER and such utility owners and other concractors. 7.3. [f any part of CONTRACTOR's Work depends for proper execution or results upon the work of any such other contractor or utility OWner (or OWNERi.cONTRACTOR shall inspect and promptly report to ENGINEER in writing any delays. defects or deficiencies in such work that render it unavailable or unsuitable for such proper execution and results. CONTRACTOR's failure so to report will constitute an acceptance of the other work as fit and proper for integra- lion with CONTRACTOR's Work except for la'tenc or non- apparent defects and deficiencies in tbe other work. Coordinal.ion: 7.4. If OWNER contracts with others for the perfor- mance of ather work on the Project at the site. the person or organization who will have authority and responsibility for coordinat[onof the activities among the various prime con- tractors .....ill be identified in the Supplementary Conditions. and the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be itemized. and the extent of such author- ity and responsibilities will be provided. in the Supplementary Conditions. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions. neither OWNER nor ENGINEER shall have any authority or responsibility in respect of'such coordination. ARTICLE B-o-OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES 8.1. OWNER shall issue all communications to CON. TRACTOR through ENGINEER. 8.1. In case of termination of the employment of ENGI- NEER. OWNER shall appoint an engineer against whom CONTRACTOR makes no reasonable objection. whose sta. [US under the Contract Documents shall belhat orthe former ENGINEER. Any dispute in connection with such appoint- ment shall be subject [Q arbitration. 8.3. OWNER shall furnish the dllta required of OWNER under the Contract Documents promptly and shall make pay. ment.s to CONTRACTOR promptly after they are due as prOVided in paragraphs [4.4 and 14,13. 8.4. OWNER's dUties in respect of providing lands and ea~ements and providing engineering surveys to ~stablish reterence points are set forth in paragraphs 4.1 and 404. Para- graph 4.2 refers to OWNER's identifying and making avail. able to CO NTRACTO R copies of reports of explorations and tests of subsurface contlitions at the site and in ~xisting struc- cures which have been utilized by ENGINEER in preparing the Drawings and Specifications, ' 8.5. OWNER's responsibilities in respect of purchasing and maintaining liability and property insurance are set forth in paragraphs 5.5 through 5,8. . 8.6. OWNER is obligated to execute Change Orders as indicated in paragrnph IDA. 8.7. OWNER's responsibility in respect of cerrain inspecrions. tests and approvals is set forth in paragraph 13..1. 8.8. [n connection with OWNER's right to stop Work or suspend Work. see paragraphs 13.10 and 15.1. Paragraph U.2 deals with OWNER's right to terminate services of CON- TRACTOR under cerrain circumstances. ARTICLE 9--ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION :;. Owner's Representative: 9.1. ENGINEER will be OWNER.s representativedur- ing the construction period. The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of ENG INE EX as OWNER's representative during construction 'are set forth ill the Con- tract Documents and shall not be extended without written consent of OWNER and ENGINEER. Visits 10 Site: 9.2. ENGINEER will make visits to ihe site at intervals appropriate to the various stages of construction to observe rhe progress and quality of rhe executed Work and to deter- mine. in general. if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. ENGINEER wUl not berequired to make exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work. ENGINEER"s efforcs will be directed toward providing for OWNER a greater degree of confidence that the completed Work will conform ro the Contract Documents. On the basis of stich visits and on-site observations as an experienced and qualified design profes- sional. ENGINEER will keep OWNER informed ofthtl prog- ress of the Work and will endeavor to guard OWNER against defects and deficiencies in the Work. Projl!ct Representation: 9.3. If OWNER and ENGINEER agree. ENGINEER will furnish a Resident Project Representruive to assist ENGINEER in observing the performance orthe Work. The duties. responsibilities and Iimitarions of authority of any such Resident Project Representative and ass is rants will be as provided in the Supplementary Conditions. If OWNER designates another agent to represen 10WN ER at the site who is not ENGINEER's agent or employee. the duties. responsibilities and limiwtions of authority of such other person will be as providctl in (he Supplementary Conditions. 19 C!JJrifi calW ItJ ruui I flU rp N ta.tW ru: 9.4. ENGINEER will issue with reaJonable p'romptness such wrirren clarifications or incerpretations of the require. ments of the Contract Documents (in the form of Drawings or otherNise) as ENGINEER may determine necessary, which shall be consistent with or reasonably inferable from the overall intent of the Contract Documents.lfCONTRACTOR believes that a writ!en clarification or interpretation justities an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time and the parties are unable to agree to the amount or extent thereof. CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor aJ provided in Article 11 or Arricle 12. A UlhoriuJ Var..aiuJn.t in Work: 9.5. ENGINEER may authorize minor variations in the Work from the requirements of the Contract Document! which do not involve an adjustment in the Contract, Price or the Contract Time and are consistent with the overall intent of the Contract Documents. These may be accomplished by a Field Order and Will be binding on OWNER. and also on CONTRACTOR who shall perfonn the Work involved promptly. If CONTRACTOR believes that a Field Order justifies an increase in the Contract Price or an exten5ion of the Contract Time and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof. CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as provided in Article 11 or 12. Rejecrinr Dtfectivt! Work: 9.6. ENGINEER wiU have authority co disapprove or reject Work which ENGINEER believes to be defecrive. and will also have authoricy to require special inspeccion or testing of the Work as provided in paragraph 13.9. whether or not the Work is fabricated. installed or completed. Shop Drawings, ChaJlge OruTT arui Paymerm: 9.7. In connection with ENGINEER's responsibility for Shop DraWings and samples. see paragraphs 6.23 through 6.29 inclusive. 9.8. In connection with ENGINEER's responsibUities as to Change Orders. see Anicles 10. J 1 and 12. 9.9. In connection with ENGINEER. s responsibilities in respect of Applications for Payment. etc., see Article 14. Dt!lenniruuions for UnuPmer: 9.10. ENGINEER wiU determine the actual quantities and classiJications of Unit Price Work performed by CON- TRACTOR. ENGINEER will review with CONTRACTOR ENGINEER's preliminary determinacions on such matters before rendering a written decision thereon (by recommen- . dation of an Application for Payment or otherNise). ENGI.. NEER's written decisions thereon will be tinai and binding upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR, unles!!. within ten days ~ter the date of any such deci!!ion. either OWNER or CON- RACTOR delivers to the other parry to the Agreement and to ENGIN~ER written notice of intention to appeal from such a decision. Deci.rioru on Dispults: 9. I 1. ENGINEER will be che initial interpreter of the requiremencs of the Contract Documencs and judge of the acceptability of the Work thereunder. Claims. disputes 'and other matters relating to the acceptability of the Work or the interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents pertaining co the performance and furnishing of the Work and claims under Articles 11 and 12 in respect of changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time will be referred initially to ENGINEER in writing with a request for a formai decision in accordance with this paragraph, which ENGINEER will render in writing within a reasonable time. Writien notice of each such claim, dispute and other matter will be dClivercd by the claimant to ENGINEER and the other party co the Agreement promptly (but in no event later than thirty day!!) after the occurrence of the event giving risc thereto, and written supporting data will be submitted to ENGtNEER and the other party within sixty days after such occurrence unless ENGINEER allows an additional period of time to ascertain more accurate data in support of the claim. 9.12. When functioning as interpreter and judge under paragraphs 9.iO and 9.11, ENGINEER will not show par. tiality to OWNER or CONTRACTOR 'and will not be, liable in connection with any interpretation or decision rendered in good faith in such capacity. The rendering of a decision by ENGINEER pursuan.t to paragraphs 9, 10 and 9.11 with rcspe1:t to any such claim. dispUte or other matter (except any which have been waived by the making or acceptance of final pay. ment as provided in paragraph 14.16) will be a condition precedent to any exercise by OWNER or,CONTRAcTOR of such rights or remedies as either may,otherwise have under the Concract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any such claim. dispute or other matter. LimiLarions on ENGINEER's RespOltJihilUilS: 9.13. Neither ENGINEER.s authori~y to act under this Arricle 9 or elsewhere in the Contract Documents nor any decision made by ENG INEER in' good faith either to exercise or not exercise such authoricy shall give rise to any duty or responsibility of ENGINEER to CONTRACTOR. any Sub- contractor, any Supplier, or any other person or organization performing any of the Work. or to any surety for any .of them. 9.14. Whenever in the Contract Documents the terms "as ordered", "as directed", "as required", .'as allowed", "as approved" or terms of like effect or import are used. or the adjectives "reasonable'., "suitable", "acceptable", "proper" or ",satisfactory.' or adjectives of like effecc or impon are used to describe a requirement, direction. review or judgment of .ENGINEER as to the Work, it is intended that such requirement. direction, review or judgment will be solely to evaluate che Work for compliance with the Contract Docu. ments (unless there is a specific statement indicating other- wise). The use of any such term or adjective shall not be 20 effective to assign to ENGIN EER any duty or aUthority to supervise or direct the furnishing or performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility contrary (0 the provisions of paragraph 9.15 or 9.16. 9.15. ENGINEER will not be responsible for CON. TRACTOR's means. methods. techniques. sequences or pro. cedures of construction. or [he safety precautions and pro- grams incident thereto. and ENGIN EER will not be respon. sible for CONTRACTOR's failure to perform or furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 9.16. ENGINEER will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of CONTRACTOR or of any Subcontracror. any Supplier. or of any other person or organization performing or furnishing any of the Work. ARTICLE IO-CHANGES IN THE WORK 10.1. Without inValidating the Agreement and without notice to any surety. OWNER may'. at any time or from time to time. order additions. deletions or revisions in the Work: thcse will be authorized by a Writtcn Amendment. a Change Order. or a Work Directive Change. Upon r~ccipt of any such document. CONTRACTOR shall prompcly proceed with the Work involved which will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as otherwise specifically provided>. 10.2. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable [0 agree as to the' extent. if any. of an increase or decrease in the Contract Price or an e.xtension or shortening of the Contmct Time that should be allowed as a.result of a Work Directive Change. a claim may be made therefor as provided in Article II or ArtiCle' 12. 10.3. CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to an increase in the, Contract Price or an extension of rhe COntroct Time with respect to any Work performed chat is noc required b~' the Contract Documents as amended. modified and supple- mented as provided in paragraphs 3.4 and 3.5. ~xcept in rhe case of an emergency as prov,ided in paragraph 6.22 and e.xcept in che case of uncovering Work as providetl in para- graph JJ.9. ' IO.~. OWNER and CONTRACTOR shall e.xecute appro- priate Change Orders (or Written Amendments) covering: IO.-L I. \:hanges in the Work which are ordered b~' OWN ER pursuant [0 paragraph 10.1. are requin:d because of acceprnnl:c of dejitclil'e Work under paragraph I J.I:; or correcting dL~rf!Clil'l! Work under paragraph 13,1'+. or ur,: agreed 10 b~' Ihe parties; lOA.::. I:hunges in the Contract Price or CLlntrnct Time which are ugreed to by the purries: aml [004.3. changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which embody the substance of any written decision ren- dered by ENGINEER pursuant 10 paragraph 9.1 J; provided that. in lieu of executing any such Change Order. an appeal may be taken from any such decision in accordance with che provisions of the Contract Documents and applicable Laws and Regulations. but during any such appeal. CON'- TRACTOR shall carryon the Work and adhere to tne prog- ress schedule as provided in paragmph 6.29. 10.5. [f norice of any change atfecting [he general scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including. but not limited to. Contract Price or Conr.ract _ Time) is required by the provisions of any Bond to be gIven to a surety. the giving of any such notice will be CONTRAC- TOR's responsibility. and the amount of each applica~le Bond will be adjusted accordingly. ARTICLE 1 J-CHANGE OF CONTRACT BRICE ! 1.1. The Contract Price consritutes the total compen- sation (subject to authorized adjustments) payable to CON- TRACTOR for performing the Work:. All duties. responsibil- ities and obligations assigned to or undertaken by CON- TR.<\.CTOR shall be at his expense without change in the Contract Price. Il.2. The Contract Price may only be changed by a Change Order or by a Written Amendment. Any claim for an increase or decrease in the Contraer 'Price shalr'be based on wriuen notice delivered by the 'party making the claim to the other parry and to ENGINEER promptly (burin no eve,n~ late: than thirty days) after the occurrence of the event gIVing nse to the claim and stating the general nature of the claim. Notice of the amourit of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty days after sLlch occurrence (unless ENGINEER allows an additional period of time to ascertain more accurate data ,in support of the claim) and shall be' accompanied by claimant's written statement that the amount claimed covers all known amounts (direct. indirect and con- sequentiall to which the claimant is entitled as a result of the occurrence of said event. All claims for adjust'ment in the Contract Price shall be determined by ENGINEER in accor. dance with paragraph 9.11 if OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot otherWIse agree on rhe amount involved. No claim fo'r an adjustment in the Contract Price will be valid if not submitted in accordance with this parag:'rnph 11.2. I I .3. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of anv claim for an increase or decrease in the Contract Price sh;ll be determined in one of che following ways: 11.3.1. Where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the CLlntroct Documents. by applica. tion of unit prices to lhe quantities of the items involved (subject to the provisions of paragraphs 11.9,1. through 11.9.3. inclusive). 21 11.3.2. By mutual acceptance of a lump sum (which' may include an allowance for overhead and profit not necessarily in accordance with paragraph I J .6.2.1). 11.3.J. On the basis of (he Cost of the Work (deter. mined as provided in paragraphs 11.4 and 11.5) plus a CONTRACTOR's Fee for overhead and prool (deter- mined as provided in paragraphs 11.6 and 11.7). Cost of tht Work: 11.4. The term Cost of the Work means (he sum of aU COsls necessarily incurred and paid by CONTRACTOR in the proper performance of the Work. Except as otherwise may be asreed to in writing by OWNER. such costs shaH be in amounts no higher than those prevailing in the locality of the Project. shall include only the following items and shall not include any of the costs itemized in paragraph 11.5: 11.4.1. Payroll costs for employees in the direct employ of CONTRACTOR in the performance of the Work under schedules of job classifications agreed upon by OWNER and CONTRACTOR. Payroll costs for employees not employed full time on the Work shall be apportioned on the basis of their time spent on the Work. Payroll costs shall include, but not be Iimitcd to, salaries and wages plus the COSt of fringe benefits which shall include social security contribUtions, unemployment. excise and payroll taxes. workers' or workmen's compensation. health and. retirement benefits, bonuses. sick leave. vacation and hol- iday pay applicable thercto. Such employees shall include superintendents and foremen at the site. The expenses of performing Work after regular working hours. on Satur- day, Sunday or legal holidays, shaH be included in the above to the eXtent authorized by OWNER. 11..4.2. Cost of all materials and equipment furnished and incorporated, in the Work. including costs of lTans- ponation and storage thereof. and Suppliers'field services required in connection therewith. All cash discounts shall accrue to CONTRACTOR unless OWNER deposits funds with CONTRACTOR with which to mak'e payments, in which case the cash discounts shall accrue to OWNER. All trade discounts, rebates and refunds and all returns from sale of surplus materials and equipment shall accrue to OWNER. and CONTRACTOR shall make provisions , so that they may be obtained. 11.4.3. Payments made by CONTRAcrOR to the SubContractors for Work performed by, Subcontractors. If required by OWNER. CONTRACTOR shall obtain competitive bids from Subcontractors acceptable to CON. TRACTOR and shall deliver such bids to OWNER who will toen determine. with the advice of ENGINEER. which bids will be accepted. If a subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of COlt of the Work Plus a Fee, the Subcontractor's Cost of the Work shall be determined in the same manner as CONTRAC. TOR's COSl of the Work. All subcon tracts shall be subject 22 to the other provisions of tn e Co n lract Documents insofar as applicable. 11.4.4. Costs of special consultants (including but not limited to engineers. architects. testing laboratories. sur- veyors. attorneys and accountanl.s) employed for services specifically related to the Work. 11.4.5. Supplemental COsts including the following: 11.4.5.1. The proportion of necessary lTansporta- tion. travel and subsistence expenses of CONTRAC. TOR's employees incurred in discharge of duties con. nected with the Work. 11.4.5.1. Cost. including transportation and majn~ lenance. of all materials. supplies. equipment. machin. ery, appliances. office and temporary facilities at the site and hand tools not owned by the workers. which arc consumed in the performance ofthe Work, and cost less market value of such items used but n~ consumed whic'h remain the property of CONTRACTOR. 11.4.5.3. Rentals of all construction equipment and machinery and the parts thereof whether rented from CONTRACTOR, or others in accordance with rental agreements approved by OWNER with the advice of ENGINEER. and the costs of cransportation. loading, unloading, installation. dismantling and removal there of -all in accordance with terms of said rental agreements. The rental of any such equipment. machin- ery or parts shall cease when the use thereofis no longer necessary for the Work. 11.4.5.4. Sales.. consumer, use or similar tv:es , related (0 the Work. and for which CONTRACTOR is liable. imposed by Laws and Regulations. 11.4.5.5. Deposits lost for causes other than negli- gence of CONTRACTOR. any Subcontractor or any- one directly or indirectly employed by any of (hem or for whose acts any of them may be liable. and royalty payments and fees for permits and licenses. I I .4.5.6. Losses and damages (and related expenses). not compensated by insurance or otherwise. to the Work or otherwise sustained by CONTRACTOR in connection with the performance and furnishing of the Work (except losses and damages within the deductible amounts of property insurance established. by OWNER in accordance with paragraph 5.9), pro- vided they have resulted from causes other than the negligence of CONTRACTOR. any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or' for whose acts any of them may be liable. Such losses shall include settlements made with the written consent and approval of OWNER. No such losses, damages and expenses shall be included in the Cost of the Work for the purpose of determining CONTRAC- TOR's Fee. If. however, any such loss or damage requires reconstruction and CONTRACTOR i~ placed in charge thereof. CONTRACTOR shall be paid for services a fee proponionute 10 (hat stated in paragraph 11.6.2. 11.~.5.7. The cost of utililies. r'uel and sanitary facilitit:s at the site. II A.5.8. :\linor e,~pense~ such as telegrams. long distance telephone culls. telephone service at the she, expressage and similar petty cash items in connection with (he Work. . II A.5.9. Cost of premiums for additional Bonds and insurance required because: ufchanges in the Work and premiums for propeny insurance coverage within Ihe limirs or rhe deuuctible amounts established bl' OWN ER in accordance with paragraph 5.9. . 11,5, The term Cosr of the Work shall not include any of the fol/owing: 11.5, I. Payroll COSts and other compensation MCON- TRACTOR.s officers. executives, principals lof partner- ship and sole proprietorshipsl. genernl managers; engj. neers. architects. esrimarors. attorneys. auditors. accoun- tanrs. purchasing and contracting agents. expediwrs. timekeepers. clerks and orher personnel employed by CONTRACTOR whcther at the sire or in CONTRAC- TOR's principal or a branch office for general administra- tion of the Work and not specifically included in the agreed upon schedule of job C1assific<ltions referred (Q in para. graph 1104.1 or spec'iticalIy covered by paragraph 11.4.4- all of which are to be considered administrarive costs covered by the CONTRACTOR.s Fee. 11.5.2, E.xpenses ,,[ CONTRACTOR.s principal and branch offices other than CONTRACTOR.s office at th.: site. IIJ.3. ..1.ny PUrt ofCONTRACTOR's ~apirul expenses, inclUding interest on CONTRACTOR'S capical employed for the Work and charges against CONTRACTOR for delinquent payments. . 11.5.4. Cosr of premiums for all Bonds and for all insurance Whether or not CONTRACTOR is required by the Contrnct Documents to purchase and maintain the same (e,xcept for the cost of premiums covered by sub- paragraph 11...1.5.9 above), 11.5.5. Com due to the negJi2ence of CONTRAC- TOR. any Subcontrnl:tor. or any~n~ Llirectly or indirectly employed b!' anyat' I;,..:m or for \Vho~e acts anv of them may be linhle. ind'.JJing bur notlimiteJ to. the ;orrection of cI/;,J{-I;;" "'.'ur!.:. Jisposal Llf muterial.~ or equipment wrongly su, .,f i'... ~ '"'1aking glJOU uny damage' [0 prop- erty. 11.5.6. Other overhead or general expense costs of any kinu and (he Cl1sts of any item not specilica"y ami expressly inl:lu<.1eu in puragraph II..!. CONTRACTOR's Fee: 11.6, The CONTRACTOR's Fee allowed to CONTRAC- TOR for overhead and prone shall be detemined as follows: 11.6.1. <l mutually acceptable fixed fee: or if none can be agreed upon, 11.6.2, a fee based on the following percentages ofche various portions of [he Cost of [he Work: 11.6,1: I. for costs incurred und'er paragraphs 11.4.1 and Il..l.~. the CONTRACTOR's Fee sho'!l be fifteell percent: 11.6,~.2. for costs incurred under paragraph 11.4.3. the CONTRACTOR's Fee shall be F.vepercent: and if a subcontract is on the basis of Co se of rhe Work Plus a Fee. the maximum allowable [0 CONTRACTOR 011 <lccount of overhead and profit of all Subcontractors shall be fifteen percent: ~. 11.6.:U, no fee shall be payable on the basis or costs iremized under porugraphs 11....1.-1. 11....5 and 11..5: 11,6,1.4, the amount of credit Co be allowed by CONTR.ACTORto OWNER for any such change which results in a Ilet decrease in cost will be the amount or the actual net decreose plus a deduction in CONTRAC- TOR's Fee by ao amount equal to ten percent of the net decrease: and' 11.6.2,5, when both additions and credies are involved in anyone change. the adjustment in CON.. TRACTOR's Fee shall be c'omputed on the basis of the net change in accordance with paragraphs 11.6,2.1 through 11.6.1.... inclusive, . 11.7, Whenever the cosr of any Work is to be determined pursuant to p<lragraph 1 U or 1l.5, CONTRACTOR wili submit in form acceptable cO ENGINEER. on itemized cost breakdown together with sUPPol1ing,data. Cash Allowances: 11.8, 'It is ulldersrood that CONTRACTOR has included. in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Contract Documents and shall C<luse the Work so covered to be done by such Subcontractors or Suppliers alld for such sums Ivjthin the limit of the allowances as may be acceptable to ENGI. NEER. CONTRACTOR agrees [hae: 11.8, I. The allowances include ehe cosr to CON- TRACTOR (less any npplicable crade discounrsl of mate- rials and equipment required by the allowances !o be deliv- .:red at the site. and aff applicable taxes: and j 1.8.2. CONTRACTOR', costs fur unloading nnd handling on the site. lahar. installation costs. overhead. profit anti olher expenses conremplated for the allowances have been includeLl in [he Contract Price and not in the 23 allowances. No demand for additional payment on acc.ount of any thereof will be valid. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by ENGINEER to reflect actual amounts due CONTRACTOR on account of Work covered by allowances. and the Contract Price shall be correspond- ingly adjusted. Unit Prit:e Work: 11.9.1. Where the Concract Documents provide that all or part of tile Work is to be Unit Price Work. initially the Contract Price will be deemed [0 include for all Unit Price Work an amOUnt equal to the sum of the established unit prices for each separately identified item of Unit Price Work times the estimated quantity of each item as indi- cated in the Agreement. The estimated qi.Landtics of items of Unit Price Work are notgtlaranteed and are solely for the pUrpose of comparison of Bids and determining iI..c initial Comract Price. Determinations of the actual quan- tities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by CONTRACTOR will be made by ENGINEER in accor. dance with Paragraph 9.10. 11 ~9 .2. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by CONTRACTOR to be adeqUate to cover CONTRACTOR' s overhead and profit for each sep- arately identified jtem. 11.9.3. Where the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work performed by CONTRACTOR differs materially and Significantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Agreement and there is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work and if CONTRACTOR believes that CONTRACTOR has incurred additional expense as a result thereof. CON- TRACTOR may make a claim for an increase in the Con- tract Price in accordance with Ankle 11 if the parties are unable to agree as [0 the amount of any such il1crease. ARTICLE 12~HANGE OFCONTRACfTIME 1.2. J . The Contract Time may only be changed by a Change Order or a Written Amendment. Any claim for an extension or shol1ening of the Contract Time shall be based on written notice delivered by the party making the claim to the other Party and to ENGINEER promptly (but in no event later than tbirty days) after the occurrence of the event &lving rise to l11e claim and stating the generaJ nature of the claim. Notice of the extent of the claim with suppol1ing data shall be deliv- ered within sixty days after such occurrence (unles,5 ENGI- NEER allows an additional period of time to ascertain more accurate dilta in SUPPOI1 of the claim) and shall be accom. panied by the claimant's written statement that the adju!t- ment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the claimant' has reason to believe it is entitled as a result of the occurrence of said event. All claims for adjustment in the Co~tract Time shall be detennined by ENGINEER in accordance with para- graph 9.11 if OWNER and CONTRAcrOR cannot otherwise ., agree. No claim {or an adjustment in the Contract rime will be valid ifnot submined in accordance with the requirements of tl1is paragraph J2.1. 12.2. The Contract Time will be extended in an unount equal to time lost due to delays beyond the control of CON. TRACTOR if a claim is made therefor as provided in para" graph 12.1. Such delays shall include. but not be limited to, acts or neglect by OWNER or others performing additional work as contemplated by Al1icle 7, or to fires. floods. labor disputes. epidemics, abnormal weather conditions or acts of God. 12.3. All time limits stated in the Contract Document.! are of the essence of the Agreement. The provisions of this ArticJe'12 shall not exclude recovery for damages (including but not limited to fees and charges of engineef3, architects, attorneys and other professionals and court an~ 'a.rbicn.tion costs) for delay by either party. ;. ARTICLE I3-W ARRANTY AND GUARANTEE;' TESTS AI\fD INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION. REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK Warnuuy and G U4Tr1.IIUt: 13..1. CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees to OWNER and ENGINEER that all Work will be in accor- dancc'with the Concract Documents andwiIl not be defective. Prompt notice of all aefects shall be given to CONTRAC- TOR. All dl!fecrivt Work, whether or not in place. may be rejected. corrected or accepted as provided in this Anicle 13. A(.'ct:I1 to Work: 13.2. ENGINEER and EN,GINEER's representatives, other representatives of OWNER. testing agencies and gov- ernmental agencies withjurisdictionaJ interests wili have access to the \\lorkat reasonable times for their observation. inspecting and testing. CONTRACTOR shall provide proper and safe conditions for such access. Tests and Inspections: 13.3. CONTRACTORshalJ give ENG1NEER timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required irupections. tests or approvals. 13.4. lf Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereat) to specifically be inspected. tested or approved. CO/'{TRACTOR shall assume full responsibility therefor. pay all costs in connection therewith and furnish ENGINEER the required certificates of inspection. testing or approval. CONTRACTOR shall also 24 be responsible for and shojI pay all costs in connection with any inspection or testing required in connection with OWN- ER's or ENGIN EER's acceptance of a Supplier of materials or equipment proposed to be incorporated in the Work. or of materials or equipment submiued forapproval prior to CON. TRACTOR's purchase thereofforincorporation in the Work. The cost of all inspections. rests and approvals in addition to the above which are required by [he Contract Documents shall be paid by OWNER (unless otherwise specified). 13.5. All inspections. tests or approvals other than those required by Laws or Regulacions of any public body having jurisdiction shall be performed by organizations accepcable to OWNER and CONTRACTOR lor by ENGl:-';EER if so specified). 13.6. If any Work lincluding the work of others) thac is to be in,spected. tested or approved is covered without written concurrence of ENGrNEER. it must. if requested by ENG I. NEER. be uncovered for observation, Such uncovering shall be ae CONTRACTOR's expense unless CONTRACTOR has given ENGrNEER timely nocice ofCONTRACTOR.s inten- tion to cover the same and ENGINEER has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice. . 13.7. Neicher observations by ENGINEER nor inspec- tlons.tests or appro'vals bv others shall relieve CONTRAC- !OR from CONTRACTOR.s obligations to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, Uncovering Work: D.B. Ifany Work is covered concrary co the writt~n request of ENGINEER. it must. if requested by ENGI::.iEER. be uncol'ered for ENGINEER's observution and replaced at CONTRACTOR.s e:<pe:nse. 13.9. If ENGINEER considers it necessary or advisabl~ that covered Work be observed by ENGINEER or inspected or tested by others. CONTRACTOR. at ENGINEER's request. shall uncover. expos~ or otherwise make available for ~bserva(ion. inspection ~r testing as ENG!:--;EER may require. that pLJrtion of the Work in qu~stion. furnishing aU necessary labor. 'material and equipment. If it is found that such Work is dt:',/~(,lil'(', CONTRACTOR shallbe:1r::1U direct. , indirect anu consequential COSlS of such unc~vering. expo- sure. observution. inspection und testing and of ~atisfactory reconstruction, (inclutJin2 but not limited to fees 'md chaf2es of engineers.' architects. ~crorneys and other pr;r'essionaisl. and OWNER sha!l be entitled [0 an appropriute Jecreuse in the Contrnct Price. amI. if the parties arc: unHblc: [0 agree as ~o the amUllrH thereot'. rna~' make a claim therefor a:; provided In Article II. If. hu\\ ever. such WtJl'k is not '(L'und to (1e cll'./i'l'II'\'(', CO\TRACTOR ~hHII be alluweu an increase in the C<.lntrat:t Pl'icl. :1' ..11 ~\it:nsion of the Contract Time. l,lr both. Jir~t:[I)' atll'il'lJ[abl~ ItJ such uncovaing. ~xposure. obser\'lIlilln. inspectiun. restin!! anu reconstructi..'n: am.!. if the parties are unable lu uyre; as III the amuunt tJr e.xtent .:..".... thereof. CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as pro- vided in Articles I I and 12. Owner May Slop lhe Work.' 13.10. [f the Work is defectll'e. or CONTRACTOR fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable m~terials or equipment. or fails [0 furnish or perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents. OWNER may orderCONTRACrOR [0 s;op the Work, or any portion thereof. undl the cause: for such order has been eliminated: however.. this right of OWNER to stop the Work shall not give rise to any ducy on the part of OWNER to exercise chis right for the benefit of CONTRACTOR or . any ocher pany. Correction or Remoyal of DefectiYI !York: 13.11. Ifrequired by ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR shall promptly. as directed. either co.rrect all defeClive WorK. whether or not fabricated. installed or completed. or. if ihe Work has been rejected by ENGINEER. rem~ve ie from the site and replace it with nondefeClI1'e Work. CONTRACTOR sha!l bear all direct. indirect and consequential costs of such correction or removal !including bue not limited to fees and charges of engineers. architects. attorneys and ocher profes- sionals) made necessary thereby. One Year Correction Period.' 13.12. If within one year afrer the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may be pre- scribed by Laws or Regulations or by the terms of any appli- cable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents_ any Work is found to be defecllre, CON"TRACTOR shall promptlY, , without cost to OWNER and in accordance with owNER's written instructions. either correct such defeclil'e Work. or. if it has been rejected by OWNER. remove it from the site and replace it with nondtierlil'/! Work. If CONTRACTOR does not promptly comply wich the terms ofsuch instructions. or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage. OWN ER may have the dej"ecril'e Work cor, reeted or the rejected Work removed and replaced. and all direct. indirect and' consequential costs of such removal and replacement (including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers. architects. attorneys and other professionals) will be paid by CONTRACTOR. In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service betore Substantial Complction of all the Work. the correction period for that item may starr to run from an earlier date if so provided in the Sp~citications or by Written Amendment. .J..cceplance of Deftellye Work: 13.13. If. insteuu of requiring correction or removal and replacement of "e.l~clil'e Work. 0 \V'N ER (and. prior to ENGINEER.s recommenuution of final payment. also ENGIN E ER) prefers co act:ept it. O\VNER mny do 50. CON. TRACTOR shall bt:ur all Jirt:ct. in~irect unu consequential 25 costS attribUtable to OWNER's evaluation of and determi- nation to accept SUch defective Work (such costs to be approved by ENGINEER as to reasonableness and to include but not be limited to fees and charges.of engineers. architects. attor- neys and other professionals). If any such acceptance occurs prior to ENGINEER's recommendation of final payment, .a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revi- sions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the panies are unable to agree as to the amount thereof. OWNER may make a claim therefor as provided in Article 11. If the acceptance occurs after such recommendation. an appropriate amount will be paid by CONTRACTOR to OWNER. OWNER May Correct Defective Work: 13.14. If CONTRACTOR fails within a reasonable time after written notice of ENGINEER to proceed to correct and to correct defecriw Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by ENGINEER in accordance with para- graph 13.11, or if CONTRACTOR fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. or if CON. TRACTOR fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents. OWNER may, after seven days' writ- ten notice to CONTRACTOR. com~ct and remedy any such deficiency. In exercisi'ng the rights and remedies under this paragraph OWNER shall proceed expeditiously. To the extent necessary to complete corrective and remedial action. OWNER may exclude CONTRACTOR from all or pan of the site, take. possession of all or pan of the Work, and suspend CON. TRACTOR's'services related thereto. take possession of CONTRACTOR. s tools. appliances, 'constrllctionequipment and machinery at the site and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which OWNER has paid CONTRACTOR but which are stored elsewhere. CONTRACTOR shall allow OWNER. OWNER's represen- tatives, agents and employees such access to the site as may be necessary to enable OWNER to exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph. All direct, indirect and con- sequential costs of OWNER in exercising such rights and remedies will be charged apinst CONTRAqOR in an amount approved as to reasonableness by ENGINEER. and a Change Order will be issueq incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work: and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, OWNER may make a claim t,herefor as provided in Article I l. Such direct. indirect and consequen- tial costS will include but not be limited to fees and charges of engineers, architects. attorneys and other professionals, all coun and arbitration costS and all costs of repair and replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal or replacement of CONTRACTOR's defective Work. CONTRACTOR shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Time because of any delay in per- formance of the Work attributabl e to the exercise by OWNER of OWN ER's rights and remedies hereunder. ARTICLE I4-PA YMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION Schedule of Values: 14.1. The schedule of values established as provided in paragraph 2.9 will serve as the basis for progress payments and will be incorporated into a fonn of Application for Pay. ment acceptable to ENGINEER. Progress payrnents on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed. Appikaiion far Progress Payment: 14.2. At least twenty days before each progress payment is scheduled (but not more often than once a month). CON. TRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for review an Appli- cation for Payment filled au[ and signed by CONTRAcrOR covering the Work completed as of the date of the Application and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. If payment is request~d on the basis of materials and equipment notinc~rporated In rhe Work but delivered and suitably stored at the site or at another location agreed to in writing, the Application for Payment shan also be accompanied by a bill of sale. invoice or other documentation warranting that OW1;lER has received' the materials and equipment free and clear of all liens, charges, securitY interests and encumbrances (which are hereinafter in these Geceral Conditions referred to as "Liens"). and evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate property insurance and other arrangements to protect OWNER's interest therein. all of which will be sat. isfactor)no OWNER. The amount of.retainage with respect to progress payments will be, as stipulated in the Agreement. CONTRACTOR's Warranty of Title: 14.3. CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees that tide to all Work. materials and equipment covered by any Appli- cation for Payment. whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to OWNER no later than the time of payment free and clear of all Liens. Revuw of Applications far Progress Payment: 14.4. ENGINEER will, within ten d41Ys after receipt of each Application for Payment. either indicate in writing a recommendation of payment and present the Application to OWNER. or return the Application to CONTRACTOR indi- cating in writing ENGINEER's reasons for refusing to rec- ommend payment. In the latter case, CONTRACTOR may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Applica- tion. Ten days after presentation of the Application for Pay- ment with ENGINEER's recommendation. the amount rec. ommended will (subject to the provisions of the las! sentence of p~ph 14.7) become due and when due will be paid by OWNER to CONTRACTOR. (In accordance with the Georgia Prompt Pay Act ) 14.5. ENGINEER's recommendation of any payment requested in an Application for Paymen ( will consticute a 26 repre~en[acion by ENGINEER [0 OWNER. based on ENGI. NEER's on.site observacions of th~ Work in progress os an experienced and qualiRed d~sign professional-and on ENGI. NEER's review of the Application for Pnyment and the. accompanying data and schedules [hot the Work hns pro- gressed co the point indicnted: thac. to [he best of ENGI. NEER's knowledge. informntion and belief. che quality of the Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents (subject to nn evaluntion of [he Work as a functioning whole prior to or upon Substancial Completion. [0 the results ofany ,subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents. [0 a final decermination of quantities and classifications for Unit Price Work under paragraph 9.10. and [0 any other qualifi- cations stated in the recommendation): and that CONTRAC. TOR is entitled to payment of the amount recommended. However. by recommending any such payment ENGINEER' will not thereby be deemed 10 ha ve represented chat exhaus- tive or continuous on-site inspections have been made to check [he quality or the quantity of the Work beyond the responsibilities specitically assigned to ENGlNEER in the Contract Documents or that chere mav not be other matters or issues between the panics that might entitle CONTRAC- TOR to be paid additiona[Jy by OWNER or OWNER to withhold payment co CONTRACTOR. 14.6. ENGINEJ:R's recommendation of final paymene will constitute an additional representation by ENGlNEER to OWNER that the conditions precedent to CONTRAC- TOR's being entieled to final payment as set fonh in paragraph 14.13 have been fulfiIled. 14.7. ENGINEER may refuse Co recommend the whole or any part of any payment if. in ENGINEER's opinion. it would be incorrect to make such representations to OWNER. ENGINEER may also refuse co recommend any such pay- ment. or. because of subsequenely discovered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or tests. nullify any such payment previously recommended. co such extent as may be necessary in ENGINEER.s opinion t~ protect OWNER f~o~ loss b~cause: 14.7.1. the Work is defl!clh'~. or completed Work has been damag~:l requiring correction or replacement. 1-l.7.2. ' the Contract Price has been reduced bv Writ- ten Amendment or Change Order. . 14.7.3. OWNER has be~n required to correct defeC'- IiI'~ Work or complete Work in accordance with parngruph 13.14. or I-U.4. of ENGINEER's actual knowledge of the occurrence ofany ot'the events enumerated in paragraphs 15.~.1 throllgh 15,~.9 inclusive. OWNER may ret'use to make paymene of the full amount recommendeu by ENGfNEER because claims hnve b~en made against OWNER on account ufCONTRACTOR"s p~r. formnnce or furnishing of (he Work or Liens have been filed in l:onn~ccion wich the Work or there urt: other items enlitling OWNER to a ser-offagninst the amount recommended, but OWNER must give CONTRACTOR immediate written notice (with a copy to ENGINEER) stnting the reasons for such action, 5 ubslantio.l C omplerion: 14.8. When CONTRACTOR considers the entire Work ready for its intended use CONTRACTOR shall notify OWNER and ENGINEER in writing that the entire Work is substantially complete (except for items specifically listed by CONTRACTOR as incomplete) and request [hat ENGI- NEER issue a certificate at' Subseantial Completion. Within a reasonable time ehereafter. OWNER. CONTRACTOR and- ENGIN EERshall make an inspection of the Work co deter- mine the status of completion. If ENGIN EER does not con- sider the Work substantially compleee. ENGINEER will notify CONTRACTOR in writing giving the reasons therefor: If ENGlNEER considers the Work substantially complete. ENGINEER will prepare and delivereo OWNER a eentative cenificate of Substantial Completion which shall fix the dace of Substaneial Completion. There shall be ~eached co the cenificate a eentative list of items co be completed or cor- rected before final payment. OWNER shall have seven days after receipt of the tentative certificate during which co make written objection to ENGfNE ER as to any provisions of the certificate or ateached lise. If. after considering such objec- [ions. ENGINEER concJudes that the Work is not substan. tially complete. ENGINEER will within fourteen days after submission of the tentative certificate to OWNER notify CONTRACTOR in wrieing, stac1ng the reasons eherefor. If. after consideration of OWNER's objections, ENGINEER considers ehe Work substantially compleee. ENG INEER will within said fourteen days execute and deliver cO OWNER and CONTRACTOR a definitive cenificate of Substantial Compleeion (with a revised tentative list of icemno be com- pleted orcorrectedl rellecting such changes fromthe tentative certificate as ENGINEER believes juseiJied after consider- ation of any objeceions from OWN ER.' At [he time of delivery of the eentative certificate of SubstantiaL Comple tio n ENGI- NEER will delivereo OWNER and CONTRACTOR a writteri recommendation as to division of responsibilities pending final payment be[we~n OWNER and CONTRACTOR with respect to security. operoeion. safety. rnaimennnce. heat. utiiities. insurance and warrnncJcs. Unless OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree otherwise in wrieing and so inform ENGINEER prior 10 ENGINEER.s issuing the definitive cenificate of Substantial Complerion. ENGiNEER.s afore- said recommendaeion will be binding on OWNER and CON- TRACTOR until finnl payment. 14.9. OWNER shall have the right to c:xclude CON- TRACTOR from the: Work after (he dateofSubstanrinl Com. plt:tion. bue OWNER shull allow CONTRACTOR reasonable access co complete or correct ieems on the len(utive list. Partial UtifiUJ,tion: 14.10. Use by OWN ER of any finish cd part of the Work. which has specifically b~c:n identified in the COnlrllct Do~u- 27 ments, or which OWNER. ENGINEER and CONTRAC- TOR agree constitutes a separately functioning and useable part of the Work that can be usea by OWNER without sig- nificant interference with CONTRACfOR's performance of [he remainder of the Work, inay be accomplished prior to Subsc.antial Completion of all the Work subject to the follow- Ing: 14.10.1. OWNER at any time may request CON- TRACTOR in writing CO permit OWNER to use any such part of the Work which O\VNER believes to be ready for its intended Use and substantially complete. If CON- TRACTOR agrees. CONTRACTOR will certify to OWNER and ~NGINEER that said part ofehe Work is substantially complete and request ENGINEER to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion' for that part of the Work. CON- TRACTOR at any time may notify OWNER and ENGI- NEER in writing that CONTRAcrOR considers any such part of the Work ready, for its intended use and substan- tially complete and request ENGINEER to issue a certif- icate of SUbstantial Completion for that pan of the Work. Within a reasonable time after either such request. OWNER, CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER shall make an inspec- tion of that part of the Work to determine its s,ams of completion. If ENGINEER does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete. ENGINEER will notify OWNER and CONTRACTOR in writing giving the reasons therefor. If ENGINEER considers that part ofChe Work to be substantially complete. the provisions of para- graphs 14.8 and 14.9 will apply with respect to certification of Substantial Completion of that pan of the Work and the division of responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto. 14.10.:!. OWNER may a[ any time request CON- TRACTOR in Writing [0 permit OWNER to take over operation of any such pan of the Work although it is not substantially complete. A copy of such request will be sent to ENGINEER and within a reasonable time there- after OWNER. CONTRACTOR and ENGfNEER shall :nake an inspection of that part of the Work to determine ItS status of completion and will prepare a list of the items remaining to be completed or corrected thereon before final payment. ffCONTRACTOR does not object in writ- ing to OWNER a."d ENGINEER that such part of the Work is not ready for separate operation by OWNER. ENGINEER will finalize the list of items to be completed or corrected and will deliver such list to OWNER and CONTRACTOR together with a written recommendation as to the division of responsibilities pending final payment between OWNER and CONTRACTOR with respect to security. operation. safety, maintenance. utilities. insur- anCe. warran ties and guarantees for that part of the Work which will become binding upon OWNER and CON- TR.J..CTOR at the time when OWNER takes over such operation (unless they shall have olherwise agreed in writ- ing and so informed ENGfNEER). During such operation and prior to Substantial Completion of such pan of the Work, OWNER shall allow CONTRACTOR reasonable access to complete or correct items on' said list and to complete other related Work. ....., . 14.10.3. No occupancy or separate operation of part oflhe Work will be accomplished priOrlO compUance with the requirements of paragraph 5.15 in respect of property insurance, Filla11nspection: 14. I I. Upon written notice from CONTRACTOR that the entire Work or an agreed portion then::ofis complete. ENGI. NEER will make a final inspection with OWNER and CON. TRACTOR and will notify CONTRACTOR in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. CONTRACTOR shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to remedy such defi. ciencies. FiNJi Applkatiorr for Payment: 14.12. After CONTRA.CTORhas complmd all such cor. rections to the satisfaction of ENGINEER and delivered all mainten~ce and operating instrUctions. sched\lJes. 'guaran. tees. Bonds.' certificates of inspection. marktd-up record documents (as provided in paragraph 6.19) and other docu. ments-all as required by the Contract Documents. and after ENGINEER has indicated that the Work is acceptable (sub. jectto the provisions of paragraph 14.16). CONTRACTOR may make application for final payment following, the pro- cedure for progress payments. The tinal Application for Pay- ment shall be accompanied by all documentation called (or in the ConcractDoc'uments. together with complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to OWNER) of all Liens arising out of or tiled in connection with the Work. In lieu thereof and as approved by OWNER. CONTRACTOR may f!lrnish receipts or releases in full: an affidavit of CON- TRACTOR that the releases and receipts include all labor, services. material-and equipment for which a Lien could be filed. and that all payrolls. material and equipment bills. and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which OWNER orOWNER.s property might inany way be respon- sible. have been paid or otherwise satisfied: and consent of the surety, if any, to final payment. If any Subcontractor ,or Supplier fails to furnish a release or receipt in full. CON. TRACTOR may furnish a Bond or other collateraJ satisfac- tory to OWNER to indemnify OWNER against any Lien. Fin.o.1 Paymem arui Acceptarrce: 14.13. If. on the basis of ENGINEER.s observation of the Work during construction and Bnal inspection. and ENGINEER.s review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation-all as required by the Contract pOcuments, ENGINEER is satisfied thaI the Work has been completed and CONTRACTOR's other 0 bligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled. ENGI. NEER will. within ten days after receipt of the final Appli- cation for Payment. 'indicate in writing ENGINEER's rec. ommendation of payment and present the Application to OWNER for payment. Thereupon ENGINEER will give wrilten notice to OWNER and CONTRACTOR that the Work is acceptable subject to the provisions of paragraph 14. J 6, 28 Otherwise. ENGINEER will return the Application to CON- TRACTOR. indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final payment" in which case CONTRACTOR shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Appli- cation. Thirty days after presentation to OWNER of the Application and accompanying documentation. in appropri- ate form and sUbstance, and with ENGINEER's recommen- dation and notice of acceptability. the amount recommended by ENGINEER will become due and will be paid by OWNER to CONTRACTOR. (In accordance with the. Georgia Prompt Pay Act). 14. l4, If. through no fault of CONTRACTOR, final com- pletion of the Work is significantly delayed and if ENGI- NEER so connnns, OWNER shall. upon receipt of CON- TRACTOR.s final Application for Payment and recommen- dation of ENGINEER. and without terminating the Agree. ment. make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance to be held by OWNER for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the Agree- ment. and if Bonds have been furnished as required in para. graph 5,1. the written consent of the surety to the payment of the balance du~ for that portion oc'the Work fully com- pleted and accepted shall be submitted by CONTRACTOR to ENGINEER with the Application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions gov- erning final payment, except that it shall not constitut~ a waiver of claims, Contractors Continuing Obligalion: 14.15. CONTRACTOR's obligation to perform and com- plete the Work in accordance wich the Contract'Documents shall be absoluce. Neither recommendation of any progress or final payment 'by ENG INEER. nor the issuance ofa cer- tificate of Substantial Completion. nor any payment by OWNER to CONTRACTOR under the Contract Documents. nor any use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by OWNER. nor any act of acceptance by OWNER nor any failure to do so. nor any revIew and approval of a Shop Drawing or sample submission. nor che issuance of a notice ofaccepcability by ENGINEER pursuant [0 paragraph [4.13. nor any correction of defective Work by OWNER will con- stitute an accepcance of Work not in accordance wich the Contmct Documents or a release ofCONTRACTOR's obli-' gation to perform the Work in accordunce with the Contracc Documents (except as provided in paragraph 14./61. Wat';'er of Claims: 1-1.16. The making and acceptance of final pa~'ment will conscitute: I-U6.1. a waiver at" all claims bv OWNER against CO~TRACTOR. except claims nrislng from ~ns~rrleLi Liens. frum cle,knil'(, Wurk uppeuring after nnal inspec- tilln pursuant co pi1~agraph 14.11 or from failure tll compl~' \\'ith,lhe Contruct DLIL:uments or the terms at" :ll1~' special !:!uar.1nt~es specifieJ therein: huwever. it will nl1[ consci- lUte a waiver h;.' OWNER of un)' rights in 1.":SPC:CI of CONTRACTOR's continuing obligations under the Con- tract Documents: and 14.16.2. a waiver of all claims by CONTRACTOR against OWNER other than those previously made in writ- ing and still unsettled, ARTICLE 15-SUSPENSION OF WORKAND TERMINATION Owner May Suspend Work: 15,t. OWNER may. at any time and without cause. sus- pend the Work or any portion,thereof for a period of not more than ninety days by notice in writing to CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER which will fix the date on which Work will be resumed. CONTRACTOR shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time. or both. directly attributable to any suspension if CONTRACTOR makes an approved claim therefor as provide~in Articles I J and 12. Owner May Tenninate: 15.2. Upon the occurrence of anyone or more of the foHowin'g eVent's: 15.2.1. ' if CONTRACTOR commences a voluntary case under any chapter of the Bankruptcy Code (Title l1. United States' Code), as now or hereafter in effect. or if CON. TRACTOR takes any equivalent or similar action by filing a petition or otherwise under any other federal or state law in effect at such time relating co che bankruptcy or insolvency: [5.2.2. if a petition is filed against CONTRACTOR under any chapter of the Bankruptcy Code as noW or hereafter in effect at the time of filing. or if a pecition is filed seeking any such equivalent or similar relief against CONTRACTOR under any other federal or state l.awin effect at the time relating to bankruptcy or insolvency,: 15.2.3. if CONTRACTOR makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors: 15.2.4. if a trustee. re.ceiver. cuscodian or agent of CONTRACTOR is appointed under applicuble law or under contract. whose appointment or authority to take charge of property of CONTRACTOR is for the purpose of enforcing a Lien against such property or for the purpose of general administration of such property for the benefit ofCONTRACTOR.s t:wjjrors: '15.2.5. if CONTRACTOR admits in \\'riting an inabil. ity to pay it, debts generally as they become due: 15.2.6. if CONTRACTOR persistenlly fails to perform the Work in accordance Wilh the Contruct Documents 29 (including, but not limited to. failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipmem or failure co adhere to the progress schedule established under paragraph 2.9 as revised from time to time); 15.1.7. if CO NTRA Cf OR disregards Laws or Regu- lations of any public body havingjurisdiction: 15.2.8. if CONTRACTOR disregards the authority of ENGINEER: or 15.2.9., if CONTRACTOR otherwise violates in any substantial way any provisions of the Contract Docu- ments; OWNER may, after giving CONTRACTOR (and the surety, if there be one) seven days 'written notice and to the extent permitted byLaws and Regulations, tennina;e the services of CONTRACTOR. exclude CONTRACTOR from the site a.nd take possession ofthe Work and orall CONTRACTOR' s lools. appliances. construction equipment and machinery at the site and use the same to the full eXtent they could be used by CONTRACTOR (without liability to CONTRACTOR for trespass or conversion). incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which OWNER has paid CONTRACTOR but which are stored elsewhere, and linish the Work as OWNER may deem expedient. In such case CONTRACTOR shall not be entitJe'd torec:i'le any further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds the direct. indirect and consequential costs .of completing the Work (including but not limited to fees. and charges of engineers. architects. attor- neys and other professionals and coun and arbitration costs) such excess will ,be paid to CONTRACTOR. If such costs e~ceedsuch unpaid balance. CONTRACTOR shall pay the difference to OWNER. Such costS incurred by OWNER will be approved as to rea~onableness bv ENGINEER and incor- porated in a Change Order. but when exercising any rights or remedies under this paragraph OWNER shaIJ not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed. 15.3. Where CONTRACTOR.s services have been so terminaled by OWNER. the termination will not affect any rights or remedies of OWNER against CONTRACTOR then "existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due CONTRACTOR by OWNER will not release CONTRACTOR from liability. 15.4. Upon seven days' written notice to CONTRAC. TOR and ENGINEER. OWNER may, without cause and without prejudi~e to any other right or remedy, elect [0 aban. don the. Work and tenninate the Agreement. In such case. CONTRACTOR shall be paid for all Work executed and any expense sustained plus reasonable tennination expenses. which will include, but not be limited to. direct. indirect and con. sequential costs (including. but not limited to. fees and charges of erigineers. architects. attorneys and other professionals and court and arbitration costs). COTl/rClcror May Srop Work or Tmninat.t: 15.5. If. through no ac.t or fault ofCQNTRACfOR. the Work is suspended for a period of more tna.n ni~ty days by OWNER or under an orderof court or other Jlublic authority, . or ENGINEER fails to act on any Application for Payment within thirty days after it [s submitted, or O\VNER fails for thiny days to pay CONTRACTOR allY sum tinally deter. mined to be due, then CONTRACTOR may. upon seven days' written notic'e to OWNER and ENGINEER..terminate the Agreement and recover from OWNER payment for all Work ex,ecuted and any expense sustained' plus reasonable termination expenses. In addition and in lieu of terminating the Agreement,. if ENGINEER has failed to act on an Appli. cation for Payment or OWNER has fail cd 10 make any pay- ment as aforesaid. CONTRACTOR may upon ,seven days' written notice to OWNER and ENGINEER stop the Work uncii payment of all amounts then due. The provisions of this paragraph shall not relieve CONTRACTOR of the obligations under paragraph 6.29 to carry Or) the Work in accordance' with the progress schedule and without delay during disputes and disagreements with OWNER. . [The remainder of this page was left blank intentionally.] ';'--!,.: . 30 ARTICLE 16--ARBITRATION 16.1 All claims, disputes and other matters in question betveen OWNER and CONTRACTOR aris ing "out of I or relating to I the Contract Docu- ments or the breach thereof shall be decided under Georgia Law in the Superior Cour~ of Richmond County, Georgia. (The remainder of this page 'HaS left blank intentionally.) .. .....d.. 31 (This page was left blank intentionally.) ~ 32 ARTICLE 17-MISCELLANEOUS Giving Notkt: 17.1. Whenever any provision of the Contract Docu. ments requires the giving ofwntten notice, it will be deemed [0 have been validly given if delivered in person to the indi. vidual or to a member of the tlrm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended. or if delivered ar'or sent by registered or certified mail. postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of che notice. Computation of TImt: 17.2.1. When any period of time is referred to in the Contract Documents by days. it will be computed to exclude ttie first and include the I~st day of such period. If tile last day of any SUch period falls on a Saturday or Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday by the law of the applica1:ile jurisdiction. such day will be omitted from the computa- tion. . 17.2.2. A calendar day of twenty-four hours mea.mred from midnight to che next midnight shall constitute a day. GeneraJ: 17.3. Should OWNER or CONTRACTOR suffer injury or damage to person or property because of any error. omis- ';;';', sian or act of the other party or of any of the other party's employees or agents or orl1e~ for whose acts the other party is legally liable. claim will be made in writing to the other party within a reasonable time of the first observance of such injury or damage, The provisions of this paragrnph 17.3 shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the pro. visions of any applicable statute of limitations or repose. .17.4. The duties aI)d obligations imposed by these Gen- enil Conditions and the rights and remedies available here- under to the parties hereto. and, in particular but without limitation. the warranties. guarantees and obligations imposed upon CONTRACTOR by paragraphs 6.30.13.1.13.12.13,14. 14.3 and 15.1 and all of the right! and remedies available [0 ' OWNER and ENGINEER thereunder. are in addition 10. and are not to be construed in any way as a limitation of. any rights and remedies availlib!e to any or all of them which are otherwise imposed or available by Laws or Regulations. by special warranty or guarantee or by other provisions of the Contract Documents. and the provisions of this paragraph will be as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in 'connection with each particula~uty. obUga. tion. right and remedy to which they apply. All representa. tions. warranties and guarantees made in the Contract Doc. uments will survive final payment and termination or com. pletion of the Agreement. 33 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 1.1 OWNER'S LIABILITY & PROPERTY INSURANCE: Section 5.5, 5.6, 5, 7, 5.8, 5.9, 5.10 of the General Conditions shall be amended as follows: No additional liability or property insurance will be purchased by Augusta- Richmond Country for this project. Current insurance coverage will remain in effect for the life of this Contract. 1.2 CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY: As indicated under Section 5.3 of the General Conditions, the Contractor's Liability Insurance shall be in an amount not less than $200,000 for injuries, including accidental death, to anyone person, and subject to the same limit for each person, in an amount not less than $500,000 on account of one accident, and Contractor's Property Damage Insurance in an amount not less than $100,000 for all property damage sustained by anyone person in any one accident; and a limit of liability of not less than $200,000 for any such damage sustained by two or more persons in anyone accident. The contractor shall either (1) require each of his subcontractors to procure and to maintain during the life of his subcontract, Subcontractor's Liability and Property Damage Insurance of the type and in the same amounts as specified in the preceding paragraph, or (2) insure the activities of his subcontractors in his own policy. 1.3 SPECIAL HAZARDS: The contractor's and his Subcontractor's Liability and Property Damage Insurance shall provide adequate protection against the following special hazards: (a) Work within the right-of-ways of the Augusta-Richmond County Road System. (b) Work within easements granted by property Owners in connection with the construction of the project. (c) Work in close proximity to eXIstmg water lines, telephone lines, gas lines, other utilities and private structures contiguous to the job site. 1.4 TESTING LABORATORY: All testing and laboratory work in connection therewith shall be performed by an independent firm and paid for by the contractor. Copies of all test reports shall be forwarded to Augusta Engineering Department. There will be no separate payment for this work. Sup - 1 Engineering Department Windsor Springs Road Improvements 1.5 SURVEYS: The Contractor will provide surveying for construction staking, horizontal control, and vertical control as necessary, utility staking, and as built. 1.6 PROGRESS PAYMENT: Section 14.2 of the General Conditions shall be amended as follows: The Contractor may submit monthly estimate for work completed and materials properly stored as approved by the Engineer. When an estimate includes materials stored, a bill of sale, invoice or other documentation warranting that the Owner is receiving the material free and clear of all liens, charges, security interest and of all liens, charges, security interest and other encumbrances shall be attached to the payment request. 1.7 ENGINEER: All references to "Engineer" shall be interpreted to mean the Director of Engineering, or their official designee. 1.8 UNDERGROUND UTILITIES: (References 4.3, 1.4, 3.2) The Contractor shall coordinate with all utility companies through the "One Call" method or other appropriate steps to locate and avoid damage to all utilities that may affect or be affected by the Contractor's work. 1.9 SAFETY: (Reference 6.20) The Contractor shall use certified flagmen, barricades and signs as necessary to notify the public, in particular, those persons driving in the vicinity of the project, of the construction and its affect on traffic. Sup - 2 Engineering Department Windsor Springs Road Improvements SECTION P PROPOSAL Date: 5/Z7/0BJ Gentlemen: , In compliance with your invitation for bids dated .? k7 ~8 , 2008, the undersigned hereby proposed to furnish all labor, equipment, and n1ateriaIs, and to perform all work for the installation of roadway improvements, and appurtenances referred to herein as: WINDSOR SPRINGS ROAD IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NUMBER: 323-04-296823516 ~DOLLARS ($ ~ 51-'3, (!)OO, 00 ) I I The undersigned hereby agrees that, upon written acceptance of this bid, he will within 10 days of receipt. of such notice execute a formal contraCt agreement with the OWNER, and that he will provide the bond or guarantees required by the Contract Documents. The undersigned hereby agrees that, if awarded the contract, lie will commence the work within 10 calendar days after the date of written notice to proc~ed, and that he will complete the work within 15 months. The undersigned acknowledges receipt of the following addenda: Addendum Number: I Z- :3 + 5"" Addendum Date: Title: P - 1 F:'__:_~.._:__ T'l..._......"-___... WINDSOR SPRINGS ROAD IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NUMBER: 323-04-296823516 001-1000 FORCE ACCOUNT LS 150-1000 TRAFFIC CONTROL LS 1 153-1300 FIELD ENGINEERS OFFICE LS 157-1001 CONSTRUCTION STAKING LS 163-0232 TEMPORARY GRASSING , At 3.5 CONST, MAI"NT & REMOVE BALED STRAW EROSION 163-2051 CHECK LF 167-1000 WATER UALITY MONITORING AND SAMPLING EA 2 171-0030 LF ' 207"0203 FOUNDATION BACKFILL, TP 2 CY ,210-0100 GRADING COMPLETE LS 230-1000. LUMP SUM CONSTRUCTION LS 310-1101 " GRADED AGGREGATE BASE COURSE, INCL MATL TN 7400 318-3000 AGGREGATE SURFACE COURSE TN 2300 * RECYCLED ASPH CONC LEVELING, INCL BITUM 402-1812 MATL& H LIME TN 8800 (;,8. 43 55e/84-.CO "* RECYCLED AS PH CONC 25MM SUPERP AVE, GP 1 OR . . . . c'1.2') 1~41JZ.2 I 402-3121 2 INCL BITUM MA TL & H LIME TN 3025 * RECYCLED ASPH CONC 12.5MM SUPERPA VE, GP 2 402-3130 ONLY, INCL BITUM MATL & H LIME TN 3900 (P3. +3 '4-1 !iT7,()() 413-1000 * BITUM TACK COAT GAL 2300 .75 /09ZS,OO 432-5010 MILL ASPH CONCPVMT, VARIABLE DEPTH " SY 7300 ,Z,OO I~ C,oo.oD 441-0016 DRIVEW A Y CONCRETE, 6 IN THICK SY 2700 33t7 C?JO 9CfJ . 441-0 104 CONC SIDEWALK, 4 IN SY 4700 '27.77 I .DO 441-0748 CONC MEDIAN, 6 IN, DOWELED, TP 7 FACE SY 175 39. fR 7 (p~t2.z5 441-5004 CONC HEADER CURB, 10 IN, TP 4 LF 200 /8.33:> :; rdJ,. DD 441-6012 CONC CURB & GUTTER, 6 IN X 24 ,IN, TP 2 LF 1625 ' 11.83 1c:J. ZZ3.7 441-6022 CONC CURB & GUTTER, 6 IN X 30 IN, TP 2 LF 13750 J2.&~ l?1:tJ75.oo 500-3101 CLASS "A" CONCRETE CY 115 500-3200 CLASS "B" CONCRETE CY 80 500~3201 CLASS "B" CONCRETE RETAINING WALL CY 170 500-3800 CLASS "A" CONCRETE, INCL REINF STEEL CY 30 CLASS "B" CONCRETE BASE AND PAVEMENT 500-9999 WIDENIN'G 'CY 300 .06 511-1000 , BAR REINF STEEL LB 11000 STORM DRAIN PIPE, 8 IN, H 1 - 10 (YARD DRAINS, PVC 550-1080 PIPE LF 1000 STORM DRAIN PIPE, 12 IN, H 1-10 (YARD DRAINS, PVC 550-1120 PIPE LF 1QOO STORM DRAIN PIPE, 15IN, H 1 - 10 (YARD DRAINS, PVC . 550-1150 PIPE LF. 550-1180 LF 4100 550-1181 STORM DRAIN PIPE, 18 IN, HI -.10 DUCTILE IRON LF 500 550-1240 LF 1356 ' 550-1241 STORM DRAINPIPE, 24 IN, HI -1.0 CLASS IV RC.P. LF 120 550-1242 STORM DRAIN PIPE, 24IN, H 1 - 10 DUCTILE IRON LF 100 550-1300 LF 850 550-1301 STORM DRAIN PIPE, 30 IN, HI -10 CLASS IV R.C.P. LF 440 550-1360 LF 420 . 550-1420 , LF 16 550-1421 STORM DRAIN PIPE,42 IN, H 1-10 DUCTILE IRON LF 50 FLARED END SECTION 36 IN, STORM DRAIN (WITH TOE 550-4236 WALLS EA 1 , 603-0006 STONE BLANKET PROTECTION 6 IN SY 250 603-1018 ,STONEPLAIN RIP -RAP, 18 IN SY 250 n ..., . 6 10-0200 REM CH LK FENCE, ALL SIZES & TYPES LF 4643 6 10-0220 REM WOOD FENCE LF 1105 611-4001 RECONSTRUCT MINOR DRAINAGE STRUCTURE EA 611-5029 RESET CHAIN LINK FENCE, ALL SIZES & TYPES LF 611-5030 RESET WOOD FENCE LF 611-8050 ADJUST MANHOLE TO GRADE EA 25 611-8055 ADJUST MINOR STRUCTURE TO GRADE EA 10 611-8120 ADJUST WATER METER TO GRADE EA 6 611-8140 ADJUST WATER VALVE BOX TO GRADE EA 3 611-9000 CAPPING MINOR STRUCTURE EA HIGHWAY SIGNS, TP 1 MA TL, REFL 636-1020 SHEETING, TP 3 SF 124 HIGHWAY SIGNS, TP 1 MA TL, REFL 636-1031 SHEETING, TP 6 . SF 203 HIGHWAY SIGNS, TP 2, MA TL, REF . , 636-1032 SHEETING TP 6 SF 73 636-2070 GAL V STEEL POSTS, TP 7 LF 550 639-2002 STEEL WIRE STRAND CABLE, 3/8 IN . LF 250 639-5000 PRESTRESSED CONe STRAIN POLE, TP IV EA 6 641-1200, GUARD RAIL, TP 12 LF 425 641-5012 GUARDRAIL ANCHORAGE, TYPE 12 EA 7 647-iooo TRAFFIC SIGNAL, INST ALLA TION NO.1 LS 62950. 652-6501 SKIP TRAFFIC STRIPE, 5 IN, WHITE GLF 460 ~Z.tJO THERMOPLASTIC PVMT MARKING, RR/HWY CROSSING E5L 7aJ.CJO 653-0100 SYMBOL EA 2 653-0110 THERMOPLASTIC PVMT MARKING, ARROW, TP 1 EA 2 to.OO 120,06 653-0120 THERMOPLASTIC PVMT MARKING, ARROW, TP 2 EA 41 c,f;. (jt) 653-0210 THERMOPLASTIC PVMTMARKING, WORD, TP 1 EA 6 fdJO ;QO D_A 653-1501 THERMOPLASTIC SOLID TRAF STRIPE, 5 IN, WHITE LF 1540 O. 653-1502 , THERMOPLASTIC SOLID TRAF STRIPE, 5 IN, YELLOW LF 12900 O,Z6" 653-1704 THERMOPLASTIC SOLID TRAF STRIPE, 24 IN, WHITE LF 590 ,??, 00 J 770,CO 653-1804 THERMOPLASTIC SOUD TRAF STRIPE, 8 IN, WHITE LF 6600 .(pS"' 1()~'O,l)(} 653-3501 THERMOPLASTIC SKIP TRAF STRIPE, 5 IN, WHITE GLF, 1000 0,20 Z/JO.60 653-3502 THERMOPLASTIC SKIP TRAP STRIPE, 5 IN, YELLOW GLF 7000 (),I. L Z(LJ, ()O 65:3-6004 THERMOPLASTIC TRAF STRIPING WHITE SY 450 7,OtJ I ??Gl), 00 653-6006 THERMOPLASTIC TRAF STRIPING, YELLOW SY 400 ZbO. OD 654-1001 RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS, TP 1 ' EA 170 {PBlJ.OO 654-1003 RAISED PAVEMENT, MARKERS TP 3 EA 124 4~C, .CO 668-1100 CATCH BASIN, GP 1 EA . 73 668-1110 CATCH BASIN, GP 1, ADDL DEPTH LF 35 668~ 1200 CA TCH BASIN, GP 2 EA 4 668-2100 PROP INLET, GP 1 EA 5 668-2110 DROP INLET, GPl, ADDL DEPTH LF 13 668-2200 DROP INLET, GP 2 EA 2 668-4300 STORM SEWER MANHOLE, TP 1 , . EA 7 STORM SEWER MANHOLE, TP I, ADDL - 668-4311 DEPTH, CL 1 LF 4 668-4400 STORM SEWER, MANHOLE, TP 2 EA STORM SEWER MANHOLE, TP 2, ADDL 668-4411 DEPTH, CL .1 LF 668-5000 JUNCTION BOX; WITH RING AND COVER EA 2 DRIVEWAY GRATE INLET; SPECIAL 668-7000 DESIGN, PIPE SIZE -' 18" EA 668-7015 ,DRAIN INLET, 15 IN YARD DRAIN EA 61 RELOCATE EXISTING WATER VALVE, 670-9720 INCL BOX EA 2 P - 5 670-9730 RELOCATE WATER METER, INCL BOX 670-9920 REMOVE EXISTING FIRE HYDRANT 700-6910 EA EA AC 28 4 3.5 PAY ITEM 230 1000 LUMP SUM CONSTRUCTION INCLUDES BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: ANY WORK WITHOUT SPECIFIC ITEMS CLEARING AND GRUBBING OBTAINING, MAINTAINING AND RESTORATION OF BORROW AND/OR WASTE PITS REMOVALS BONDS INSURANCE WATER SERVICE, I" COPPER, RECONNECT TO ADJUSTED METER BOX REMIT EXISTING FIRE HYDRANT TO AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT PAY ITEM 210 -0100 GRADING COMPLETE CUT FILL: BORROW: * NOTE UANTITIES FOR INFORMA TION ONLY P-6 LS LS LS LS LS LS LS LS Etj ~3If. CJ() 3tXJ.oo / t){),06 CY 6180 ZOo ze CY 4400 20 Zf!; CY CY AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT 8" DIAMETER DUCTILE IRON SANITARY SEWER PIPE CLASS 45:01 '!?'!J 76.75 S-11A 350, DEPTH 8' TO 10', COATED WITH PROTEeTO 401 LF 75 INCLUDING TYPE II NO. 67 'STONE BEDDING MATERIAL 10" DIAMETER DUCTILE IRON SANITARY SEWER PIPE CLASS .7' /ro 83f.7G S- lIB 350. DEPTH 8' TO 10', COATED WITH PROTECTO 401 LF 325 INCLUDING TYPE II NO. 67 STONE BEDDING MATERIAL 12" DIAMETER DUCTILE IRON SANITARY SEWER PIPE CLASS 5f'.4 {, 4.459.50 S-11 C 350, DEPTH 8' TO 10' COATED WITH PROTECTO 401 LF 75 INCLUDING TYPE II NO. 67 STONE BEDDING MATERIAL S-19 MISCELLANEOUS PIPE FITTINGS AND CONNECTIONS LBS 500 6" DIAMETER DUCTILE IRON WATER TRANSMISSION MAIN W-2A CLASS 350, STANDARD JOINT LF 5600 10" DIAMETER DUCTILE IRON WATER TRANSMISSION MAiN W-2C ,CLASS 350 STANDARD JOINT LF ' 2300 12" DIAMETER DUCTILE lRON,W ATER TRANSMISSION MAIN 1000 W-2D CLASS 350, STANDARD JOINT LF 16" DIAMETER DUCTILE IRON WATER TRANSMISSION MAIN W-2F CLASS 350, STANDARD JOINT -LF 300 18" DIAMETER DUCTILE IRON WATER TRANSMISSION MAIN W-2G CLASS 350, STANDARD JOINT LF 1300, W-6 MISCELLANEOUS PIPE fITTINGS AND ,CONNECTIONS LB ,10000 6" DIAMETER TRANSITION COUPLINGS (6" HYMAX 4 W-7 COUPLING OR E UIY ALENT EA 10". DIAMETER TRANSITION COUPLINGS (10"HYMAX W-7 COUPLING OR E UIY ALENT EA 4 12',' DIAMETER TRANSITION COUPLINGS (12" HYMAX W-7 COUPLING OR E UIY ALENT EA 4 16"DIAMETER TRANSITION COUPLINGS (16" HYMAX W-7 COUPLING OR E UIY ALENT EA 4 18" DIAMETER TRANSITION COUPLiNGS (18" HYMAX W-7 , COUPLING OR E UIY ALENT EA 4 FIRE HYDRANT, INSTALLED COMPLETE WITH VALVE, LEAD W-8 PIPE, JOINT RESTRAINT, AND BLOCKING. EA 7 6" IN-LINE GA TEV AL VE, INCLUDING VALVE BOX, 4CJ W-I0A INSTALLED, COMPLETE, OPEN LEFT EA 10" IN-LINE GATE VALVE, INCLUDING VALVE BOX, W -1 OC INSTALLED, COMPLETE, OPEN LEFT EA 9 P-7 Engineering Department Windsor Spring Road Improvements 12" IN-LINE GATE VALVE, INCLUDING VALVE BOX W-IOD INSTALLED, COMPLETE, OPEN LEFT EA 16" IN-LINE GATE VALVE, INCLUDING VALVE BOX, W-IOF INSTALLED, COMPLETE, OPEN LEFT EA 3 18" IN-LINE GATE VALVE, INCLUDING VALVE BOX, W -1 OG INSTALLED, COMPLETE, OPEN LEFT EA 4 NEW 6" LONG SIDE WATER SERVICE, INSTALLED, W-15 INCLUDING RE-CONNECTION, COMPLETE ,"tlY' Z"~rl!' EA 12 NEW 6" SHORT SIDE WATER SERVICE, INSTALLED, W-16 INCLUDING RE-CONNECTION, COMPLETE (I~ ~'(' ZIt SerV~. EA 29 W-18 TIE-IN TO EXISTING LINE EA TOTAL BID: P-8 Enginccring Department Windsor Spring Road Improvements GENERAL NOTES ADJUSTING MINOR STRUCTURES TO GRADE: This item consists of raising or lowering the upper portion of existing manholes, water valve boxes, gas valve boxes or any other miscellaneous structures within the area of construction. There will be no separate payment for this work unless shown as a separate pay item. *Prior to any resurfacing the contractor shall identify and reference all structures so the precise locations can be determined after resurfacing. This shall be done in the company of the ARC Inspector. This shall be the first order of work where minor structures requiring adjustment are included in the contract. AGGREGATE SURFACE COURSE: The item aggregate surface course is for use in inclement weather to facilitate the movement of local traffic along roadway construction and to permit ingress and egress at drives. When used for this purpose, Section 318, Georgia Standard Specifications, is modified to permit truck dumping on unprepared and muddy sub grade. Section 318 is further modified to permit the use of crusher run stone as described in Subsection 806.02. The Contractor will have the choice of the following materials: Graded Aggregate Subsection 815.01 Coarse Aggregate Size 467 Subsection 800.01 Stabilizer Aggregate Type 1 or 2 Section 803 Crushed Stone Subsection 806.02 All materials to be used as directed by the Engineer. AS-BUILT PLANS: The Contractor shall furnish a complete, legible set of "as-built" plans, in good condition, to the Project Inspector prior to the date of the Final Inspection. Such plans shall have all significant changes marked in red. The Project Inspector shall review the marked plans for accuracy, legibility, and completeness. After the Project Inspector approves and signs the redlined plans, a qualified engineering firm, selected by the contractor, shall make arrangements to obtain the original approved plans from the Engineering Department Office. After originals have "as built" information incorporated, they shall be stamped and signed on the cover sheet by a Georgia Registered Professional Engineer and returned to the Project Inspector for final processing. The Project Inspector shall sign the as-builts and place them in the permanent record files. There will be no separate payment unless otherwise shown. CASINGS: All steel casings being installed across any roadway and/or right-of-way shall have the joints continuously welded to obtain a watertight seal. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer when welds are ready for inspection. Welded casings backfilled without the Engineer's approval shall be uncovered for inspection at the Engineer's request. COMPACTION: All compaction shall be as defined in the current edition of Georgia department of Transportation Specifications. Special attention shall be given to the backfill of minor structures (pipe, box culverts, manholes, catch basins, drop inlets, etc.). Compaction shall be achieved using G - 1 Engineering Dept Windsor Springs Road Improvements approved tamps and soil layers of approximately 6 inches (loose measure) and in accordance with Georgia Department of Transportation Standards 1030-D and 1401. Backfilling operations of this nature shall not begin until the Contractor has on hand all equipment in good working condition, and competent operators. The backfilling of pipe and other minor structures shall be in accordance with Georgia Department of Transportation Standard specifications, Current Edition. Backfilling with sand using jetting and/or flooding will not be allowed in any case without the written permission of the Engineer. Backfilling of pipe structures shall be incidental to the pipe structure bid item. NOTE: When sand and jetting/flooding method is used the warranty for the backfilled area is extended from 12 months to 24 months. A plan for the jetting/flooding shall be submitted at the Pre-Construction Conference. CONCRETE: The Contractor shall have a slump cone on the project at all times when concrete is being placed. He shall, in the Engineer's presence, perform slump tests as directed by the Engineer. Tests shall be performed by qualified personnel with a properly cleaned slump cone. Allowable slumps are 2" minimum and 4" maximum. Class "A" concrete shall have a minimum of 611 lbs. Cement per cubic yard. Class "B" concrete shall have a minimum of 470 lbs. Cement per cubic yard. Concrete not meeting these requirements will be rejected by the Engineer. NOTE: No concrete shall be placed until all required equipment such as slump cone, curing compound and dispensor, etc., all in good working condition, are on the site. Inspectors must be given a minimum one-hour advance notice. No concrete shall be placed without the Inspector present unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. All concrete shall be placed during the Inspectors normal working hours, 8:30 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. Formed surfaces shall receive finish immediately after removing forms. Forms shall be removed as provided in Section 500 of GA.DOT Specifications. CONSTRUCTION: Transition ties of proposed curb and gutter to existing curbs (valley gutter, granite curb, header curb, etc.) shall be paid for in the unit price bid for curb and gutter unless otherwise noted. At locations where new pavement is to be placed adjacent to existing pavement, without an overlay, or where curbing is to be placed across paved parking lots, a joint shall be sawed on a line to ensure pavement removal to be neat. Only those joints sawed in concrete pavement will be paid for under the pay item-Sawed Joints. . . per Linear Foot. Where curb and gutter is used and the shoulder elevations are higher than adjacent ground, the actual direction of drainage runoff shall be determined by the Contractor. He shall make such provisions as necessary to ensure that no ponding is caused by the new construction. He may place additional fill to provide drain inlets. Compensation will be under the price bid for the appropriate pay item. Driveway profiles may also be altered allowing the concrete pad to slope down outside the back of the curb line not to exceed an algebraic difference of 0.07. This should be used primarily on the high side of super-elevated curves. The Contractor should use caution with standard variance and place special emphasis on hydraulic considerations. G -2 Engineering Dept Windsor Springs Road Improvements The Contractor shall provide borrow and/or waste pits for this project. All pits acquired for use on this project shall be reclaimed in accordance with Subsection 107.23 and Section 160 of the Standard Specifications and page PPA-l of this document. All storm drain pipe, side drain pipe, pipe culvert wing-walls, steps, retaining walls, curbs and gutters, headwalls, all types of pavement, wooden structures, except those specifically shown as a removal pay item will be removed as Clearing and Grubbing, Grading Complete, or Grading Per Mile on Lump Sum Construction.. Cut and fill slopes outside of clear zones may be adjusted on construction where necessary to remain within the right of way. Curb cut ramps in accordance with Standard 9031- W are to be used at all street intersections on this project. Asphalt milling where specified for use on existing pavement that is to be resurfaced adjacent to curb and gutter. Finished surface on asphalt pavement shall not exceed \14" above the gutter line as shown on Georgia Standard 9031-J. CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT: Construction layout work shall be performed by the Contractor. See Section 149 of the Standard Specifications. CONSTRUCTIONIUTILITY SCHEDULE: The contractor shall prepare an overall Time-Logic Schedule that includes all major utility relocations, proposed utilities, and construction activities. A detail schedule for utility relocations from all utility companies shall be submitted to the contractor prior to the PreConstruction meeting. The Contractor shall present this schedule at the Preconstruction meeting for discussion. The schedule shall consist of the following: 1. The noted Responsible Agency for each activity (e.g., Contractor, Sub-Contractor, Utility Company) 2. The ES-Early Start, EF-Early Finish, LS-Late Start, and LF-Late Finish dates. 3. The Project Critical Path. 4. Activity Durations. After the Preconstruction meeting, the Contractor shall provide a revised schedule with all issues and concerns addressed. The revised Time-Logic Schedule shall be color coded with respect to responsibility, and shall be presented on D size paper (24" x 36") The schedule shall be updated on a monthly basis displaying percentage of completion of all activities. The project baseline and current date line shall appear on all updates. The schedule shall be presented using Microsoft Project or Primavera Scheduling software. G - 3 Engineering Dept Windsor Springs Road Improvements ~ ~ ~ ~ := C,) C/1 ~ ~ - ~ - ~ 2 z o - E-c C,) ; E-c 00. Z o u ~ ~ ~ ~ < 00. ~ '" ~ ~ I,. 111 p 'J I i.J'j~ ~ "- . r ~ 2...[ ~~ J~ ~ c , ~ '--, 0.., ~ .. . <i ~ ~ \l u r . u 0 iI ~ ,. !) '" f'j p . ~ ~ > . 0 ~ z " . .J ~ '" .' c ~ ~ 0 E " j E ~ ~ ~~ , .... 'jj .. Vl " " ~- '" --l. U I- ' U M " .. E E 00 e ~ '" u ~ 0- W S w ........ ,'_-'0' .... ..-....".. n.... .- .. ..__u. .......-...---.......- .-......-.... ,_. --........~._.-. . ...... ..... ... ..-....._,,-...-...-.-. .-...-.-......---..... "'H"'__"."_ .......-...-. .-.-.............-......--.--...-....... ...................-..... .. ..,.,............. .., ,I DESIGN AL TERA TIONS: The Commission-Council recognizes that various changes in design may be made as the project progresses. Any requests for additional payment will be processed based on actual work in place and the unit prices submitted as a part of this bid. Items not covered in this bid shall be priced separately and no work shall be done on these items until approved, in writing, by the Engineer. ENGINEER: In all contract documents, specifications, supporting documents, etc., the term "ENGINEER" means, and shall be deemed to mean, the Augusta-Richmond County Engineering Department Director or his/her designated representative. EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL: The Contractor shall be responsible for all soil erosion and sediment control practices. All on-site erosion control shall comply with local Augusta Richmond County erosion and sediment control ordinances. The cost of this work shall be included in the cost of Lump Sum Construction unless shown as a separate pay item. EXCESS MATERIAL: All excess material is to be disposed of as directed by the Engineer or as noted in Sub-Section 107.23 of the Specifications and in accordance with page PP A-I. FENCE: All new fences called for on the plans and/or contract documents shall meet the requirements of Section 643 of the Georgia Department of Transportation Standard Specifications, current edition. New fence not meeting these Specs will be rejected. In contracts, where remove and reset fence items are involved (either as pay items or as Lump Sum Construction) all replacement fence shall be equal to or better than the existing fence as approved by the Engineer. This means equal to or better than the original fence at the time of its installation. In accordance with Subsection 643.03D, the Contractor must furnish positive locking devices, padlocks, and keys with all gate assemblies. FINISHING AND DRESSING: All unpaved and natural areas which are disturbed by the construction of this project are to be returned to the pre-existing shape and slope and then finished and dressed. No separate payment will be made for grassing, fertilizing and mulching of disturbed areas, unless specifically shown as a pay item. FLAGGING: Flaggers shall be provided as required to handle traffic, as specified in the Plans or Special Provisions, and as required by the Engineer. All Fla22ers shall meet the requirement of part 6F of the MUTCD Current Edition and must have received training and a certificate upon completion of the training from a Department approved training program. Failure to provide certified Flaggers as required above shall be G - 5 Engineering Dept Windsor Springs Road Improvements reason for the Engineer suspending work involving the Flagger(s) until the Contractor provides the certified Flagger(s). Flaggers shall wear a fluorescent orange cap or hat, and a fluorescent orange vest, shirt, or jacket, and shall use a Stop/slow paddle meeting the requirements of Section 6F-2 of the MUTCD Current Edition for controlling traffic. The Stop/slow paddle shall have a shaft length of seven (7) feet minimum. In addition to the stop/slow paddle, a Flagger may use a 24-inch square red/orange flag as an additional device to attract attention. For night work, the vest shall have reflectorized stripes on front and back. Signs for Flagger traffic control shall be placed in advance of the flagging operation in accordance with the MUTeD Current Edition. In addition to the signs required by the MUTCD, signs at regular intervals, warning of the presence of the Flagger shall be placed beyond the point where traffic can reasonably be expected to stop under the most severe conditions for that day's work. FOUNDA TION BACKFILL MATERIAL. TYPE I: Foundation Backfill Material Type I shall conform to Georgia Standard 1030-D and Section 207 of the Standard Specifications. No separate payment will be made for this material or its placement. FOUNDA TION BACKFILL MATERIAL. TYPE II: Foundation Backfill Material, Type II shall conform to Georgia Standard 1030-D and Section 207 of the Standard Specifications and shall be used in wet/unstable conditions as directed by the Engineer. It shall also be used beneath all concrete box culverts. Quantities shall be measured for payment in accordance with Georgia Standard 1030-D or as directed by the Engineer. Payment shall be per cubic yard unless otherwise specified in the contract. GRADES: With the approval of the Engineer, grades may be field adjusted to provide for best drainage. INFESTATION: The entire project is considered to be within the limits of an insect infested area. The contractor's attention is called to the following sections of the Standard Specifications: (A) 155 Insect control (B) 893 Miscellaneous Planting Materials. INSPECTIONS: This project will be inspected by the Engineer or his Representative. LANDSCAPING: All the requirements of Section 702 of the Georgia Department of Transportation Specifications, current edition, are applicable to this project except as follows: there will be no separate pay for staking, including Perimeter Staking and for Spring Application of Fertilizer. All costs shall be included in prices bid for Landscape Items. Bag grown plants are not acceptable. MAILBOXES: Existing mailboxes that are in conflict with the proposed construction shall be removed and relocated. Where feasible the existing mailboxes and supports may be utilized as approved by G - 6 Engineering Dept Windsor Springs Road Improvements the Engineer so long as the supports are of metal PIPE with a maximum diameter of two (2) inches or wood, with a maximum diameter of four (4) inches. NOTE: There shall be no supports of any material other than the two mentioned above. All existing mailboxes and supports containing brick, masonry of any type, metal, etc. shall be disassembled and all components, not meeting the above requirements, shall be removed from the project and disposed in a proper manner. When not shown as a pay item, payment shall be included in the price bid for Lump Sum Construction and itemized as such. MISCELLANEOUS DRAINAGE STRUCTURES: All miscellaneous drainage structure such as Catch Basins, Drop Inlets, Manholes, Junction Boxes, Spring Boxes, Drain Inlets, special Inlets, etc., whether standard or special design shall be paid for Per Each. There will be no separate payment for additional depth unless specifically shown as a pay item. NOTE: All Catch Basins, Drop Inlets, manholes, exposed Junction Boxes, etc., with concrete topslabs shall include manhole rings and covers. The Contractor shall install the manhole rings and covers such that the steps can be easily accessed. NORMAL WORKING HOURS: The normal working hours for ARC Inspectors are from 8:30 AM to 5:00 PM. When the contractor elects to work outside these hours he shall be billed for the Inspectors salary plus benefits unless such work is initiated by the Owner. The contractor may utilize a certified testing company in lieu of the ARC Inspector when approved by the Engineer. Payment for the contractor's testing company will be the responsibility of the contractor. (See article below on TESTfNG. PATCHING AND REPAIR OF MINOR DEFECTS: Where needed, the contractor is required to patch and repair existing potholes, minor pavement defects, and base failures in accordance with the Specifications. PAVEMENT CUTS: All pavement cuts shall be sawed with a neat vertical edge, regardless of material, consistently straight enough that a roller can follow the edge precisely to achieve the desired compaction. Irregular edges will not be accepted. Payment shall be included in the price of the pipe. PAYMENT FOR PIPE CULVERT INSTALLATION: 1. Payment for pipe culvert or utility installation includes sawing and/or cutting and removing existing pavement and replacing the pavement as specified in accordance with Standard 1401. 2. Payment for pipe culvert includes plugging existing pipe with Class "A" or "B" concrete (See Georgia Standard 9031-L). PIPE CULVERTS: Unless otherwise noted, all storm drain, longitudinal and stub pipes are to be reinforced concrete. All required pipe culverts shall be in accordance with Standard 1030-D. G -7 Engineering Dept Windsor Springs Road Improvements Foundation Backfill Material Type I shall conform to Georgia Standard 1030-D. No separate pay item will be made for this material for its placement. Payment for pipe culvert or utility installation includes sawing and/or cutting and removing existing pavement, sidewalk, curbing, etc., and replacing same as specified in accordance with Standard 1401. Payment for pipe culvert includes plugging existing pipe with Class "A" or "B" concrete and for construction concrete collars. The Contractor shall include in his price bid for pipe, the additional cost of bends, tees, fasteners, appropriate gaskets (see Section 848 of the Standard Specifications), and structure excavation. PRECAST CONCRETE UNITS: Precast Concrete Units, other than those specifically allowed by Georgia Department of Transportation Specifications, such as Drop Inlets, Catch Basins, Manholes, etc., shall not be installed without written permission from the Engineer. Any such units installed without such written permission shall be removed from the project. RELOCATED WATER METERS: Relocated water meters and water meter boxes may not be placed in the sidewalk. REMOVAL AND RESETTING OF ORNAMENTAL SHRUBS AND BUSHES AND SOD: It shall be the contractor's responsibility to remove and reset any and all existing ornamental shrubs and bushes and sod in conflict with proposed construction. Coordination with the property owners is essential in this endeavor. The Contractor will not be held responsible for care and maintenance after removing and resetting these plants and sod except in cases where the Contractor's equipment causes irreparable damage or where plants and/or sod dies as the result of negligence on the Contractor's part. In which cases, the Contractor will be held responsible for replacement. Sod shall be reset with ground preparation in accordance with Subsection 700.05.A. No additional soil or fertilizer is required for resetting sod. The Contractor shall remove the sod in a manner that will be conducive to insuring that the reset sod will live. At the Contractor's option, he may replace any sod he removes with new sod of the same type. No separate payment will be made for this work or replacements unless specifically shown as a pay item. REMOVING AND RESETTING OF OBSTRUCTIONS: It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to remove and reset any and all obstructions, such as fences, signs, concrete or brick planters, steps, walkways, brick or concrete entrance columns, etc., which are in conflict with construction. Contractors are responsible for the security of pets and/or personal property through the use of temporary fence if necessary. No separate payment will be made for this work except when shown as a separate pay item. RIGHT-OF-WAY AND EASEMENTS: The Contractor shall not perform any work outside the limits of the right-of-way or easements. In addition, no equipment or material shall be placed outside these areas without written permission of both the property owner and the Engineer. In the event that the Contractor elects to utilize private property for any purpose connected with the project, such as, but not limited to, staging areas, equipment and/or material storage or simply as a convenience, he shall submit a written agreement to the Engineer containing vital information such as limits of both area and time the property is to be utilized and a description of the intended use. The agreement must be G - 8 Engineering Dept Windsor Springs Road Improvements signed by both the property owner and the Contractor and will be reviewed and recorded by the Engineer. Such agreements must be submitted prior to the contractor's use of the property. All buildings located on newly acquired RJW and/or easements shall be relocated by the Contractor. Such buildings on existing RJW and/or easements shall be removed by the owner or will become the property of the Contractor. SAL V AGEABLE MATERIALS: As directed by the Engineer or his representative, all salvageable materials, such as drainage pipe, which require removing but are not to be used on this project, are to be cleaned and stored within the right-of-way by the Contractor. These materials shall be picked up and transported by Augusta-Richmond County forces. The Contractor is responsible and shall make restitution to Augusta-Richmond County for materials damaged through his negligence. SAW CUTS: When matching existing conditions, saw cuts shall be used as required by Augusta-Richmond County. Only saw cuts in Portland Cement Concrete, which are shown, as contract pay items will be paid for separately. No saw cuts in asphaltic concrete will be paid for separately. Unless specifically noted this does not apply to pipe trenches. SOD: Sod will not be paid for separately when used to match or replace sod on adjacent lawns as replacement in kind. See GDOT specifications, subsection 700.04 E. SPECIAL EVENTS: When Special Events occur, such as the Augusta Masters Golf Tournament, all work shall be safed up, shut down and maintained until the Engineer okays the resumption of work. No project is exempt without the expressed approval of the Engineer. If these type work stoppages impose a hardship, contract time wise, consideration will be given to extending the contract time in an amount commensurate with the delay caused by such work stoppages provided the Contractor has otherwise pursued the work diligently. SPECIFICATIONS. STANDARDS AND OTHER DATA: All references in this document, (includes all papers, writings, documents, drawings, or photographs used, or to be used, in connection with this document), to State Highway of Georgia, State Highway Department, Highway Department, or Department when the context thereof means the Georgia Department of Transportation means, and shall be deemed to mean, Augusta-Richmond County, Augusta-Richmond County Commission-Council Department of Engineering Services. The data, together with all other information shown on these plans, or indicated in any way thereby, whether by drawings or notes or in any other matter, are based upon field investigations and are believed to be indicative of actual conditions. However, the same are shown as information only, are not guaranteed, and do not bind Augusta-Richmond County, Georgia in any way. Only the actual quantities completed and accepted will be paid for. The attention of the bidder is specifically directed to Subsections 102.04, 102.05, and 104.03 of the Standard Specifications, of the Georgia Department of Transportation, current edition, which will be part of this contract. G - 9 Engineering Dept Windsor Springs Road Improvements This project is based on, and shall be constructed in accordance with, the State of Georgia Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Construction of Roads and Bridges, current edition and any supplements thereto. All of these specifications shall be considered as though fully contained herein. In cases where conflicts arise within these specifications, they will be revised to resolve such conflict. Until the conflict is resolved, the interpretation of the Engineer shall control the situation. SPENDOUT SCHEDULE: A Spendout Schedule beginning with the Notice to Proceed and extending through the anticipated construction life of the project, shall be submitted at the Pre-Construction Conference. Such schedule shall include the anticipated earnings on a monthly basis. STORM DRAIN PIPE: Unless otherwise noted, all storm drain, longitudinal and stub pipe are to be reinforced concrete and shall include O-ring gaskets. SUB-CONTRACTORS: The Contractor shall furnish the official name, plus the name and telephone number of the 24- hour emergency contact of all firms he proposes to use as Subcontractors in the work. This information is to be furnished at the Preconstruction Conference. However, no work shall be done on this project by a Subcontractor until the Contractor receives approval of his Subcontractor(s) from the Engineer. NOTE: All submissions shall include the following information for each Subcontractor: 1) Name of Subcontracting Firm 2) Description of Work To Be Done 3) Contact Person's Name and 24 Hour Phone Number TESTING OF THE WORK: The Contractor shall employ a qualified materials testing laboratory to monitor more fully the quality of materials and work and to perform such tests as may be required under the contract documents as conditions for acceptance of materials and work. THE ENGINEER MA Y ORDER TESTING AT ANY TIME HE DEEMS PROPER TO CONTROL THE QUALITY OF THE WORK. All test results are to be submitted to the Engineer. No separate payment will be made for employing the testing laboratory or any required tests. TEST ROLLING: Prior to placing any base course, the sub grade shall be test rolled on six feet centers using a loaded dump truck or other equipment approved by the Engineer. TRAFFIC CONTROL: The Contractor shall provide construction signs in accordance with requirements of "Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways"; current edition with added supplements and special provisions. G-lO Engineering Dept Windsor Springs Road Improvements The attention of the Contractor is specifically directed to Subsection 107.09 of the Standard Specifications regarding barricades, danger, warning, and detour signs. All temporary signs, barricades, flashing lights, striping and any other traffic control devices required during construction of this project shall meet all requirements of the M.U.T.C.D., current edition, as directed by the Engineer and be furnished by the Contractor with payment in accordance with Section 150. The Contractor shall so conduct his operations that there will be a minimum of interference with, or interruption of, traffic on the travelway. This applies to the initial installation and the continuing maintenance and operation of the facility. At least one-lane, two-way, traffic shall be maintained at all times unless approved otherwise by the Engineer. As a minimum, the Contractor must comply with the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices, current edition and Georgia Standard 9102. The Contractor shall provide all temporary traffic control devices needed to safely direct traffic through the construction area. All temporary traffic control devices are to be placed in accordance with Georgia Department of Transportation Standards and Specifications. TRAFFIC DETOURS: Where detours are required and in accordance with Section 150 of the Standard Specifications and any Supplements thereto, the Contractor shall file for approval a detour plan of operation for this project. This plan shall include details of staging and rerouting of traffic including estimated length of time for use of the detours. The Contractor shall so conduct his operations that there will be a minimum of interference with, or interruption of, traffic upon and along the roadway. This applies to the initial installation and the continuing maintenance and operation ofthe facility. At least one-lane, two-way traffic shall be maintained at all times unless approved otherwise by the Engineer. As a minimum, the Contractor must comply with the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices, current edition and Georgia Standard 9102. UTILITIES: All utility facilities except those owned by Augusta Utilities Department which are in conflict with construction, not covered as specified items in the detailed estimate, are to be removed and relocated to clear construction by the respective owners with the exception of Augusta Utilities and Augusta Traffic Engineering unless added later to the contract as a supplemental item. All "above ground" utility structures will be located as near as possible to the right-of-way line. The Contractor will not be paid for any delays or extra expense caused by utility facilities obstructions or any other items not being removed or relocated to clear construction in advance of his work. All known utility facilities are shown schematically on the plans, and not necessarily accurate in location as to plan or elevation. Utility facilities such as service lines or unknown facilities not shown on the plans will not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility under this requirement G - 11 Engineering Dept Windsor Springs Road Improvements except as noted below. "Existing Utility Facilities" means any utility facility that exists on the highway project in its original, relocated or newly installed position. Other than service lines from street mains to the abutting property the contractor will not be held responsible for the cost of repairs to damaged underground utility facilities when such facilities are not shown on the plans and their existence is unknown to the Contractor prior to the damage occurring, providing the Engineer determines the Contractor has otherwise fully complied with the Specifications. The Contractor shall use the one-call center telephone number 1-800-282-7411 for the purposes of coordinating the marking of underground utilities. The Contractor's attention is directed to the probability of encountering private utility installations consisting of sanitary sewers, water, sprinkler systems, ornamental light systems, gas and underground telephone cables that either are obstructions to the execution of the work and need to be moved out of the way or, if not, must be properly protected during construction. No separate payment will be made for this work. Public utilities of this nature except Augusta Utilities and Augusta Traffic Engineering will be handled by the utility owner. G - 12 Engineering Dept Windsor Springs Road Improvements THE FOLLOWING UTILITY COMPANIES SHALL BE NOTIFIED BEFORE WORK BEGINS: (Contacts revised July 12,2007) Atlanta Gas Light Company 1840 Wylds Road Augusta, GA 30913 Phone: (706)481-1452 Fax: (706) 481 -1495 Attn: Carl Corley Augusta Richmond County Utilities 360 Bay Street, Suite 180 Augusta, GA 30901 Phone: (706) 312-4132 Fax: (706) 312-4133 Attn: Russell Thies AT&T 3841 Wrightsboro Road Augusta, GA 30909 Phone: (706) 228 -5203 Fax: (706) 855-1917 Attn: Austin Sapp Georgia Power 290 North Peachtree Street P.o. Box 188 Lincolnton, GA 30817 (706) 836-0130 (706) 359-6115 Attn: Mr. Al Danner Knology of Augusta 3714 Wheeler Road Augusta, GA 30909 Phone: (706)364-1015 Fax: (706) 364-1011 Attn: Richard Strength Jefferson Energy Cooperative P.O. Box 457 Wrens, GA 30833 Phone: (706) 547-5019 Fax: (706) 547-5051 Attn: Mike Wasden Comcast Communications P.O. Box 3579 Augusta, GA 30904 Phone: (706) 739 -1865 Fax: (706) 733 - 6942 Attn: Kevin O'Meara KMC Telephones (706) 821 - 2522 Attn: Dennis Norviel G - 13 Engineering Dept Windsor Springs Road Improvements UTILITY ACCOMMODATION POLICY: In so far as possible, work shall be scheduled so that open excavations will not be left overnight. Where trenches, pits or other excavations are within the clear roadside areas and cannot be backfilled before leaving the job site, they shall be covered by timbers or metal plates and protected by reflectorized and/or lighted barricades as appropriate and as directed by the Engineer. Barricades sufficient to prevent a person from falling into an excavated or work area must be erected in areas where these conditions exist. WARRANTY: Unless otherwise specified, all contract work is subject to a l2-month warranty. The 12-month warranty is hereby modified to include the following: Any repairs, corrections or modifications performed within the last six months of the original 12-month warranty shall have the original 12-month warranty extended 180 calendar days past the date of such repairs, corrections or modifications. G - 14 Engineering Dept Windsor Springs Road Improvements First Use January 4,2000 Page 1 of 54 Rev. July 1,2003 April 15, 2004 October 11,2005 October 25, 2005 February 10, 2006 April 20, 2006 May 8, 2007 September 18, 2007 DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA SPECIAL PROVISION Section 150- Traffic Control Add the following: 150.01 GENERAL This section as supplemented by the Plans, Specifications, and Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) shall be considered the Temporary Traffic Control (TIC) Plan. Activities shall consist of furnishing, installing, maintaining, and removing necessary traffic signs, barricades, lights, signals, cones, pavement markings and other traffic control devices and shall include flagging and other means for guidance and protection of vehicular and pedestrian traffic through the Work Zone. This Work shall include both maintaining existing devices and installing additional devices as necessary in construction work zones. When any provisions of this Specification or the Plans do not meet the minimum requirements of the MUTCD, the MUTCD shall control. The 2003 Edition of the MUTCD shall be in effect for the duration of the project. The Worksite Traffic Control Supervisor (WTCS) shall have a copy of Part VI of the MUTCD on the job site. Copies of the current MUTCD may be obtained from the FHWA web page at http://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov. A. WORKER SAFETY APPAREL All workers exposed to the risks of moving roadway traffic or construction equipment shall wear high-visibility safety apparel meeting the requirements of International Safety Equipment Association (ISEA) American National Standard for High-Visibility Safety Apparel, or equivalent revisions, and labeled as ANSI-2004 Class 2 or 3 risk exposure. B. WORKSITE TRAFFIC CONTROL SUPERVISOR ALL HIGHWAYS (ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS BELOW FOR INTERSTATES): The Contractor shall designate a qualified individual as the Worksite Traffic Control Supervisor (WTCS) who shall be responsible for selecting, installing and maintaining all traffic control devices in accordance with the Plans, Specifications, Special Provisions and the MUTCD. A written resume documenting the experience and credentials of the WTCS shall be submitted and accepted by the Engineer prior to beginning any work that involves traffic control. The WTCS shall be available on a twenty-four (24) hour basis to perform his duties. If the work requires traffic control activities to be performed during the daylight and nighttime hours it http://tomcat2.dot.state.ga. us/thesource/pdf/special yrovisions/shel f/sp 150 .html 12/7/2007 First Use January 4,2000 Page 2 of 54 may be necessary for the Contractor to designate an alternate WTCS. An alternate WTCS must meet the same requirements and qualifications as the primary WTCS and be accepted by the Engineer prior to beginning any traffic control duties. The Worksite Traffic Control Supervisor's traffic control responsibilities shall have priority over all other assigned duties. As the representative of the Contractor, the WTCS shall have full authority to act on behalf of the Contractor in administering the TIC Plan. The WTCS shall have appropriate training in safe traffic control practices in accordance with Part VI of the MUTCD. In addition to the WTCS all other individuals making decisions regarding traffic control shall meet the training requirements of the Part VI of the MUTCD. The WTCS shall supervise the initial installation of traffic control devices. The Engineer prior to the beginning of construction will review the initial installation. Modifications to traffic control devices as required by sequence of operations or staged construction shall be reviewed by the WTCS. The WTCS shall be available on a full-time basis to maintain traffic control devices with access to all personnel, materials, and equipment necessary to respond effectively to an emergency situation within forty-five (45) minutes of notification of the emergency. The WTCS shall regularly perform inspections to ensure that traffic control is maintained. Unless modified by the special conditions or by the Engineer, routine deficiencies shall be corrected within a twenty-four (24) hour period. Failure to comply with these provisions shall be grounds for dismissal from the duties of WTCS and/or removal of the WTCS from the project. Failure of the WTCS to execute his duties shall be considered as non- performance under (~Ui::'" L('fY'. The Engineer will periodically review the work for compliance with the requirements of the TIC plan. On projects where traffic control duties will not require full time supervision, the Engineer may allow the Contractor's Project Superintendent to serve as the WTCS as long as satisfactory results are obtained. CERTIFIED WORKSITE TRAFFIC CONTROL SUPERVISOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR INTERSTATE AND LIMITED ACCESS HIGHWAYS: In addition to the requirements above, the WTCS shall have a minimum of one year's experience directly related to work site traffic control in a supervisory or responsible capacity. The WTCS shall be currently certified by the American Traffic Safety Services Association (ATSSA) Work Site Traffic Supervisor Certification program or the National Safety Council Certification program. Any work performed on the interstate or limited access highway right-of-way that requires traffic control shall be supervised by the Certified Worksite Traffic Control Supervisor. No work requiring traffic control shall be performed unless the certified WTCS is on the worksite. Failure to maintain a Certified Worksite Traffic Control Supervisor on the work will be considered as non-performance under '.) C,; it f'>. The WTCS shall perform, as a minimum, weekly traffic control inspections on all interstate and limited access highways. The inspection shall be reported to the Engineer on a TC-1 report. The Engineer will furnish a blank copy of the TC -1 report to the Contractor prior to the beginning of any work on the interstate or limited access right-of-way. C. TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES http://tomcat2.dot.state.ga. us/thesource/pdf/special yrovisions/shelf/sp 150.html 12/7/2007 First Use January 4,2000 Page 3 of 54 All traffic control devices used during the construction of a project shall meet the Standards utilized in the MUTCD, and shall comply with the requirements of these Specifications, Project Plans, and Special Provisions. All devices shall be tested at NCHRP Test Level III. Reference is made to Subsections 104.05, 107.07, and 107.09. D. REFLECTORIZATION REQUIREMENTS All rigid fluorescent orange construction warning signs (black on fluorescent orange) shall meet the reflectorization and color requirements of ASTM Type VII, VIII, IX or X regardless of the mounting height. Portable signs which have flexible sign blanks shall meet the reflectorization and color requirements of ASTM Type VI. Warning signs (W3-1a) for stop conditions that have rumble strips located in the travelway shall be reflectorized with ASTM Type IX fluorescent yellow sheeting. All other signs shall meet the requirements of ASTM Type III or IV except for "Pass With Care" and "Do Not Pass" signs which may be ASTM Type I unless otherwise specified. CHANNELIZATION DEVICES: Channelization devices shall meet the requirements of ASTM Type III or IV high intensity sheeting. E. IMPLEMENTATION REQUIREMENTS No work shall be started on any project phase until the appropriate traffic control devices have been placed in accordance with the Project requirements. Changes to traffic flow shall not commence unless all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to make the changes are available on the Project. When any shift or change is made to the location of traffic or to the flow patterns of traffic, the permanent safety features shall be installed and fully operational before making the change. If staging or site conditions prevent the installation of permanent features then the equivalent interim devices shall be utilized. Any section of the work that is on new location shall have all permanent safety features installed and fully operational before the work is opened to traffic. Safety features shall include but are not limited to the following items: 1. Guardrail including anchors and delineation 2. Impact attenuators 3. Traffic signals 4. Warning devices 5. Pavement markings including words, symbols, stop bars, and crosswalks 6. Roadway signs including regulatory, warning, and guide Outdoor lighting shall be considered as a safety feature for welcome centers, rest areas, and weigh station projects. For typical roadway type projects new street lighting is not considered a safety feature unless specifically noted in the plans or in the special conditions. F. MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES http://tomcat2.dot.state.ga. us/thesource/pdf/specialyrovisions/shelf/sp 150 .html 12/7/2007 First Use January 4,2000 Page 4 of 54 Traffic control devices shall be in acceptable condition when first erected on the project and shall be maintained in accordance with Subsection 104.05 throughout the construction period. All unacceptable traffic control devices shall be replaced within 24 hours. When not in use, all traffic control devices shall be removed, placed or covered so as not to be visible to traffic. All construction warning signs shall be removed within seven calendar days after time charges are stopped or pay items are complete. If traffic control devices are left in place for more than ten days after completion of the Work, the Department shall have the right to remove such devices, claim possession thereof, and deduct the cost of such removal from any monies due, or which may become due, the Contractor. G. TRAFFIC INTERRUPTION RESTRICTIONS The Department reserves the right to restrict construction operations when, in the opinion of the Engineer, the continuance of the Work would seriously hinder traffic flow, be needlessly disruptive or unnecessarily inconvenience the traveling public. The Contractor shall suspend and/or reschedule any work when the Engineer deems that conditions are unfavorable for continuing the Work. Advanced notification requirements to the Contractor to suspend work will be according to the events and the time restrictions outlined below: Incident management No advanced notice required Threatening/Inclement weather 24 hours Holidays. sporting events, unfavorable conditions Three (3) calendar days If the work is suspended, the Contractor may submit a request for additional contract time as allowed under Section 108. The Department will review the request and may grant additional contract time as justified by the impact to the Contractor's schedule. Compensation for loss of productivity, rescheduling of crews, rental of equipment or delays to the Contractor's schedule will not be considered for payment. Additional contract time will be the only consideration granted to the Contractor. H. SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS Any Sequence of Operations provided in this Contract in conjunction with any staging details which may be shown in the plans, is a suggested sequence for performing the Work. It is intended as a general staging plan for the orderly execution of the work while minimizing the impact on the mainline, cross-streets and side streets. The Contractor shall develop detailed staging and temporary traffic control plans for performing specific areas of the Work including but not limited to all traffic shifts, detours, bridge widenings, paces, or other activities that disrupt traffic flow. The Engineer may require detailed staging and TIC plans for lane closures. These plans shall be submitted for approval at least two weeks prior to the scheduled date of the activity. Activities that have not been approved at least seven (7) days prior to the scheduled date shall be rescheduled. Where traffic is permitted through the work area under stage construction, the Contractor may choose to construct, at no additional expense to the Department, temporary on-site bypasses or detours in order to expedite the work. Plans for such temporary bypasses or http://tomcat2.dot.state.ga. us/thesource/pdf/special-'provisions/shelf/sp 150 .html 12/7/2007 First Use January 4, 2000 Page 5 of 54 detours shall be submitted to the Engineer for review and approval 30 calendar days prior to the proposed construction. Such bypasses or detours shall be removed promptly when in the opinion of the Engineer; they are not longer necessary for the satisfactory progress of the Work. Bypasses and detours shall meet the minimum requirements of As an option to the Sequence of Operations in the Contract, the Contractor may submit an alternative Sequence of Operations for review and approval. The Department may consider the Contractor's alternate Sequence of Operations as a Value Engineering Proposal as defined by Subsection 104.08. A twenty calendar day lead time for the Department/s review shall be given to this submission so that a decision on its acceptability can be made and presented at the Preconstruction Conference. Insufficient lead time or no submission by the Contractor shall be construed as acceptance of the Sequence of Operations outlined in the Contract and the willingness of the Contractor to execute this as-bid plan. The Department will not pay, or in any way reimburse the Contractor for claims arising from the Contractor's inability to perform the Work in accordance with the Sequence of Operations provided in the Contract or from an approved Contractor alternate. The Contractor shall secure the Engineer's approval of the Contractor's proposed plan of operation, sequence of work and methods of providing for the safe passage of vehicular and pedestrian traffic before it is placed in operation. The proposed plan of operation shall supplement the approved traffic control plan. Any major changes to the approved TIC plan, proposed by the Contractor, shall be submitted to the Department for approval. Some additional traffic control details will be required prior to any major shifts or changes in traffic. The traffic control details shall include, but not be limited to, the following: 1. A detailed drawing showing traffic locations and laneage for each step of the change. 2. The location, size, and message of all signs required by the MUTCD, Plan, Special Provisions, and other signs as required to fit conditions. Any portable changeable message signs used shall be included in the details. 3. The method to be used in, and the limits of, the obliteration of conflicting lines and markings. 4. Type, location, and extent of new lines and markings. 5. Horizontal and vertical alignment and superelevation rates for detours, including cross- section and profile grades along each edge of existing pavement. 6. Drainage details for temporary and permanent alignments. 7. Location, length, and/or spacing of channelization and protective devices (temporary barrier, guardrail, barricades, etc.) 8. Starting time, duration and date of planned change. 9. For each traffic shift, a paving plan, erection plan, or work site plan, as appropriate, detailing workforce, materials, and equipment necessary to accomplish the proposed work. This will be the minimum resource allocation required in order to start the work. http://tomcat2.dot.state.ga. us/thesource/pdf/special-.rrovisions/shelf/sp 150 .html 12/7 /2007 First Use January 4, 2000 Page 6 of 54 A minimum of three copies of the above details shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval at least 14 days prior to the anticipated traffic shift. The Contractor shall have traffic control details for a traffic shift which has been approved by the Engineer prior to commencement of the physical shift. All preparatory work relative to the traffic shift, which does not interfere with traffic, shall be accomplished prior to the designated starting time. The Engineer and the Contractor's representative will verify that all conditions have been met prior to the Contractor obtaining materials for the actual traffic shift. I. COMPLIANCE DATES FOR PROVISIONS OF THE MUTCD: Federal law requires that traffic control devices (temporary or permanent) installed on new highway or bikeway construction or reconstruction shall be compliant with the latest version of the MUTCD before the road is opened to the public for unrestricted travel. The latest version of the MUTCD is the 2003 Edition, which the Georgia Department of Transportation has adopted. However, the FHWA, in the introduction to the MUTCD has established alternate compliance dates for some of the new provisions of the 2003 MUTCD. Below is a list of those compliance dates. The Department may decide to require contractors to implement some or all of these provisions at an earlier date than the compliance dates noted below. However notice will be given in advance of the letting date if these provisions are to be implemented prior to the compliance dates. The contractor may also decide to implement the new provisions in the 2003 MUTCD earlier than required by the compliance dates below. The target dates established by the FHWA shall be as follows: Section 6D.Ol Pedestrian Considerations - all new provisions for pedestrian accessibility - 5 years from the effective date of the Final Rule for the 2003 MUTCD. Section 6D.02 Accessibility Considerations - 5 years from the effective date of the Final Rule for the 2003 MUTCD. Section 6D.03 Worker Safety Considerations - high-visibility apparel requirements - 3 years from the effective date of the Final Rule for the 2003 MUTCD. Section 6E.02 High-Visibility Safety Apparel - high-visibility apparel requirements for flaggers - 3 years from the effective date of the Final Rule for the 2003 MUTCD. The effective date of the Final Rule for the 2003 MUTCD is December 22, 2003. 150.02TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL (ITe) ZONES: A. DEVICES AND MATERIALS: In addition to the other provisions contained herein, work zone traffic control shall be accomplished using the following means and materials: 1. Portable Advance Warning Signs Portable advance warning signs shall be utilized as per the requirements of the temporary traffic control plans. All signs shall meet the requirements of the MUTCD and shall be NCHRP 350 crashworthy compliant. 2. Arrow Panels Portable sequential or flashing arrow panels as shown in the Plans or Specifications for use on Interstate or multi-lane highway lane closure only, shall be a minimum size of 48" high by 96" wide with not less than 15 lamps used for the arrow. The arrow shall occupy virtually the entire size of the arrow panel and shall have a minimum legibility http://tomcat2.dot.state.ga. us/thesource/pdf/special~rovisions/shelf/sp 150.html 12/7/2007 First Use January 4,2000 Page 7 of 54 distance of one mile. The minimum legibility distance is that distance at which the arrow panel can be comprehended by an observer on a sunny day, or clear night. Arrow panels shall be equipped with automatic dimming features for use during hours of darkness. The arrow panels shall also meet the requirements for a Type C panel as shown in the MUTCD. The sequential or flashing arrow panels shall not be used for lane closure on two-lane, two-way highways when traffic is restricted to one-lane operations in which case, appropriate signing, flaggers and when required, pilot vehicles will be deemed sufficient. The sequential or flashing arrow panels shall be placed on the shoulder at or near the point where the lane closing transition begins. The panels shall be mounted on a vehicle, trailer, or other suitable support. Vehicle mounted panels shall be provided with remote controls. Minimum mounting height shall be seven feet above the roadway to the bottom of the panel, except on vehicle mounted panels which should be as high as practical. For emergency situations, arrow display panels that meet the MUTCD requirements for Type A or Type B panels may be used until Type C panels can be located and placed at the site. The use of Type A and Type B panels shall be held to the minimum length of time possible before having the Type C panel(s) in operation. The Engineer shall determine when conditions and circumstances are considered to be emergencies. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer, in writing, when any non-specification arrow display panel(s) is being used in the work. 3. Portable Changeable Message Signs Portable changeable message signs meeting the requirements of Section 632 and the MUTCD. Any PCMS in use that is not protected by positive barrier protection shall be delineated by a minimum of three drums that meet the requirement of Section 150.05.A.!. The drum spacing shall not exceed a maximum of ten (10') feet as shown in f,. ,r, ;>( r~:~. When the PCMS is within twenty (20') feet of the opposing traffic flow, the trailing end of the PCMS shall be delineated with a minimum of three drums spaced in the same manner as the approach side of the PCMS. http://tomcat2.dot.state.ga. us/thesource/pdf/special yrovisions/shelf/sp 150 .html 12/7/2007 First Use January 4,2000 Page 8 of 54 II WMlf~11 When not in use the PCMS shall be removed from the roadway unless protected by positive barrier protection. If the PCMS is protected by positive barrier protection the sign panel shall be turned away from traffic when not in use. 4. Channelization Devices Channelization devices shall meet the standards of the MUTCD and ~,U!"~cctli)n 1 05. 5. Temporary Barrier Temporary barrier shall meet the requirements of Section 620. 6. Temporary Traffic Signals Temporary traffic signals shall meet the requirements of Section 647 and the MUTCD. 7. Pavement Marking Pavement marking incorporated into the work shall comply with '; :i,:;;:cLIO;1S lSOlH,;\ and 1 '; ; ~:. 8. Portable Temporary Traffic Control Signals The use off Portable Temporary Traffic Control Signals shall meet the following minimum requirements: Only two-lane two-way roadways will be allowed to utilize Portable Temporary Traffic Control Signals. All portable traffic control signals shall meet the physical display and operational requirements of conventional traffic signals described in the MUTCD. Each signal face shall have at least three lenses. The lenses shall be red, yellow, or green in color and shall give a circular type of indication. All lenses shall be twelve (12") inches nominal in diameter. A minimum of two signal faces shall face each direction of traffic. A minimum of one signal head shall be suspended over the roadway travel lane in a manner that will allow the bottom of the signal head housing to be not less than seventeen (17') feet above and not more than nineteen (19') feet above the pavement grade at the center of the travel lane. The second signal head may be located over the travel lane with the same height requirements or the second signal head may be located on the shoulder. When the signal head is located on the shoulder the bottom of the signal head housing shall be at least eight (8') feet but not more than (15') feet above the pavement grade at the center of highway. Advance warning signage and appropriate pavement markings shall be installed as part of the temporary signal operation. The signals shall be operated in a manner consistent with traffic requirements. The signals may be operated in timed-mode or in a vehicle-actuated mode. The signals shall be interconnected in a manner to ensure that conflicting movements can not occur. To assure that the appropriate operating pattern including timing is displayed to the traveling public, regular inspections including the use of accurate timing devices shall be http://tomcat2.dot.state.ga. us/thesource/pdf/special~rovisions/ shelf/sp 150 .html 12/7/2007 First Use January 4,2000 Page 9 of 54 made by the Worksite Traffic Control Supervisor. If at any time any part of the system fails to operate within these requirements then the use of the signal shall be suspended and the appropriate flagging operation shall begin immediately. The Worksite Traffic Control Supervisor (WTCS) shall continuously monitor the portable traffic control signal to insure compliance with the requirements for maintenance under the MUTCD. The signal shall be maintained in a manner consistent with the intention of the MUTCD, with emphasis on cleaning of the optical system. Timing changes shall be made only by the WTCS. The WTCS shall keep a written record of all timing changes. The portable temporary signal shall have two power sources and shall be capable of running for seven calendar days continuously. The Contractor shall have an alternate temporary traffic control plan in the event of failure of the signal. 9. RUMBLE STRIPS Rumble strips incorporated into the work shall meet the requirements of Section 429 and the MUTCD. Existing rumble strips that are positioned in the traveled way to warn traffic of a stop condition shall be reinstalled based on the following requirements: INTERMEDIATE SURFACES: Intermediate surfaces that will be in use for more than forty-five (45) calendar days shall have rumble strips reinstalled on the traveled way in the area of a stop condition. Non-refundable deductions in accordance with will be assessed for any intermediate surface in place for greater than 45 days without rumble strips. FINAL SURFACES: Rumble strips shall be installed on the final surface within fourteen (14) calendar days of the placement of the final surface in the area of the stop condition. Failure to install within fourteen (14) calendar days will result in assessment of non-refundable deductions in accordance with 150.08. Prior to the removal of any rumble strips located in the travelway, stop ahead (W3-1a) warning signs shall be double indicated ahead of the stop condition. These warning signs shall be a minimum of 48 inches by 48 inches. The reflectorization of the warning signs shall be as required by i) l.e. These warning signs shall remain in place until the rumble strips have been reinstalled on the traveled way. Any existing warning signs for the stop ahead condition shall be removed or covered while the 48" X 48" (W3-1a) signs are in place. When the rumble strips have been reinstalled these warning signs should be promptly removed and any existing signage placed back in service. 10. GUARDRAIL: When the removal and installation of guardrail is required as a part of the work the following time restrictions shall apply unless modified by the special conditions: MULTI-LANE HIGHWAYS: From the time that the existing guardrail or temporary positive barrier protection is removed the Contractor has fourteen (14) calendar days to install the new guardrail and anchors. During the interim, the location without guardrail shall be protected with drums spaced at a maximum spacing of twenty (20') feet. The maximum length of rail that can be removed at any time without being replaced with positive barrier protection is a total of 2000 linear feet of existing rail or the total length of one run of existing rail, whichever is greater. http://tomcat2.dot.state.ga. us/thesource/pdf/special ~rovisions/shelf/sp 150. html 1217/2007 First Use January 4, 2000 Page 10 of 54 ALL OTHER HIGHWAYS: From the time that the existing guardrail is removed or from the time that temporary positive barrier protection is removed the Contractor has thirty (30) calendar days to install the new guardrail and anchors. During the interim, the location without guardrail shall be protected with drums spaced at a maximum spacing of twenty (20') feet. The maximum length of rail that can be removed at any time without being replaced with positive barrier protection is a total of 1000 linear feet of existing rail or the total length of one run of existing rail, whichever is greater. Based on existing field conditions, the Engineer may review the work and require that the guardrail be installed earlier than the maximum time allowed above by giving written notification to the Contractor via the TC -1 traffic control report. Failure to comply with the above time and quantity restrictions shall be considered as non-compliance under Subsection 150.08. 11. STOP SIGN REGULATED INTERSECTIONS: For intersections that utilize stop sign(s) to control the flow of traffic and to restrict the movement of vehicles, the stop sign(s) shall be maintained for the duration of the work or until such time that the stop condition is eliminated or until an interim or permanent traffic signal can be installed to provide proper traffic control. The traffic signal shall be installed and properly functioning before the removal of the existing stop sign(s) is permitted. If the existing intersection is enhanced traffic control features such as stop bars, double indicated stop signs, oversized signs, advanced warning stop ahead signs, rumble strips on the approaches or flashing beacons located overhead or on the shoulders then these features shall be maintained for the duration of the project or until the permanent traffic control plan has been implemented. Whenever the staging of the work requires that the traveled-way be relocated or realigned the Contractor shall reinstall all enhanced traffic control features noted above on the newly constructed sections of the work. The cost of relocating the stop bars, stop signs, advanced warning signs, the rumble strips and the flashing beacons shall be included in the price bid for Lump-Sum-Traffic Control unless individual pay items are included in the contract for rumble strips and/or flashing beacons. When pay items are included in the contract for rumble strips or flashing beacons then these items will be paid per each. When staging requires the relocation or realignment of an existing stop condition it may be necessary to consider the addition of enhanced traffic control features even though none existed at the original location. As a guide for enhanced traffic control features that may be considered, the Engineer or the WTCS may refer to the Department's guidelines for "Opening of New Roadways to Traffic" (Document #6635-2). Horizontal and vertical alignment changes at a new location may have decreased or restricted sight distance or the stop condition may occur sooner than in the previous alignment. If these conditions occur then the Engineer and/or the WTCS should consider additional measures to enhance the motorist's awareness of the changes even though the staging plans may not address enhanced features. Stop signs should be a minimum of 36 inches for interim situations. The use of 48 inch stop signs may be warranted under project specific conditions. Flags may be used on interim/permanent stop signs that are mounted at seven (7') feet in height for a short duration in order to direct additional attention to a new or relocated stop sign(s). Flags should not be used for durations exceeding two weeks unless unusual or site specify conditions warrant a longer period of time. The use of Type "A" flashing red Iight(s) attached to the stop sign(s) may be appropriate during the same period that the flags are in use to increase attention. http://tomcat2.dot.state.ga. us/thesource/pdf/specialyrovisions/shelf/sp 150 .html 1217 /2007 First Use January 4,2000 Page 11 of 54 The use of rumble strips and/or portable changeable message signs may be considered. The use of new rumble strips, where none previously existed, shall have the prior approval of District Traffic Operations before being included as part of the temporary traffic control plan. The message(s) displayed on any PCMS shall have the prior approval of the Engineer and the message(s) shall be included as part of the TIC plan for the interim staging. The placement of any additional interim ground-mounted signs and posts or stop bars shall be considered as incidental to the price bid for Lump Sum-Traffic Control. The installation of rumble strips, flashing beacons or the use of Portable Changeable Message Signs (PCMS) shall be considered as Extra Work unless pay items are included in the contract. B. WORK ZONE RESTRICTIONS: 1. Interstate The Contractor shall not simultaneously perform work on both the inside shoulder and outside shoulder on either direction of traffic flow when the Work is within 12 feet of the travel-way, unless such areas are separated by at least one-half mile of distance. 2. Non-Interstate Divided Highways The Contractor shall not simultaneously perform work on both the inside shoulder and outside shoulder on either direction of traffic flow when the Work is within 12 feet of the travel-way, unless such areas are separated by at least one-half mile distance in rural areas or at least 500 feet of distance in urban areas. 3. Non-Divided Highways a. The Contractor shall not simultaneously perform work on opposite sides of the roadway when the work is within 12 feet of the travel-way, unless such areas are separated by at least one-half mile of distance in rural areas or at least 500 feet of distance in urban areas. b. On two-lane projects where full width sections of the existing subgrade, base or surfacing are to be removed, and new base, subgrade, or surfacing are to be constructed, the Contractor shall maintain one-lane traffic through the construction area by removing and replacing the undesirable material for half the width of the existing roadway at a time. Replacement shall be made such that paving is completed to the level of the existing pavement in the adjacent lane by the end of the workday or before opening all the roadway to traffic. 4. All Highways: a. There shall be no reduction in the total number of available traffic lanes that existed prior to construction except as specifically allowed by the Contract and as approved by the Engineer. b. Travelway Clearances: All portions of the work shall maintain the following minimum requirements: http://tomcat2.dot.state.ga. us/thesource/pdf/special yrovisions/shelf/sp 150 .html 12/7/2007 First Use January 4, 2000 Page 12 of 54 Horizontal: The combined dimensions of the paved shoulder and the roadway surface remaining outside the Work Zone shall be no less than sixteen (16) feet in width at any location. Vertical: The overhead clearance shall not be reduced to less than fifteen (15) feet at any location. The restrictions above apply to all shifts, lane closures, on-site detours and off site detours whether shown in the contract or proposed by the Contractor. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to verify that these minimum requirements have been met before proceeding with any phase of the Work. Two-lane two-way roadways may have temporary horizontal restrictions of less than sixteen (16) feet provided a flagger operation for one-way traffic is utilized to restrict access to the work area by over-width loads. The minimum horizontal clearance shall be restored before the flagging operation is removed. c. Highway Work Zone: All sections or segments of the roadway under construction or reconstruction shall be signed as a Highway Work Zone except non~state highway two-lane two-way resurfacing projects. Two conditions can be applied to a Highway Work Zone. Condition 1 is when no reduction in the existing speed limit is required. Condition 2 is when worksite conditions require a reduction of the speed limit through the designated Work Zone. Properly marking a Highway Work Zone shall include the following minimum requirements: 1. NO REDUCTION IN THE EXISTING POSTED SPEED LIMIT IN HIGHWAY WORK ZONE: a) Signage (U, ! !/i;~ :~) shall be posted at the beginning point of the Highway Work Zone warning the traveling public that increased penalties for speeding violations are in effect. The H'vVZ. 2 sign shall be placed a minimum of six hundred (600') feet in advance of the Highway Work Zone and shall not be placed more than one thousand (1000') feet in advance of the Work Zone. If no speed reduction is required it is recommended that the HWZ-2 be placed at 750 feet from the work area between the ROAD WORK 500 FT. and the ROAD WORK 1000 FT. signs. tN! -.2 signs shall be placed at intervals not to exceed one mile for the length of the project. H\!VZ.2 signs should be placed on the mainline after all major intersections except State Routes. State Routes shall be signed as per the requirements for intersecting roadways below. b) The existing speed limit shall be posted at the beginning of the Work Zone. Existing Speed Limit signs (R2-1) shall be maintained. c) INTERSECTING ROADWAYS: Intersecting state routes shall be signed in advance of each intersection with the Work Zone with a ,1\\lZ - 2 sign to warn motorists that increased fines are in effect. All other intersecting roadways that enter into a designated Highway Work Zone may be signed in advance of each intersection with the Work Zone. When construction equipment and personnel are present in the intersection on the mainline of a multi-lane roadway, the intersecting side roads shall be signed in advance with H\.VZ- http://tomcat2.dot.state.ga.us/thesource/pdf/specialyrovisions/shelf/sp 150 .html 12/7 /2007 First Use January 4, 2000 Page 13 of 54 signs. As soon as the work operation clears the intersection the signage may be removed. d) Signage (i 3) shall be posted at th end of the Highway Work Zone indicating the end of the zone and indicati g that increased penalties for speeding violations are no longer in effect. e) When a designated Highway Work Zone is no long r necessary all signs shall be removed immediately. 2. REDUCING THE SPEED LIMIT IN A HIGHWAY WORK Z NE: Highway Work Zone signs shall be posted as required in Condition 1 above. For limited access (interstate) highways and controlle access multi-lane divided highways the posted speed limit shall be reduced as re uired below. Speed li m it sig nage (R2 -1) for the red uced speed Ii it sha II be erected at the beginning of the work zone. Additional signs shall be placed to ensure that the maximum spacing of the reduced speed limit signs sh II be no greater than one (1) mile apart. Existing speed limit signs shall be cove ed or removed. On multi- lane divided highways the speed limit signs shall be ouble indicated when the reduced speed is in use. When anyone or more of the following conditions e ist and the existing speed limit is 65 mph or 70 mph, the speed limit shall be r duced by 10 mph. If the existing speed limit is 60 mph, the speed limit should be reduced by 5 mph. If the existing speed limit is 55 mph or less, the Contr ctor can only reduce the speed limit with the prior approval of the Engineer. he reduction in the speed limit shall be no greater than 10 mph: a) Lane c1osure(s) of any type and any duration. b) The difference in elevation exceeds two inches a jacent to a travel lane as shown in co :-i,-'i i! 1 50-C. c) Any areas where equipment or workers are within en feet of a travel lane. d) Temporary portable concrete barriers located less han two (2') feet from the traveled way. e) As directed by the Engineer for conditions distinctiv to this project. When the above conditions are not present the speed limit shall be immediately returned to the existing posted speed limit. A speed r duction shall not be put in place for the entire length of the project unless condi ions warranting the speed reduction are present for the entire project length. AI existing speed limit signs within the temporary speed reduction zone shall be overed or removed while the temporary reduction in the speed limit is in effect. All signs shall be erected to comply with the minimum requirements of the MUT D. As a minimum the following records shall be kept by th WTCS: a) Identify the need for the reduction. b) Record the time of the installation and removal of t e temporary reduction. c) Fully describe the location and limits of the reduce speed zone. d) Document any accident that occurs during the time of the reduction. http://tomcat2,dot.state.ga.us/thesource/pdf/special~rovisions/shelf/sp 150 .htm 12/7 /2007 First Use January 4, 2000 Page 14 of 54 A copy of the weekly records for reduced speed zone shall be submitted to the Engineer. Reduced speed zones shall, as a minimum, be signed as per Ddall 1 ';()-HWZ-l. Interim signs shall meet the requirements of Subse tion 150.03 D. Additional signs may be necessary to adjust for actual field condi ions. When a pilot vehicle is used on a two-lane two-wa roadway the speed limit should not be reduced. For special conditions specifi to the work, on two-lane two-way roadways or multi-lane highways, the contra tor may reduce the posted speed limit with the prior approval of the Engineer. 5. MILLED SURFACE RESTRICTIONS: Unless modified by the special conditions, a milled surface on any asphaltic concrete surface shall not be allowed to remain open to traffic for a p riod of time that exceeds thirty (30) calendar days. 6. INSTALLATION/REMOVAL OF WORK AREA SIGNAGE: No payment will be made for Traffic Control-Lump Sum u til the Work has actually started on the project. The installation of traffic control sign ge does not qualify as the start of work. Advanced warning signs shall not be installed until the actual beginning of work activities. Any permanent mount height signs install d as the work is preparing to start shall be covered until all signs are installed unless all signs are installed within seven (7) calendar days after beginning installation. All temporary traffic control devices shall be removed as so n as practical when these devices are no longer needed. When work is suspended or short periods of time, temporary traffic control devices that are no longer approp iate shall be removed or covered. All construction warning signs shall be removed within sev n (7) calendar days after time charges are stopped or pay items are complete. If traffi control devices are left in place for more than ten (10) calendar days after com letion of the Work, the Department shall have the right to remove such devices, c1ai possession thereof, and deduct the cost of such removal from any monies due, or w ich may become due, the Contractor. PUNCHLIST WORK: Portable signs shall be utilized to accom Iish the completion of all punch list items. The portable signs shall be removed daily. AI permanent mount height signs shall be removed prior to the beginning of the punchlist work except "Low/Soft Shoulder" signs and any signs that have the prior written a proval of the Engineer to remain in place while the punch list work is in progress. Failure to promptly remove the construction warning signs wit in the seven (7) calendar days after the completion of the Work or failure to remove or cover signs when work is suspended for short periods of time shall be considered a non-performance under Subsection 150.08. http://tomcat2.dot.state.ga. us/thesource/pdf/specialyrovisions/shelf/sp 150.html 12/7 /2007 First Use January 4,2000 Page 15 of 54 INltH~IAlt ANU MULl I-LANt U1VlUtU HI HWAY ~IGN1NG ~HALL ~t DOUBLE INCICATED (RIGHT SHOULDER A D MEDIAN SHOULDER) ~ 600' + 600' ..i.. 600' +. 600' 1 -.. ~ ~ ~ ~ WORK ZONE OR OR OR OR ,K K K K / HWZ-2 REDUCED <oJ SIGNS z 0 SPEED N SPEED 0 I AHEAD <oJ LIMIT <oJ Q. Ul ** ~ 0 <oJ R2-5a CD 48/1X 60/1 R2-1 SPEED 4811X 6011 THIS SIGN SHALL BE INSTALLED ONLY LIMIT REDUCED SPEED LIMIT SHALL WHEN THE SPEED REDUCITION IS GREATER ** HAVE THE PRIOR APPROVAL THAN 10 M.P.H. FROM THE EXISTING OF THE ENGINEER. POSTED SPEED LIMIT. R2-1 48/1X 60/1 ~ 600' ~~ -.. ------ ---.. ~ ~ OR OR K HWZ-3/K SIGNS SPEED LIMIT ** [ R2-1 I 4811X 60/1 : -.. SPEED LIMIT ** REDUCED CONSTRUCT I LIMIT SHALL BE SPA OF ONE MILE APART. R2-1 48/1X 6011 ALL INTERSECTING ROADWAYS SHALL BE SIGNED WITH A HWZ-2 SIGN TO WARN MOTORIST ENTERING THE HIGHWAY WORK ZONE. INTERSTATE AND MULTI-LANE HIGHWAY SIGNING SHALL BE DOUBLE INDICATED (RIGHT SHOULDER AND MEDIAN SHOULDER). SIGN SIZES SHOWN ARE MULTI-LANE DIVIDED HI FOR OTHER HIGHWAYS US SIGNS AS PER THE M.U. HWZ-2 AND HWZ-3 SIGNS DE TAIL 150-H http://tomcat2.dot.state.ga. us/thesource/pdf/specialyrovisions/shelf/sp 150 .html 1217/2007 First Use January 4,2000 Page 16 of 54 http://tomcat2.dot. state.ga. us/thesource/pdf/special-'provisions/shelf/sp 150 .html 1217/2007 First Use January 4,2000 Page 17 of 54 http://tomcat2 .dot.state.ga.lls/thesource/pdf/special yrovisions/shelf/sp 150 .html 1217 /2007 First Use January 4,2000 4 "- 40" ~ 411 ~g(o)~~~ t2(O)~~ 60" 8 II ... 321/ "'18" ~~~~[~~~@ 1511 ~ 18" ~ 151( ~~~~~ 6"1-00 36" ~b" ~~(~~~~~)~[D) 13" - 22" - 13" - [M]~~~~~~ [F~~~ @ ~@@ ~ 11 " 26 " 48 " HWZ-2 - 11"- COLORS TOP PANEL LEGEND & BORDER BACKGROUND 3 " MARGIN I~ 11// BORDER 3" RADIUS 5" ( " 6" SER. "e" ., 3 " 11// BAR 4" 6" G" SER. "e" ., 3" 6" 6" SER. "c" ]" 6" 6" SER. "c" 3" 11/)' BAR 21// " 4" 4" SER. "0" 13// 4" 4" SER. "0" 3 " - BLACK (NON-REFL) - FLUORESENT ORANGE ( AS T M T Y P E V! 1. V I 1 [. ! X or- X) MIDDLE & BOTTOM PANELS LEGEND & BORDER - BLACK (NON-REFL) BACKGROUND - WHITE (ASTM TYPE 1 [lOR IV REFL SHEETING) NOTES: 1. ALL HWZ-2 SIGN PANELS SHALL BE RIGID. 2. THE SIZE OF THE HWZ-2 SIGN SHALL NOT BE REDUCED FOR USE ON TWO-LANE ROADWAYS. http://tomcat2.dot.state.ga. us/thesource/pdf/special ~rovisions/shelf/sp 150.html Page 18 of 54 12/7/2007 First Use January 4, 2000 Page 19 of 54 - BLACK (NON-REFL) - FLUORESENT ORANGE ( AS T M T Y P E V I I. V I I I. I X or- X) BOTTOM PANEL LEGEND & BORDER - BLACK (NON-REFL) BACKGROUND - WHITE (ASTM TYPE II I OR IV REFL SHEETING) COLORS TOP PANEL LEGEND & BORDER BACKGROUND NOTES: 1. ALL HWZ-3 SIGN PANELS SHALL BE RIGID. 2. THE SIZE OF THE HWZ-3 SIGN SHALL NOT BE REDUCED FOR USE ON TWO-LANE ROADWAYS. http://tomcat2.dot.state.ga.us/thesource/pdf/special yrovisions/shelf/sp 150 .html 12/7 /2007 First Use January 4, 2000 Page 20 of 54 C. LANE CLOSURES: 1. Approval/Restrictions All lane closures of any type or duration shall have the prior approval of the Engineer. a. The length of a lane closure shall not exceed two (2) miles in length excluding the length of the tapers unless the prior approval of the Engineer has been obtained. The Engineer may extend the length of a lane closure based upon field conditions however the length of a workzone should be held to the minimum length required to accomplish the Work. Lane closures shall not be spaced closer than one mile. The advanced warning signs for the project should not overlap with the advanced warning signs for lane shifts, lane closures, etc. b. Lane closures that require same direction traffic to be split around the Work Area will not be approved for roadways with posted speeds of 35 mph or greater, excluding turn lanes. c. For Interstate, Limited Access and Multi-lane Divided Highways, a Portable Changeable Message Sign (PCMS) shall be placed one (1) mile in advance of a lane closure with a message denoting the appropriate lane closure one mile ahead. The Portable Changeable Message Sign (PCMS) shall be placed on the outside shoulder in accordance with Detail 150-PCMS. This is in addition to the other traffic control devices required by Standard 9106. 2. Removal Of Lane Closures To provide the greatest possible convenience to the public in accordance with Sub- Subsection 107.07, the Contractor shall remove all signs, lane closure markings, and devices immediately when lane closure work is completed or temporarily suspended for any length of time or as directed by the Engineer. All portable signs and portable sign mounting devices shall be removed from the roadway to an area which will not allow the sign to be visible and will not allow the sign or sign mounting device to be impacted by traffic. 3. Exit And Entrance Ramps On multilane highways where traffic has been shifted to the inside lanes, the exit and entrance ramps shall have channelization devices placed on both sides of the ramp. The temporary ramp taper length shall be greater than, or equal to, the existing taper length. Interim EXIT gore signs shall be placed at the ramp divergence. The "EXIT OPEN" sign shown in Figure TA-42 of the MUTCD shall be utilized. Channelization device spacing shall be 10 feet for 200 feet in advance of the temporary gore, and 10 feet for the first 100 feet of the temporary gore. 4. Lane Drop/Lane Closure The first seven (7) calendar days of any lane closure shall be signed and marked as per Standard 9106 or 9107. However, lane closures that exist for a duration longer than seven (7) calendar days may be signed and marked as per the details in Standard 9121, provided the prior approval of the Engineer is obtained. The approved lane drop shall utilize only the signs and markings shown for the termination end of the lane drop in Standard 9121. All warning signs in the lane drop sequence shall be used. Drums may be substituted for the Type I Crystal Delineators at the same spacing. http://tomcat2.dot.state.ga. us/thesource/pdf/special yrovisions/shelf/sp 150 .html 1217/2007 First Use January 4, 2000 Page 21 of 54 5. Termination Area The transition to normal or full width highway at the end of a lane closure shall be a maximum of 150 feet. D. TRAFFIC PACING METHOD: 1. Pacing Of Traffic With prior approval from the Engineer, traffic may be paced allowing the Contractor up to ten (10) minutes maximum to work in or above all lanes of traffic for the following purposes: a. Placing bridge members or other bridge work. b. Placing overhead sign structures. c. Other work items requiring interruption of traffic. The Contractor shall provide a uniformed police officer with patrol vehicle and blue flashing light for each direction of pacing. The police officer, Engineer, and flaggers at ramps shall be provided with a radio which will provide continuous contact with the Contractor. When ready to start the work activity, the police vehicle will act as a pilot vehicle slowing the traffic thereby providing a gap in traffic allowing the Contractor to perform the Work. Any on-ramps between the pace and the work area shall be blocked during pacing of traffic, with a flagger properly dressed and equipped with a Stop/Slow paddle. Each ramp should be opened after the police vehicle has passed. Pilot vehicles shall travel at a safe pace speed, desirably not less than 20 mph interstate and 10 mph non-interstate. The Contractor shall provide a vehicle to proceed in front of the police vehicle and behind the other traffic in order to inform the Contractor's work force when all vehicles have cleared the area. Traffic will not be permitted to stop during pacing except in extreme cases as approved by the Engineer. 2. Methods Of Signing For Traffic Pacing At a point not less than 1,000 feet in advance of the beginning point of the pace, the Contractor shall erect and cover a W-special sign (72 inch x 72 inch) with a Type "B" flashing light, with the legend "TRAFFIC SLOWED AHEAD SHORT DELAY" (See Detail 1. C,();\). A portable changeable message sign may be used in lieu of the W-special sign. On divided highways this sign shall be double indicated. A worker with a two-way radio shall be posted at the sign, and upon notice that the traffic is to be paced shall turn on the flashing light and reveal the sign. When traffic is not being paced, the flashing light shall be turned off and the sign covered or removed. W-special signs are reflectorized black on orange, Series "C" letter and border of the size specified. http://tomcat2.dot.state.ga. us/thesource/pdf/special_provisions/shelf/sp 150 .html 1217 /2007 First Use January 4,2000 Page 22 of 54 ,----!-<pt "8- · US!i J~; L i f;H1 'Ji I HAf 1 ! C 'cd (.'0/' .1,1 Il'~Ii; ! , .. ,r--"-1 "f 00Il"::>!: R ./" .~.. R.4l)))S: '7 .. 'r , l 1~1 r--=::\ r m'l I 'I /,..-\'\ i j . I j ,I) , C II \ I ... 'i I : '- i "--. I - 'I I ", I II ' . I ! I I! 1~1'1 .--~: ' U; '\ \ n , I I I .- ,.1 ~ L I -< j : IC'" r~----- - - -~.(. - \c" [I @ i! (l\ \"fv7rL; IrD : I ~) ~.:J \~>' U \ j L~~~ ~~/ H'-- 1 'i "-T------- '-'. H' -----T-..'~' "--- II ' n 1'-] r-'--' -- I i ! I, \ I!, [ . J fil. G.,'\' ,I /~\,~: !!~I /A,\ /l)) i I :0\ r [l)'t~: Fj, 'i':" 'rl~'! i ~, u ~I \V! ~ ,~~) lrl ':} Lfj J i I.~J./ l~l 11; I ,r~ \ 11 ~ ---t '" ~ -- .. <~ . :~. . '(1" f.iEH' "'f,:. 50'" i- _.~:" 1 t>> .$.f:;' "'( , b 12 "" t?" S:-~ F . " <) " ~ ~fl~-, i !1i.S ! 5'.l "_n___. ~ . _......- ----,,"'; ._._~..+ i ! . ------- -...l G ,>.1 . I L i i .. ..------.-..--..-.-.--.... f '.t'*"":.' 1 AI r) j f;i.4 , Illlil"'Cft"J'( I"OS r WO... T( D 'i i I';.... SH"'l c HAVE 13- ..C;; LEGEi'C A)<<J 3ffiC-fR ();o 0R.4NG{ ~. c ~ = H)flI lUJ 6 AO: r.;ROU !olD DL 1 /\ ! ' ~)O-t.l E. CONSTRUCTION VEHICLE TRAFFIC The Contractor's vehicles shall travel in the direction of normal roadway traffic and shall not reverse direction except at intersections, interchanges, or approved temporary crossings. The Contractor may submit a plan requesting that construction traffic be allowed to travel in the opposite direction of normal traffic when it would be desirable to modify traffic patterns to accommodate specific construction activities. Prior approval of the Engineer shall be obtained before any construction traffic is allowed to travel in a reverse direction. If the Contractor's submittal is approved the construction traffic shall be separated from normal traffic by appropriate traffic control devices. F. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS TO THE TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL (rrc) PLAN The Contractor shall ensure that dust, mud, and other debris from construction activities do not interfere with normal traffic operations or adjacent properties. All outfall ditches, special ditches, critical storm drain structures, erosion control structures, retention basins, etc. shall be constructed, where possible, prior to the beginning of grading operations so that the best possible drainage and erosion control will be in effect during the grading operations, thereby keeping the roadway areas as dryas possible. http://tomcat2.dot.state.ga. us/thesource/pdf/special yrovisions/shelf/sp 150 .html 1217/2007 First Use January 4,2000 Page 23 of 54 Areas within the limits of the project which are determined by the Engineer to be disturbed or damaged due either directly or indirectly from the progress or the lack of progress of the work shall be cleaned up, redressed, and regrassed. All surplus materials shall be removed and disposed of as required. Surplus materials shall be disposed of in accordance with Subsection 201.02.E.3 of the Specifications. G. EXISTING STREET LIGHTS Existing street lighting shall remain lighted as long as practical and until removal is approved by the Engineer. H. NIGHTWORK Adequate temporary lighting shall be provided at all nighttime work sites where workers will be immediately adjacent to traffic. I. CONSTRUCTION VEHICLES IN THE WORKZONE The parking of Contractor's and/or workers personal vehicles within the work area or adjacent to traffic is prohibited. It shall be the responsibility of the Worksite Traffic Control Supervisor to ensure that any vehicle present at the worksite is necessary for the completion of the work. J. ENCROACHMENTS ON THE TRAVELED-WAY The Worksite Traffic Control Supervisor (WTCS) shall monitor the work to ensure that all the rocks, boulders, construction debris, stockpiled materials, equipment, tools and other potential hazards are kept clear of the travelway. These items shall be stored in a location, in so far as practical, where they will not be subject to a vehicle running off the road and striking them. K. PEDESTRIAN ACCESS TO THE WORK All existing pedestrian walkways shall be maintained. Whenever changes to the worksite necessitate changes to existing walkways, temporary walkways shall be provided and maintained, with appropriate signs as necessary, to allow safe passage of pedestrian traffic. L. TRAFFIC SIGNALS If the sequence of operations, staging, or the temporary traffic control plan requires the relocation or shifting of any components of an existing traffic signal system then any work on these traffic signals will be considered as part of Lump Sum- Traffic Control. The contractor becomes responsible for the maintenance of these traffic signals from the time that the system is modified until final acceptance. The maintenance of traffic signals that are not a part of the work and are not in conflict with any portion of the work shall not be the responsibility of the contractor. When construction operations necessitate an existing traffic signal to be out of service, the Contractor shall furnish off-duty police officers to regulate and maintain traffic control at the site. M. REMOVAL/REINSTALLATION OF MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS http://tomcat2.dot.state .ga. us/thesource/pdf/special provisions/shelf/sp 150.html 12/7 /2007 First Use January 4, 2000 Page 24 of 54 In the prosecution of the Work, if it becomes necessary to remove any existing signs, markers, guardrail, etc. not covered by specific pay item, they shall be removed, stored and reinstalled, when directed by the Engineer, to line and grade, and in the same condition as when removed. 150.03SIGNS: A. SIGNING REQUIREMENTS OF THE TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL (rrC) PLAN When existing regulatory, warning or guide signs are required for proper traffic control the Contractor shall maintain these signs in accordance with the temporary traffic control (TIC) plan. The Contractor shall review the status of all existing signs, interim signs added to the work, and permanent sign installations that are part of the work to eliminate any conflicting or non-applicable sign age in the TIC Plan. The Contractor's review of all signs in the TIC Plan shall establish compliance with the requirements of the MUTCD and Section 150. Any conflicts shall be reported to the Engineer immediately and the WTCS shall take the necessary measures to eliminate the conflict. The Contractor shall make every effort to eliminate the use of interim signs as soon as the Work allows for the installation of permanent signs. All existing illuminated signs shall remain lighted and be maintained by the Contractor. Existing street name signs shall be maintained at street intersections. B. CONFLICTING OR NON-APPLICABLE SIGNS Any sign(s) or portions of a sign(s) that are not applicable to the TIC plan shall be covered so as not to be visible to traffic or shall be removed from the roadway when not in use. The WTCS shall review all traffic shifts and changes in the traffic patterns to ensure that all conflicting signs have been removed. The review shall confirm that the highest priority signs have been installed and that signs of lesser significance are not interfering with the visibility of the high priority signs. High priority signs include signs for road closures, shifts, detours, lane closures and curves. Any signs, such as speed zones and speed limits, passing zones, littering fines and litter pick up, that reference activities that are not applicable due to the presence of the Work shall be removed, stored and reinstalled when the Work is completed. Failure to promptly eliminate conflicting or non-applicable signs shall be considered as non- performance under Si Ih'J" t ;:11 1 'Ai C. REMOVAL OF EXISTING SIGNS AND SUPPORTS The Contractor shall not remove any existing signs and supports without prior approval from the Engineer. All existing signs and supports which are to be removed shall be stored and protected if this material will be required later in the work as part of the TIC plan. If the signs are not to be utilized in the work then the signs will become the property of the Contractor unless otherwise specified in the contract documents. D. INTERIM GUIDE, WARNING AND REGULATORY SIGNS http://tomcat2.dot.state.ga. us/thesource/pdf/special yrovisions/shelf/sp 150 .html 12/7/2007 First Use January 4, 2000 Page 25 of 54 Interim guide, warning, or regulatory signs required to direct traffic shall be furnished, installed, reused, and maintained by the Contractor in accordance with the MUTCD, the Plans, Special Provisions, Special Conditions, or as directed by the Engineer. These signs shall remain the property of the Contractor. The bottom of all interim signs shall be mounted at least seven (7') feet above the level of the pavement edge when the signs are used for long-term stationary operations as defined by Section 6G.02 of the MUTCD. Special Conditions under Subsection 150.11 may modify this requirement. Portable signs may be used when the duration of the work is less than three (3) days or as allowed by the special conditions in Subsection 150.11. Portable signs shall be used for all punchlist work. All portable signs and sign mounting devices utilized in work shall be NCHRP 350 compliant. Portable interim signs shall be mounted a minimum of one (1') foot above the level of the pavement edge for directional traffic of two (2) lanes or less and a minimum of seven (7') feet for directional traffic of three (3) or more lanes. Signs shall be mounted at the height recommended by the manufacturer's crashworthy testing requirements. Portable interim signs which are mounted at less than seven (7') feet in height may have two 18 inch x 18 inch fluorescent red-orange or orange-red warning flags mounted on each sign. All regulatory sign blanks shall be rigid whether the sign is mounted as a portable sign, ona Type III barricade or as a permanent mount height sign. Any permanent mount height interim sign that is designed to fold in half to cover a non- applicable message on the sign shall have reflectorized material on the folded over portion of the sign. The reflectorized material shall be orange in color with a minimum of ASTM Type I engineering grade sheeting with a minimum area of six inches by six inches (6" x 6") facing the direction of traffic at all times when the sign is folded. Interim signs may be either English or metric dimensions. E. EXISTING SPECIAL GUIDE SIGNS Existing special guide signs on the Project shall be maintained until conditions require a change in location or legend content. When change is required, existing signs shall be modified and continued in use if the required modification can be made within existing sign borders using design requirements (legend, letter size, spacing, border, etc.) equal to that of the existing signs, or of ~,!ihc;t(t1nr' '50,03,[,2, Differing legend designs shall not be mixed in the same sign. 1. Special Guide Signs Special guide signs are those expressway or freeway guide signs that are designed with a message content (legend) that applies to a particular roadway location. When an existing special guide sign is in conflict with work to be performed, the Contractor shall remove the conflicting sign and reset it in a new, non-conflicting location which has been approved by the Engineer. 2. Interim Special Guide Signs When it is not possible to utilize existing signs, either in place or relocated, the Contractor shall furnish, erect, maintain, modify, relocate, and remove new interim special guide signs in accordance with the Plans or as directed by the Engineer. Interim special guide signs that may be required in addition to, or a replacement for, existing expressway and freeway (interstate) signs shall be designed and fabricated in compliance with the minimum requirements for guide signing contained in Part 2E "Guide Signs Expressway" and Part 2F "Guide Signs Freeways" of the MUTCD, except http://tomcat2.dot.state.ga. us/thesource/pdf/special ~rovisions/shelf/sp 150 .html 12/7/2007 First Use January 4,2000 Page 26 of 54 that the minimum size of all letters and numerals in the names and places, streets and highways on all signs shall be 16 inches Series "E" initial upper-case and 12 inches lower-case. All interstate shields on these signs shall be 48 inches and 60 inches for two-numeral and three-numeral routes, respectively. The road name of the exit or route shield shall be placed on the exit gore sign. 3. Interim Overhead Guide Sign Structures Interim overhead special guide sign structures are not required to be lighted unless specifically required by the Plans. If lighting is required the sign shall be lighted as soon as erected and shall remain lighted, during the hours of darkness, until the interim sign is no longer required. The Contractor shall notify the Power Company at least thirty (30) days prior to desired connection to the power source. 4. Permanent Special Guide Signs The installation of new permanent special guide signs and the permanent modification or resetting of existing special guide signs, when included in the contract, shall be accomplished as soon as practical to minimize the use of interim special guide signs. If lighting is required by the Plans, all new permanent overhead special guide signs shall be lighted as soon as erected. F. MATERIALS- INTERIM SIGNS: 1. Posts Permanent mounting height of seven (7') feet- Posts for all interim signs shall meet the requirements of Section 911 except that green or silver paint may be used in lieu of galvanization for steel posts or structural shape posts. Within the limits of a single project, all metal posts shall be the same color. Wood posts are not required to be pressure treated. Interim posts may be either metric or English in dimensions. Posts for all interim signs shall be constructed to yield upon impact unless the posts are protected by guardrail, portable barrier, impact attenuator or other type of positive barrier protection. Unprotected posts shall meet the breakaway requirements of the "1994 AASHTO Standard Specifications for Structural Support for Highway Signs, Luminaries and Traffic Signals". Unprotected interim posts shall be spliced as shown in [i'.",]11 1 ['/i-I- unless full length unspliced posts are used. Unprotected post splices will not be permitted any higher than four inches above the ground line to lessen the possibility of affecting the undercarriage of a vehicle. Installation of posts may require establishment of openings in existing pavements, islands, shoulders etc. http://tomcat2.dot.state.ga. us/thesource/pdf/special provisions/shelf/sp 150.html 12/7 /2007 First Use January 4,2000 Page 27 of 54 F.-~.~: ...~ -,. ~if,~. ,it:(~~; ~.lJ:: .r ~ . 2. Sign Blanks And Panels- Permanent mounting height of seven (7') feet- All sign blanks and panels shall conform to Section 912 of the Specifications except that blanks and panels may be ferrous based or other metal alloys. Type 1 and Type 2 sign blanks shall have a minimum thickness of 0.08 inches regardless of the sign type used. Alternative sign blank materials (composites, poly carbonates, fiberglass reinforced plastics, recycled plastics, etc.) shall have a letter of approval from the Office of Materials and Research for use as interim construction signs before these materials are allowed to be incorporated into the work unless these rigid sign blanks are currently approved as a crashworthy sign blank material under QPL 34. The back side of sign http://tomcat2.dot.state.ga. us/thesource/pdf/special yrovisions/shelf/sp 150 .html 1217/2007 First Use January 4,2000 Page 28 of 54 panels shall be painted orange to prevent rust if other metals are used in lieu of aluminum. Plywood blanks or panels will not be permitted. The use of flexible signs will not be permitted for permanent mount height signs. Interim blanks and panels may be either metric or English in dimensions. 3. Portable Sign Mounting Devices, Portable Sign Blanks- All portable sign mounting devices and sign blanks utilized in the work shall be NCHRP 350 Test Level III compliant. All portable sign mounting devices and sign blanks shall be from the Qualified Products List. Any sign or sign mounting device shall have an identifying decal, logo, or manufacturer's stamping that clearly identifies the device as NCHRP 350 compliant. The Contractor may be required to provide certification from the Manufacturer as proof of NCHRP 350 compliance. All portable signs shall be mounted according to height requirements of (;u 150.03.D. G. SIGN VISIBILITY AND OFFSETS All existing, interim and new permanent signs shall be installed so as to be completely visible for an advance distance in compliance with the MUTCD. Any clearing required for maintaining the line of sight to existing, interim or permanent signs shall be done as part of the requirements of the TIC plan. The clearing shall include any advance warning signs, both interim and permanent, that are installed as a part of the work including advance warning signs that are installed outside the limits of the project. Any sign installed behind W-beam or T -beam guardrail with non-breakaway posts shall be installed with the leading edge of the sign a minimum of four feet and three inches (4'3") behind the face of the guardrail with five feet (5') of clearance being desirable. Limbs, brush, construction equipment and materials shall be kept clear of the driver's line of sight to all signs that are part of the TIC plan. H. ADVANCE WARNING SIGNS: 1. All Type Of Highways Advance warning signs shall be placed ahead of the work area in accordance with Part VI of the MUTCD and shall include a series of at least three advance road work (W20-1) signs placed at the termini of the project. The series shall have the legend ROAD WORK (1500 FEET, 1000 FEET, AND 500 FEET). At grade intersecting roadways and on-ramps shall be signed with a minimum of one ROAD WORK AHEAD sign. When work terminates at a "T" intersection, a minimum of one "ROAD WORK AHEAD" sign shall be placed in advance of the intersection and one "END ROAD WORK" sign shall be placed at the termination end of the intersection. Field conditions may require the use of additional warning signage. Advanced Warning Signs on State Routes shall be a minimum dimension of 48 inches x 48 inches. When a State Route intersects a project which consists of adding travel lanes, reconstructing an existing roadway or new location work, the State Route approaches shall have a minimum of three (W20-1) advanced warning signs (1500 ft., 1000 ft., 500 ft.). The termination end of an intersecting State Route shall have END ROAD WORK signage. The W20-1 signs shall be placed at the termini of the project or sufficiently in advance of http://tomcat2.dot.state.ga. us/thesource/pdf/special~rovisions/shelf/sp 150 .html 1217 /2007 First Use January 4,2000 Page 29 of 54 the termini to allow for lane shifts, lane closures and other activities which may also require advanced warning signs. The advanced warning signs for the project should not overlap with the advanced warning signs for lane shifts, lane closures, etc. The length of a workzone should be held to the minimum length required to accomplish the work. If a project has multiple individual worksites within the overall limits of the project, each site should be signed individually if the advance warning signs for each site can be installed without overlapping an adjacent worksite. As soon as the work is completed at any individual site the warning signs shall be removed from that site. Clean-up work and punch list work shall be performed with portable signage. Project mileage indicated on the G20-1 sign shall be the actual project mileage rounded up to the nearest whole mile. Projects less than two (2) miles in length or individual worksites that are part of a multiple worksite project may delete this sign. The G20-1 sign shall be 60" X 36" and the G20-2 sign shall be 48" X 24". 2. Interstate, Limited Access And Multilane Divided Highways In addition to the W20-1 signs required at 500 ft., 1000 ft. and 1500 ft., multi-lane divided highways shall also have additional advanced warning signs installed with the legend "ROAD WORK (2 MILES, 1 MILE and 1/2 MILE). All construction warning signs on divided highways shall be double indicated (i.e., on the left and right sides of the roadway.) If the use of the 112 mile, 1 mile and 2 mile advanced warning signs cause an overlap with other work or do not benefit field conditions then the Engineer may review the use of these signs and eliminate their installation. When the posted speed limit is 50 MPH or less, the 112 mile, 1 mile and 2 mile signs should be eliminated especially in urban areas. The W20-1 advance warning signs for ROAD WORK 500 FEET; 1000 FEET; and 1500 FEET shall be temporarily covered when work involving the advanced warning signs for lane shifts and lane closures overlap these signs. The ROAD WORK 112 MILE, ROAD WORK 1 MILE, and ROAD WORK 2 MILES shall be in place when the 500, 1000 and 1500 feet signs are temporarily covered. When the temporary traffic control zone already has advanced warning (W20-1) signs installed the W20-1 signs required for lane closures under Standard 9106 should be eliminated. RAMP WORK ON LIMITED ACCESS HIGHWAYS: The workzone shall not be signed for the entire length of the mainline of a limited access highway when only short individual worksites, interchange or ramp work is being performed. When work is restricted to ramp reconstruction or widening activities, the advance warning signs on the mainline section of the limited access highway shall be limited to the use of portable advance warning signs. These portable advance warning signs shall only be utilized when work activity is within the gore point of the ramp and the mainline traveled way or work is active in the accel/decel lane adjacent to the mainline traveled way. Portable advance warning signs (W20-1; 1500ft./1000 ft./500ft.) shall be installed on the traveled way of the limited access highway when the above conditions are present. The advance warning signs shall be installed only in one direction where work is active. All portable signs shall be double indicated. When work is not active, the ramp work shall be advanced warned by the use of a single 48 inch X 48 inch "RAMP WORK AHEAD" sign along the right shoulder of the mainline traveled way prior to the beginning of the taper for the decel lane. The "RAMP WORK AHEAD" sign shall be http://tomcat2.dot.state.ga. us/thesource/pdf/special yrovisions/shelf/sp 150 .html 1217/2007 First Use January 4,2000 Page 30 of 54 mounted at seven (7') feet in height. Differences in elevation shall be in compliance with the requirements of 150.06 prior to the removal of the portable (W20-1) advanced warning signs from the mainline. The G20-1 sign shall be eliminated on limited access highways when the work involves only ramp work, bridge reconstruction, bridge painting, bridge joint repairs, guardrail and anchor replacement or other site specific work which is confined to a short section of limited access highway. I. PORTABLE CHANGEABLE MESSAGE SIGN Unless specified as a paid item in the contract the use of a portable changeable message sign will not be required. When specified, a portable changeable message sign (PCMS) shall meet the minimum requirements of Section 632 and the MUTCD. The maximum amount of messages allowed to be flashed on one PCMS is two phases (flashes). The language and the timing of the messages shall comply with the MUTCD and Section 632. When used as an advanced device the PCMS should typically be placed ahead of the construction activities. If the PCMS is used as a substitute for another device then the requirements for the other device apply. J. FLASHING BEACON The flashing beacon assembly, when specified, shall be used in conjunction with construction warning signs, regulatory, or guide signs to inform traffic of special road conditions which require additional driver attention. The flashing beacon assembly shall be installed in accordance with the requirements of Section 647. K. RUMBLE STRIP SIGNAGE Signage for rumble strips located in the travelway shall be as required in Subsection 1 r;r"r.: t. and ~;ilibccti()n 1 :jnCI2J,(.'. L. LOW/SOFT SHOULDER SIGNAGE Low or soft shoulder signs shall be utilized in accordance with the following conditions: CONSTRUCTION/ RECONSTRUCTION PROJ ECTS: "LOW/SOFT SHOULDER" signs shall be erected when a difference in elevation exceeds one (1") inch but does not exceed three (3") inches between the travelway and any type of shoulder unless the difference in elevation is four (4') feet or greater from the edge of the traveled way. The spacing of the signs shall not exceed one (1) mile and the signs shall be placed immediately past each crossroad intersection. The "Low/Soft" signs shall remain in place until the difference in elevation is eliminated and the shoulder has been dressed and permanently grassed for a minimum of thirty (30) calendar days. These signs shall be furnished, installed, maintained and removed by the Contractor as part of Traffic Control- Lump Sum. These signs shall be orange with black borders and meet the reflectorization requirements of ':.1 ii',);; ..... "SHOULDER DROP-OFF" (W8-9a) signs shall be used when a difference in elevation, less than four (4') feet from the traveled way, exceeds three (3") inches and is not protected by http://tomcat2.dot.state.ga. us/thesource/pdf/special provisions/shelf/sp 150.html 12/7/2007 First Use January 4,2000 Page 31 of 54 positive barrier protection. These warning signs shall be placed in advance of the drop-off. For a continuous drop-off condition, the W8-9a) signs shall, as a minimum, be spaced in accordance with the above requirements for "Low/soft shoulder" signs. PROJECTS CONSISTING PRIMARILY OF ASPHALTIC CONCRETE RESURFACING ITEMS: "LOW/SOFT SHOULDER" signs shall be erected when a difference in elevation exceeds one (1") inch but does not exceed three (3") inches between the travelway and any type of shoulder unless the difference in elevation is four (4') feet or greater from the edge of the traveled way. SHOULDER BUILDING INCLUDED IN THE CONTRACT: "Low/Soft Shoulder" signs shall be erected as per the requirement of Standards 9102, 9106, and 9107. "Shoulder Drop-off" signs (W8-9a) shall be erected as per the requirements of the MUTCD. These signs shall be maintained until the conditions requiring their installation have been eliminated. The Contractor shall remove all interim warning signs before final acceptance. SHOULDER BUILDING NOT INCLUDED IN THE CONTRACT: The Department will furnish the "Low/Soft Shoulder" signs, "Shoulder Drop-off" signs and the posts. The signs shall be erected to meet the minimum requirements of Subsection ISO.03. The Contractor shall include the cost of furnishing installation hardware (bolts, nuts, and washers), erection and maintenance of the signs in the bid price for Traffic Control- Lump Sum. The Contractor shall maintain the signs until final acceptance. The Department will remove the signs. LAU/LAR PROJECTS SHOULDER BUILDING NOT INCLUDED IN THE CONTRACT: The Contractor will furnish, install and maintain LOW/SOFT SHOULDER signs (yellow with black borders, ASTM Type III or IV) at the appropriate spacing, until Final Acceptance of the project by the Department. After Final Acceptance by the Department the signs will become the property and responsibility of the local government. M. BUMP SIGNAGE: MULTI-LANE DIVIDED HIGHWAYS: A bump sign (W8-1) shall be utilized when a transverse joint in the pavement structure has a vertical difference in elevation of three quarters (3/4") of an inch or greater in depth with no horizontal taper to ramp the traffic from one elevation to the other. This condition typically occurs at approach slabs during pavement milling operations and at transverse joints in asphaltic pavement lifts. TWO-LANE TWO-WAY HIGHWAYS: A bump sign (W8-1) shall be utilized when a transverse joint in the pavement structure has a vertical difference in elevation that exceeds one and three quarters (1-3/4") inches in depth with no horizontal taper to ramp the traffic from one elevation to the other. This includes utility and storm drainage repairs that require concrete placement for patching and/or steel plating. The (W8-1) sign shall be placed sufficiently in advance to warn the motorist of the condition. 150.04 PAVEMENT MARKINGS A. GENERAL Full pattern pavement markings in accordance with Section 652 and in conformance with http://tomcat2.dot.state.ga. us/thesource/pdf/special yrovisions/shelf/sp 150 .html 12/7/2007 First Use January 4, 2000 Page 32 of 54 Section 3A and 3B, except 3B.02, of the MUTCD are required on all courses before the roadway is opened to traffic. No passing zones shall be marked to conform to Subsection 'lc! f~. During construction and maintenance activities on all highways open to traffic, both existing markings and markings applied under this Section shall be fully maintained until Final Acceptance. If the pavement markings are, or become, unsatisfactory in the judgement of the Engineer due to wear, weathering, or construction activities, they shall be restored immediately. 1. Resurfacing Projects Pavement markings shall be provided on all surfaces that are placed over existing markings. Interim and final markings shall conform in type and location to the markings that existed prior to resurfacing unless changes or additions are noted in the Contract. The replacement of parking spaces will not be required unless a specific item or note has been included in the Contract. Any work to make additions to the markings that existed prior to resurfacing is to be considered as extra work. 2. Widening And Reconstruction Projects If the lane configuration is altered from the preconstruction layout then pavement markings will be as required by the plans or the Engineer. 3. New Location Construction Projects Pavement marking plans will be provided. B. MATERIALS All traffic striping applied under this Section shall be a minimum four inches in width or as shown in plans and shall conform to the requirements of Section 652, except as modified herein. Raised pavement markers (RPMs) shall meet the requirements of Section 654. Markings on the final surface course, which must be removed, shall be a removable type. The Contractor will be permitted to use paint, thermoplastic, or tape on pavement which is to be overlaid as part of the project, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. Partial (skip) reflectorization (i.e. reflectorizing only a portion of a stripe) will not be allowed. C. INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL OF PAVEMENT MARKINGS: INSTALLATION: All pavement markings, both interim and permanent, shall be applied to a clean surface. The Contractor shall furnish the layout and preline the roadway surface for the placement of pavement markings applied as part of the temporary traffic control plan. All interim marking tape and RPM's on the final surface shall be removed prior to the placement of the final markings. The Contractor shall sequence the work in such a manner as to allow the installation of markings in the final lane configuration at the earliest possible stage of the work. REMOVAL: Markings no longer applicable shall be removed in accordance with Subsection 656.2. THE ELIMINATION OF CONFLICTING PAVEMENT MARKINGS BY OVERPAINTING WITH PAINT OR LIQUID ASPHALT IS NOT ACCEPTABLE. INTERMEDIATE SURFACE: Interim markings shall be removed by methods that will cause minimal damage to the pavement surface while also ensuring that traveling public will not be confused or misdirected by any residual markings remaining on the intermediate surface. http://tomcat2.dot.state.ga. us/thesource/pdf/special_provisions/shelf/sp 150 .html 1217 /2007 First Use January 4, 2000 Page 33 of 54 The use of approved black-out tape and black-out paint may be permitted on some interim surfaces, provided the results are satisfactory to the Engineer. FINAL SURFACE: No interim paint or thermoplastic markings will be permitted on any final surface unless the interim markings are in alignment with the location of the permanent markings and the interim marking will not interfere or adversely affect placement of the permanent markings. The proposed method of removal for layout errors that require markings to be removed from the final surface shall have the prior approval of the Engineer. Any damage to the final pavement surface caused by the pavement marking removal process shall be repaired at the Contractor's expense by methods acceptable and approved by the Engineer. Subsection 400.3.06.C shall apply when corrective measures are required. The use of black-out tape or black-out paint will not be permitted to correct layout errors on any final surface. Traffic shifts that are done on the final surface shall be accomplished using interim traffic marking tape that can be removed without any blemishing of the final surface. Interim traffic marking tape shall be used on any of the following final surfaces; asphaltic concrete, Portland cement concrete, and bridge deck surfaces. Exceptions to the requirements for interim traffic marking tape shall have the written prior approval of the Engineer before the application of any other method is permitted. PAY FACTOR REDUCTION FOR ASPHALTIC CONCRETE FINAL SURFACES: When the correction of an error in the layout of the final pavement markings requires the final surface to be grounded, blemished, scarred, or polished the pay factor shall be reduced to 0.95 for the entire surface area of the final topping that has a blemish, polished or a scarred surface. The reduced pay factor shall not be confined to only the width and length of the stripe or the dimensions of the blemished areas, the whole roadway surface shall have the reduced pay factor applied. The area of the reduced pay factor shall be determined by the total length and the total width of the roadway affected. If the affected area is not corrected, the reduction in pay shall be deducted from the final payment for the topping layer of asphaltic concrete. The Engineer shall make the final determination whether correction or a reduced pay factor is acceptable. The eradication of pavement markings on intermediate and final concrete surfaces shall be accomplished by a method that does not grind, polish, or blemish the surface of the concrete. The method used for the removal of the interim markings shall not spall chip the joints in the concrete and shall not damage the sealant in the joints. Any joint or sealant repairs shall be included in the bid price for Traffic Control-Lump Sum. The proposed method of removal shall have the prior approval of the Engineer. Failure to promptly remove conflicting or non-applicable pavement markings shall be considered as non-performance under ~;, ,[-, :,to 11(.1' 1 r;() fli). PREPARATION AND PLANNING FOR TRAFFIC SHIFTS: When shifting of traffic necessitates removal of centerline, lane lines, or edge lines, all such lines shall be removed prior to, during, or immediately after any change so as to present the least interference with traffic. Interim traffic marking tape shall be used as a temporary substitute for the traffic markings being removed. Before any change in traffic lane(s) alignment, marking removal equipment shall be present on the project for immediate use. If marking removal equipment failures occur, the equipment shall be repaired or replaced (including leasing equipment if necessary), so that the removal can be accomplished without delay. http://tomcat2.dot.state.ga. us/thesource/pdf/special yrovisions/shelf/sp 150. html 1217 /2007 First Use January 4,2000 Page 34 of 54 Except for the final surface, markings on asphaltic concrete may be obliterated by an overlay course, when approved by the Engineer. When an asphaltic concrete overlay is placed for the sole purpose of eliminating conflicting markings and the in place asphaltic concrete section will allow, said overlay will be eligible for payment only if designated in the Plans. Overlays to obliterate lines will be paid for only once and further traffic shifts in the same area shall be accomplished with removable markings. Only the minimum asphaltic concrete thickness required to cover lines will be allowed. Excessive build-up will not be permitted. When an overlay for the sole purpose of eliminating conflicting markings is not allowed, the markings no longer applicable shall be removed in accordance with Subsection 656.2. D. RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS Raised pavement markers (RPMs) are required as listed below for all asphaltic concrete pavements before the roadway is open to traffic. On the final surface, RPM's shall be placed according to the timeframes specified in 150.04 E. for full pattern pavement markings except Interstate Highways where RPM's shall be placed and/or maintained when the roadway is open to traffic. When Portland Cement Concrete is an intermediate or final surface and is open to traffic, one calendar day is allowed for cleaning and drying before the installation of RPMs is required. Raised pavement markers are not allowed on the right edge lines under any situation. 1. Interstate Highways Retro-reflective raised pavement markers (RPM's) shall be placed and/or maintained on intermediate pavements surfaces on all interstate highways that are open to traffic. This includes all resurfacing projects along with widening and reconstruction projects. The spacing and placement shall be as required for MULTI-LANE DIVIDED HIGHWAYS. 2. Multi-Lane Divided Highways Retro-reflective raised pavement markers (RPMs) shall be placed and/or maintained on intermediate pavement surfaces on all multi-lane divided highways that are opened to traffic when these roadways are being widened or reconstructed. Two lane-two way roadways that are being widened to a multi-lane facility, whether divided or undivided, are included in this provision. Projects consisting primarily of asphalt resurfacing items or shoulder widening items are excluded from this requirement. The RPMs shall be placed as follows: a. SUPPLEMENTING LANE LINES 80 foot center on skip lines with curvature less than three degrees. (Includes tangents) 40 foot centers on solid lines and all lines with curvature between three degrees and six degrees. 20 foot centers on curves over six degrees. 20 foot centers on lane transitions or shifts. b. SUPPLEMENTING RAMP GORE LINES http://tomcat2.dot.state.ga. us/thesource/pdf/special ~rovisions/shelf/sp 150 .html 1217 /2007 First Use January 4, 2000 Page 35 of 54 20 foot centers, two each, placed side by side. c. OTHER LINES As shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer. 3. Other Highways On other highways under construction RPMs shall be used and/or maintained on intermediate pavement surfaces as follows: a. SUPPLEMENTING LANE LINES AND SOLID LINES 40 foot centers except on lane shifts. (When required in the Plans or Contract.) 20 foot centers on lane shifts. (Required in all cases.) b. SUPPLEMENTING DOUBLE SOLID LINES 40 foot centers (one each beside each line) except on lane shifts. (When required in the Plans or Contract.) 20 foot centers on lane shifts. (Required in all cases.) E. EXCEPTIONS FOR INTERIM MARKINGS Some exceptions to the time of placement and pattern of markings are permitted as noted below, however, full pattern pavement markings are required for the completed project. 1. Two-Lane, Two-Way Roadways a. SKIP LINES All interim skip (broken) stripe shall conform to Section 652 except that stripes shall be at least two feet long with a maximum gap of 38 feet. On curves greater than six degrees, a one-foot stripe with a maximum gap of 19 feet shall be used. In lane shift areas solid lines will be required. Interim skip lines shall be replaced with markings in full compliance with Section 652 prior to expiration of the 14 calendar day period. Interim raised pavement markers may be substituted for the interim skip (broken) stripes. If raised pavement markers are substituted for the two foot interim skip stripe, three markers spaced at equal intervals over a two feet distance will be required. No separate payment will be made if the interim raised pavement markers are substituted for interim skip lines. Interim raised pavement markers shall be retro-reflective, shall be the same color as the pavement markers for which they are substituted, and shall be visible during daytime. The type of interim marker and method of attachment to the pavement shall be approved by the Office of Materials and Research but in no case will the markers be attached by the use of nails. Flexible reflective markers, Type 14 or Type 15, may htto:/ /tomcat2.dot.state. ga. us/thesource/odf/soecial orovisions/shelf/so 150 .html 12/7/2007 First Use January 4, 2000 Page 36 of 54 be used for a maximum of fourteen (14) calendar days as an interim marker. Any flexible reflective markers in use shall be from the qualified products list (QPL). The interim raised pavement markers shall be maintained until the full pattern pavement markings are applied. At the time full pattern markings are applied the interim raised markers shall be removed in a manner that will not interfere with application of the full pattern pavement markings. b. NO PASSING ZONES-TWO-LANE, TWO-WAY ROADWAYS Passing zones shall be re-established in the locations existing prior to resurfacing. No changes to the location of passing zones shall be done without the written approval of the Engineer. For periods not to exceed three calendar days where interim skip centerlines are in place, no-passing zones shall be identified by using post or portable mounted DO NOT PASS regulatory signs (R4-1 24" x 30") at the beginning and at intervals not to exceed 112 mile within each no-passing zone. A post or portable mounted PASS WITH CARE regulatory sign (R4-1 24" x 30") shall be placed at the end of each no-passing zone. Post mounted signs shall be placed in accordance with the MUTCD. Portable signs shall conform to the requirements of the MUTCD and shall be NCHRP 350 compliant. Portable signs shall be secured in such a manner to prevent misalignment and minimize the possibility of being blown over by weather conditions or traffic. On new location projects and on projects where either horizontal or vertical alignments has been modified, the location of No-Passing Zones will be identified by the Engineer. c. EDGELINES 1) Bituminous Surface Treatment Paving Edgelines will not be required on intermediate surfaces (including asphaltic concrete leveling for bituminous surface treatment paving) that are in use for a period of less than 60 calendar days except at bridge approaches, on lane transitions, lane shifts, and in such other areas as determined by the Engineer. On the final surface, edgelines shall be placed within 30 calendar days of the time that the final surface was placed. 2) All Other Types of Pavement Edgelines will not be required on intermediate surfaces that are in use for a period of less than 30 calendar days except at bridge approaches, on lane transitions, lane shifts, and in such other areas as determined by the Engineer. On the final surface, edgelines shall be placed within 14 calendar days of the time that the surface was placed. 2. Multi-Lane Highways - With No Paved Shoulder(S) Or Paved Shoulder(S) Four Feet Or Less a. UNDIVIDED HIGHWAYS (INCLUDES PAVED CENTER TURN LANE) 1) Centerlines and No-Passing Barrier-Full Pattern centerlines and no-passing barriers shall be restored before opening to traffic. 2) Lanelines- Interim skip (broken) stripe as described in Sui!".' :;:on 1 '[Yk.l(:J. may be used for periods not to exceed three calendar days. Skiplines are not http://tomcat2.dot.state.ga. us/thesource/pdf/specialyrovisions/shelf/sp 150 .html 1217/2007 First Use January 4,2000 Page 37 of 54 permitted in lane shift areas. Solid lines shall be used. 3) Edgelines- Edgelines shall be placed on intermediate and final surfaces within three calendar days of obliteration. b. DIVIDED HIGHWAYS (GRASS OR RAISED MEDIAN) 1) Lanelines- Full pattern skip stripe shall be restored before opening to traffic. Skip lines are not permitted in lane shift areas. Solid lines shall be required. 2) Centerline/Edgeline- Solid lines shall be placed on intermediate and final surfaces within three calendar days of obliteration. 3. Limited Access Roadways And Roadways With Paved Shoulders Greater Than Four Feet a. Same as "/"t ;"1; except as noted in (b) below. b. EDGELINES- 1) Asphaltic Concrete Pavement- Edgelines shall be placed on intermediate and final surfaces prior to opening to traffic. 2) Portland Cement Concrete Pavement- Edgelines shall be placed on any surface open to traffic no later than one calendar day after work is completed on a section of roadway. All water and residue shall be removed prior to daily striping. 4. Ramps For Multi-Lane Divided Highways A minimum of one solid line edge stripe shall be placed on any intermediate surface of a ramp prior to opening the ramp to traffic. The other edge stripe may be omitted for a maximum period of three (3) calendar days on an intermediate surface. Appropriate channelization devices shall be spaced at a maximum of twenty-five (25') feet intervals until the other stripe has been installed. The final surface shall have both stripes placed prior to opening the ramp to traffic. 5. MISCELLANEOUS PAVEMENT MARKINGS: FINAL SURFACE: School zones, railroads, stop bars, symbols, words and other similar markings shall be placed on final surfaces conforming to Section 652 within fourteen (14) calendar days of completion of the final surface. Final markings shall conform to the type of pay item in the plans. When no pay item exists in the plans the final markings shall conform to Section 652 for painted markings. INTERMEDIATE SURFACE: Intermediate surfaces that will be in use for more than forty- five (45) calendar days shall have the miscellaneous pavement markings installed to conform to the requirement of Section 652. Under Subsection 150.11, Special Conditions, or as directed by the Engineer these markings may be eliminated. F. MOBILE OPERATIONS When pavement markings (centerlines, lane lines, and edgelines) are applied in a continuous operation by moving vehicles and equipment, the following minimum equipment and http://tomcat2.dot.state.ga. us/thesource/pdf/specialyrovisions/shelf/sp 150.html 1217/2007 First Use January 4, 2000 Page 38 of 54 warning devices shall be required. These devices and equipment are in addition to the minimum requirements of the MUTCD. 1. All Roadways All vehicles shall be equipped with the official slow moving vehicle symbol sign. All vehicles shall have a minimum of two flashing or rotating beacons visible in all directions. All protection vehicles shall have an arrow panel mounted on the rear. All vehicles requiring an arrow panel shall have, as a minimum, a Type B panel. All vehicle mounted signs shall be mounted with the bottom of the sign a minimum height of forty- eight inches (48") above the pavement. All sign legends shall be covered or removed from view when work is not in progress. 2. Two-Lane Two-Way Roadways a. Lead Vehicles The lead vehicle may be a separate vehicle or the work vehicle applying the pavement markings may be used as the lead vehicle. The lead vehicle shall have an arrow panel mounted so that the panel is easily visible to oncoming (approaching) traffic. The arrow panel should typically operate in the caution mode. b. Work Vehicles The work vehicle(s) applying markings shall have an arrow panel mounted on the rear. The arrow panel should typically operate in the caution mode. The work vehicle placing cones shall follow directly behind the work vehicle applying the markings. c. Protection Vehicles A protection vehicle may follow the cone work vehicle when the cones are being placed and may follow when the cones are being removed. 3. MULTI-LANE ROADWAYS A lead vehicle may be used but is not required. The work vehicle placing cones shall follow directly behind the work vehicle applying the markings. A protection vehicle that does not function as a work vehicle should follow the cone work vehicle when traffic cones are being placed. A protection vehicle should follow the cone work vehicle when the cones are being removed from the roadway. Protection vehicles shall display a sign on the rear of the vehicle with the legend PASS ON LEFT(RIGHT). INTERSTATES AND LIMITED ACCESS ROADWAYS: A protection vehicle shall follow the last work vehicle at all times and shall be equipped with a truck mounted attenuator that is certified for impacts not less than 62 mph in accordance with NCHRP350 Test Level Three (3). 150.05 CHANNELIZATION A. GENERAL Channelization shall clearly delineate the travelway through the work zone and alert drivers and pedestrians to conditions created by work activities in or near the travelway. Channelization shall be done in accordance with the plans and specifications, the MUTCD, and the following requirements. All Channelization Devices utilized on any project shall be NCHRP 350 compliant. Any device http://tomcat2.dot.state.ga. us/thesource/pdf/special provisions/shelf/sp 150 .html 12/7 /2007 First Use January 4,2000 Page 39 of 54 used on the Work shall be from the Qualified Products List. All devices utilized on the Work shall have a decal, logo, or manufacturer's stamping that clearly identifies the device as NCHRP 350 compliant. The Contractor may be required to furnish certification from the Manufacturer for any device to prove NCHRP 350 compliance. 1. Types of Devices Permitted for Channelization in Construction Work Zones: a. DRUMS: 1) DESIGN: Drums shall meet the minimum requirement of the MUTCD and shall be reflectorized as required in ':;1 IUli t ')IHH ,c. The upper edge of the top reflectorized stripe on the drum shall be located a minimum of 33 inches above the surface of the roadway. A minimum drum diameter of 18 inches shall be maintained for a minimum of 34 inches above the roadway. 2) APPLICATION: Drums shall be used as the required channelizing device to delineate the full length of a lane closure, shift, or encroachment, except as modified by this Subsection. 3) TRANSITION TAPERS FOR LANE CLOSURES: Drums shall be used on all transition tapers. The minimum length for a merging taper for a lane closure on the travelway shall be as shown in Table 150-1: TABLE 150-1 Posted Lane Lane Lane Lane Maximum Drum Speed Width Width Width Width Spacing in Tapers, Limit, MPH 9 Feet 10 Feet 11 Feet 12 Feet (Feet) Minimum Taoer Lenoth (L) in Feet 20 60 70 75 80 20 25 95 105 115 125 25 30 135 150 165 180 30 35 185 205 225 245 35 40 240 270 295 320 40 45 405 450 495 540 45 50 450 500 550 600 50 55 495 550 605 660 55 60 540 600 660 720 60 65 585 650 715 780 65 70 630 700 770 840 70 75 675 750 825 900 75 If site conditions require a longer taper then the taper shall be lengthened to fit particular individual situations. http://tomcat2.dot.state.ga. us/thesource/pdf/special yrovisions/shelf/sp 150 .html 1217/2007 First Use January 4, 2000 Page 40 of 54 The length of shifting tapers should be at least 112 l. The length of a closed lane or lanes, excluding the transition taper(s), shall be limited to a total of two (2) miles. Prior approval must be obtained from the Engineer before this length can be increased. Night time conditions: When a merge taper exists into the night all drums located in the taper shall have, for the length of the taper only, a six (6") inch fluorescent orange (ASTM Type VI, VII, VIII, IX or X) reflectorized top stripe on each drum. The top six-inch stripe may be temporarily attached to the drum while in use in a taper. All drums that have the six-inch top stripe permanently attached shall not be used for any other conditions. Multiple Lane Closures: (a) A maximum of one lane at a time shall be closed with each merge taper. (b) A minimum tangent length of 2 L shall be installed between each individual lane closure taper. 4) LONGITUDINAL CHANNELIZATION: Drums shall be spaced as listed below for various roadside work conditions except as modified by SutJscction 150,06. Spacing shall be used for situations meeting any of the conditions listed as follows: (a) 40 FOOT SPACING MAXIMUM (1) For difference in elevation exceeding two inches. (2) For healed sections no steeper than 4: 1 as shown in hscction 150.06, C)(~t;j ~-);; -t' . (b) 80 FOOT SPACING MAXIMUM (1) For difference in elevation of two inches or less. (2) Flush areas where equipment or workers are within ten feet of the travel lane. (c) 200 FOOT SPACING MAXIMUM: Where equipment or workers are more than ten feet from travel lane. Lateral offset clearance to be four feet from the travel lane. (1) For paved areas eight feet or greater in width that are paved flush with a standard width travel lane. (2) For disturbed shoulder areas not completed to typical section that are flush to the travel lane and considered a usable shoulder. REMOVAL OF DRUMS: Drums may be removed after shoulders are completed to typical section and grassed. Guardrail and other safety devices shall be installed and appropriate signs advising of conditions such as soft or low shoulder shall be posted http://tomcat2.dot.state.ga. us/thesource/pdf/special provisions/shelf/sp 150 .html 1217 /2007 First Use January 4,2000 Page 41 of 54 before the drums are removed. b. VERTICAL PANELS 1) DESGN: All vertical panels shall meet the minimum requirements of the MUTCD. All vertical panels shall have a minimum of 270 square inches of retro-reflective area facing the traffic and shall be mounted with the top of the reflective panel a minimum of 36" above the roadway. 2) APPLICATION: Lane encroachment by the drum on the travelway should permit a remaining lane width of ten feet. When encroachment reduces the travelway to less than ten feet, vertical panels shall be used to restore the travelway to ten feet or greater. No other application of vertical panels will be permitted. c. CONES 1) DESIGN: All cones shall be a minimum of 28 inches in height regardless of application and shall meet the requirement of the MUTCD. Reflectorization may be deleted from all cones. 2) APPLICATION: For longitudinal channelizing only, cones will be permitted for daylight closures or minor shifts. (Drums are required for all tapers.) The use of cones for nighttime work will not be permitted. Cones shall not be stored or allowed to be visible on the worksite during nighttime hours. d. BARRICADES DESIGN: Type III barricades shall meet the minimum requirements of the MUTCD and shall be reflectorized as required in 1.50.0l.C. The Contractor has the option of choosing Type III barricades from the Qualified Products List or the Contractor may utilize generic barricades that are approved by the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA). When barricades have been specifically crash tested with signs attached, the contractor has the responsibility to attach the signs as per the manufacturer's recommendations to ensure crashworthiness. If signs are attached to generic barricades or to barricades from the Qualified Products List (QPL) that have not been crash tested with signs attached then the responsibility for crashworthiness and the liability for mounting these signs to the barricades are assumed by the Contractor and the Contractor shall certify that the barricades are crashworthy under FHWA workzone guidelines for NCHRP 350 crashworthy compliance. Any generic barricades used in the work shall be stamped or stenciled to show compliance with NCHRP 350. The use of Type I and Type II barricades will not be permitted. 1) APPLICATION: Type III barricades shall be placed as required by the plans, the Standards, and as directed by the Engineer. All signs mounted on barricades shall be mounted to comply with the requirements of the MUTCD and NCHRP 350 Test Level III. NCHRP 350 crashworthy compliance may require that rigid signs be mounted separate from the Type III barricade. When a barricade is placed so that it is subject to side impact from a vehicle, a drum shall be placed at the side of the barricade to add target value to the barricade. http://tomcat2.dot.state.ga. us/thesource/pdf/special yrovisions/shelf/sp 150 .html 1217/2007 First Use January 4,2000 Page 42 of 54 e. WARNING LIGHTS: 1) DESIGN: All warning lights shall meet the requirements of the MUTCD. 2) APPLICATION (a) Type A low-intensity flashing lights shall be used as shown in the Plans, the Standards, and as directed by the Engineer. Flashing lights are not required for advance warning signs in C;uhc;,c,ction15003,H. (b) Type C Steady-Burn lights shall be used as shown in the Plans, the Standards, and as directed by the Engineer. Steady-burn lights are not required on drums for merging tapers that exist into the night. f. TEMPORARY BARRIERS 1) DESIGN: Temporary barriers shall meet the requirements of Sections 620. 2) APPLICATION: Temporary barriers shall be placed as required by the plans, standards, and as directed by the Engineer. When Temporary barrier is located 20 feet or less from a travel lane, yellow reflectors shall be fixed to the top of the barrier at intervals not greater than 40 feet in the longitudinal section and 20 feet in the taper section and shall be mounted approximately two inches above the barrier. If both lanes of a two-lane two-way roadway are within 20 feet or less of the barrier then the reflectors shall be installed for both directions of traffic. The reflectors shall be 100 square inches (ASTM Type VII or VIII) reflective sheeting mounted on flat-sheet blanks. The reflectors shall be mounted approximately two inches above the top of the barrier. The reflectors shall be attached to the barrier with adhesive or by a drilled-in anchor type device. The reflectors shall not be attached to a post or board that is placed between the gap in the barrier sections. Approach end of Temporary barrier shall be flared or protected by an impact attenuator (crash cushion) or other approved treatment in accordance with Construction Details/Standards and Standard Specifications. On interstate or other controlled access highways where lane shifts or crossovers cause opposing traffic to be separated by less than 40 ft., portable barrier shall be used as a separator. B. PORTABLE IMPACT ATTENUATORS: 1. DESCRIPTION This work consists of the furnishing (including spare parts), installation, maintenance, relocation, reuse as required, and removal of Portable Impact Attenuator Units/Arrays. 2. MATERIALS Materials used in the Attenuator shall meet the requirements of Section 648 for Portable Impact Attenuators. http://tomcat2.dot.state,ga. us/thesource/pdf/specialyrovisions/shelf/sp 150 .html 12/7/2007 First Use January 4, 2000 Page 43 of 54 3. CONSTRUCTION Portable Impact Attenuator Unit/Arrays installation shall conform to the requirements of Section 648, Manufacturer's recommendations and Georgia Standard 4960 and shall be installed at locations designated by the Engineer, and/or as shown on the plans. C. TEMPORARY GUARDRAIL ANCHORAGE- Type 12: 1. DESCRIPTION This work consists of the furnishing, installation, maintenance and removal or Temporary Guardrail Anchorage- Type 12 used for Portable Barrier or temporary guardrail end treatment. 2. MATERIALS Materials used in the Temporary Guardrail Anchorage- Type 12 shall meet the requirements of Subsection 641. 2 of the Specifications and current Georgia Standards and may be new or used. Materials salvaged from the Project which meet the requirements of Standards may be utilized if available. The use of any salvaged materials will require prior approval of the Engineer. 3. CONSTRUCTION Installation of the Temporary Guardrail Anchorage- Type 12 shall conform to the requirements of the Plans, current Georgia Standards and Subsection 641.3 of the Specifications. Installation shall also include sufficient additional guardrail and appurtenances to effect the transition and connection to Temporary Concrete Barrier as required by the details in Georgia Standard 4960. 150.06 DIFFERENCES IN ELEVATION BETWEEN TRAVEL LANES AND SHOULDERS (SEE SUBSEC l'H)!'\( 150,06.G FOR PROJECTS CONSISTING PRIMARILY OF ASPHALTIC CONCRETE RESURFACING ITEMS) Any type of work such as paving, grinding, trenching, or excavation that creates a difference in elevation between travel lanes or between the travelway and the shoulder shall not begin until the Contractor is prepared and able to continuously place the required typical section to within two inches (2") of the existing pavement elevation. For any areas that the two inches minimum difference in elevation cannot be accomplished the section shall be healed as shown in Detail 1 c)) -E:. If crushed stone materials are used to provide a healed section no separate payment will be made for the material used to heal any section. The Contractor may submit a plan to utilize existing pay items for crushed stone provided the plan clearly demonstrates that the materials used to heal an area will be incorporated into the work with minimal waste. Handling and hauling of any crushed stone used to heal shall be kept to a minimum. The Engineer shall determine if the crushed stone used to heal meets the specifications for gradation and quality when the material is placed in the final location. A maximum of sixty (60) calendar days shall be allowed for conditions to exist that require any section or segment of the roadway or ramp to continue to require a healed section as described bY:1 , . Failure to meet this requirement shall be considered as non-performance of Work under When trenching or excavation for minor roadway or shoulder widening is required, all operations at one site shall be completed to the level of the existing pavement in the same work day. Any channelization devices utilized in the work shall conform to the requirements of ';UhS'c'til:'!l . r",'". and to the placement and spacing requirements in [)f.":~t.J~:~~ 1 .-e,.1 lSO-[J, and 150- http://tomcat2.dot.state.ga. us/thesource/pdf/special yrovisions/shelf/sp 150 .html 12/7 /2007 First Use January 4,2000 Page 44 of 54 shown in this section. Any construction activity that reduces the width of a travel lane shall require the use of a W-20 sign with the legend "LEFT/RIGHT LANE NARROWS". Two 24" x 24" red or red/orange flags may be mounted above the W-20 sign. The W-20 sign shall be located on the side of the travelway that has been reduced in width just off the travelway edge of pavement. The W-20 sign shall be a minimum of 500 feet in advance of any channelization devices that encroach on the surface of travelway. A portable changeable message sign may be used in lieu of the W-20 sign. GENERAL/TIME RESTRICTIONS: A. STONE BASES, SOIL AGGREGATE BASE AND SOIL BASES 1. All Highways Differences in elevation of more than two inches between surfaces carrying or adjacent to traffic will not be allowed for more than a 24-hour period. A single length of excavated area that does not exceed 1000 feet in total length may be left open as a start up area for periods not to exceed 48 hours provided the Contractor can demonstrate the ability to continuously excavate and backfill in a proficient manner. Prior approval of the Engineer shall be obtained before any startup area may be allowed. 2. LIMITED ACCESS HIGHWAY RAMPS (INTERSTATES): On projects that include ramp rehabilitation work, one ramp at a time may be excavated for the entire length of the ramp from the gore point of the ramp with the interstate mainline to the intersection with the crossing highway. This single ramp may remain excavated with a vertical difference in elevation greater than two (2") inches for a maximum of fourteen (14) calendar days with drums spaced at twenty (20') feet intervals as shown in Detail 150-B and a buffer space accepted under Section 150.06.F. After fourteen (14) calendar days the section shall be healed as required for all other highways. This area will be allowed in addition to the 1000 feet allowed for all other highways. B. ASPHALT BASES, BINDERS AND TOPPINGS 1. DIFFERENCES IN ELEVATION BETWEEN THE SURFACES OF ADJACENT TRAVELWAYS Travel lanes shall be paved with a plan that minimizes any difference in elevation between adjacent travel lanes. The following limitations will be required on all work: a. Differences of two inches (2") or less may remain for a maximum period of fourteen (14) calendar days. b. Differences of greater than two inches (2") shall be permitted for continuous operations only. EMERGENCY SITUATIONS: Inclement weather, traffic accidents, and other events beyond the control of the Contractor may prevent the work from being completed as required above. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing stating the conditions and reasons that have prevented the Contractor from complying with the time limitations. The Contractor shall also outline a plan detailing immediate steps to complete the work. Failure to correct these conditions on the first calendar day that conditions will allow corrective work shall be considered as non-performance of Work under",: i.,. "..: http://tomcat2.dot.state.ga. us/thesource/pdf/ specialyrovisions/ shelf/sp 150. html 1217 /2007 First Use January 4, 2000 Page 45 of 54 2. Differences in Elevation Between Asphalt Travelway and Paved Shoulders Differences in elevation between the asphalt travel way and asphalt paved shoulders shall not be allowed to exist beyond the maximum durations outlined below for the conditions shown in ., . ',II " , : '<,-D, and E: Detail 150-B conditions shall not be allowed for more than 24 hours. A single length that does not exceed 1000 feet in total length may be left open for periods not to exceed 48 hours provided the Contractor can demonstrate the ability to continuously pave in a proficient manner. Prior approval of the Engineer shall be obtained before any section is allowed to exceed 24 hours. Any other disturbed shoulder areas shall be healed as in conditions will not be allowed for more than 48 hours. ! - conditions will not be allowed for more than 30 calendar days. . - " , conditions will not be allowed for more than 60 calendar days. Failure to meet these requirements shall be considered as non-performance of Work under C. PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE Work adjacent to a Portland Cement Concrete traveled way which involves the following types of base and shoulders shall be accomplished according to the time restrictions outlined for each type of base or shoulder. Traffic control devices shall be in accordance with :~:)ti j ~)i.:) C15. 1. Cement Stabilized Base Work adjacent to the traveled way shall be healed as per Detail 150-r within forty-eight (48) hours after the seven (7) calendar day curing period is complete for each section placed. During the placement and curing period, traffic control shall be in accordance r~:t 2. Asphaltic Concrete Base When an asphaltic concrete base is utilized in lieu of a cement stabilized base the asphaltic concrete base shall be healed as per Delail l~-)O+ within forty-eight (48) hours after the placement of each section of asphaltic concrete base. For the first forty eight hours traffic control shall be in compliance with Det;JI! '-ie-f3. 3. Concrete Paved Shoulders Concrete paved shoulders shall be placed within sixty (60) calendar days after the removal of each section of existing shoulder regardless of the type of base materials being placed on the shoulders. During the placement period, traffic control devices shall be in accordance with the appropriate detail based on the depth of the change in elevation. Differences in elevation of more than two inches between the travel way and the shoulder will not be allowed for more than a 24-hour period. A single length of excavated area that does not exceed 1000 feet in total length may be left open as a start up area for peri~ds not to exceed 48 hours provided the Contractor can demonstrate the ability to continuously excavate and backfill in a proficient manner. Prior approval of the Engineer shall be obtained before any startup area may be allowed. Any other disturbed shoulder areas shall be healed as in :,!I "id':. http://tomcat2.dot.state.ga. us/thesource/pdf/special yrovisions/shelf/sp 150 .html 1217/2007 First Use January 4,2000 Page 46 of 54 4. Asphaltic Concrete Shoulders A difference in elevation that meets the requirements of Oetili! 1 '5Ci-[) shall not be allowed to exist for a period greater than forty-eight (48) hours. After the removal of the existing shoulder the section or segment of travelway may be healed with stone as per 1):'1,1 1 [ for a maximum of fourteen (14) calendar days. Asphaltic concrete shoulders shall be placed within two (2") inches or less of the traveled way surface within fourteen (14) calendar days after the removal of the stone healed section or the removal of each section of the existing shoulder. The two (2") inches or less difference in elevation shall not remain in existence for a period that exceeds thirty (30) calendar days unless the paved shoulder is utilized as a detour for the traveled way. During the placement period, traffic control shall be in accordance with the appropriate detail based on the depth of the change in elevation. The Contractor may propose an alternate plan based on Suty:,;c(:[ion E,C'c!6.F. Failure to meet the above requirements and time restrictions shall be considered as non- performance of Work under "'j['<,;1,'" srl();:~. D. MISCELLANEOUS ELEVATION DIFFERENTIALS FOR EXCAVATIONS ADJACENT TO THE TRAVELWAY Drainage structures, utility facilities, or any other work which results in a difference in elevation adjacent to the travelway shall be planned and coordinated to be performed in such a manner to minimize the time traffic is exposed to this condition. The excavation should be back filled to the minimum requirements of 150-E as soon as practical. Stage construction such as plating or backfilling the incomplete work may be required. The difference in elevation shall not be allowed to exist for more than five (5) calendar days under any circumstances. Failure to correct this condition shall be considered as non-performance of Work under 1 ';Ci,f)8. E. CONDUIT INSTALLATION IN PAVED AND DIRT SHOULDERS The installation of conduit and conduit systems along the shoulders of a traveled way shall be planned and installed in a manner to minimize the length of time that traffic is exposed to a difference in elevation condition. The following restrictions and limitations shall apply: . 1. Differences in Elevation of Two (2") Inches or less The shoulder may remain open when workers are not present. When workers are present the shoulder shall be closed and the channelization devices shall meet the requirements of 1 ';:) C1',. The difference in elevation on the shoulder shall remain for a maximum period of fourteen (14) calendar days. 2. Differences in Elevation Greater Than Two (2") Inches The shoulder shall be closed. The shoulder closure shall not exceed twenty-four (24) hours in duration unless the Special Conditions in Subsection 150.11 modifies this restriction or the Engineer allows the work to be considered as a continuous operation. Failure to meet these requirements shall be considered as non-performance of Work under' . F. MODIFICATIONS TO !It T!', ",' t"", C:, 1. SO-{) AND ')0- http://tomcat2.dot.state.ga. us/thesource/pdf/specialyrovisions/shelf/sp 15 O.html 12/7 /2007 First Use January 4,2000 Page 47 of 54 The Contractor may propose any alternate temporary traffic control plan that utilizes a portion of the travel lane as a "buffer space". This buffer space may allow for an enhanced work area that will allow for the placement of materials to proceed at a pace that could not be achieved with the time restriction requirements outlined in Section 1 ,06,A, 150,06.8, and ie. The Contractor may propose modified time restrictions based on the use of the buffer space. Any proposed modifications in the time duration allowed for the differences in elevations to exist shall be reviewed by the Engineer as a component of the overall TIC plan. No modifications shall be made until the proposed plan is accepted by the Engineer. The Engineer shall have no obligation to consider any proposal which results in an increase in cost to the Department. For the travel lane described in each of the, EiCH:" 1 15()~D and 150-E it is presumed that the pavement marking edgeline (yellow or white solid stripe) is located at the very edge of the travel lane surface. A buffer space (temporary paved shoulder) that utilizes a portion of the travel lane should be six (6') feet in width desirable but shall not be less than four (4') feet in width. Any remaining travellane(s) shall not be less than ten (10') feet in width. If the proposed shifting of the traffic to obtain a buffer space and maintain a minimum travel lane(s) of ten (10') feet requires the use of any existing paved shoulders then the cost of maintenance and repair of the existing paved shoulder(s) shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor is responsible for the costs of maintenance and repairs even if the existing paved shoulder(s) is to be removed in a later stage of the work. Existing shoulders that have rumble strips shall have the rumble strips removed before the shoulder can be utilized as part of the travel lane. The cost of the removal of the rumble strips shall be done at no cost to the Department even if the shoulder is to be removed in a later stage of the work. Any modifications to the staging and time restrictions that are approved as part of the TTC plan shall be agreed to in writing. Failure to meet these modifications shall be considered as non-performance of the Work under iilSl'cnnn l'50.CJ8. G. ASPHALTIC CONCRETE RESURFACING PROJECTS SHOULDER CONSTRUCTION INCLUDED AS A PART OF THE CONTRACT: When the placement of asphaltic concrete materials creates a difference in elevation greater than two (2") inches between the earth shoulder (grassed or un-grassed) and the edge of travelway or between the earth shoulder and a paved shoulder that is less than four (4') feet in width, the Contractor shall place and maintain drums in accordance with the requirements of Subsection 150.05A.1.aA). When the edge of the paved surface is tapered with a 30-45 degree wedge, drums may be spaced at 2.0 times the speed limit in MPH. Drums shall remain in place and be maintained until the difference in elevation has been eliminated by the placement of the appropriate shoulder materials. SHOULDER CONSTRUCTION NOT INCLUDED AS A PART OF THE CONTRACT: When the placement of asphaltic concrete materials creates a difference in elevation greater than two (2") inches between the earth shoulder (grassed or un-grassed) and the edge of travelway or between the earth shoulder and a paved shoulder that is less than four (4') feet in width, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer, in writing, when the resurfacing work including all punchlist items has been completed. See for the requirements for "LOW/SOFT SHOULDERS" and "SHOULDER DROP-OFF" signage. http://tomcat2.dot.state.ga. us/thesource/pdf/specialyrovisions/shelf/sp 150 .html 12/7/2007 First Use January 4,2000 Page 48 of 54 http://tomcat2.dot.state.ga. us/thesource/pdf/special-'provisions/shelf/sp 150.html 1217/2007 First Use January 4,2000 Location of drums when Elevation Difference exceeds 4 inches. Drums spaced at 20 foot intervals. Note: If the travel way width is reduced to less than 10 feet by the use of drums, vertical panels shall be used in lieu of drums. / -f / New Construction f-------::::::::::::::::::~ 1 Travel Lane ... . . .. .. ELEV A TlON DIFFERENCE GREATER THAN 4 INCHES DETAIL 150-8 Drums spaced at 40 foot intervals. Location of drums when Elevation Difference is 2+ inches to 4 inches. 6 inches :I: ~---------------------------~ -------------------------~ .1. New Construction Travel Lane .. .. . . ELEV A nON DIFFERENCE 2+ to 4 inches DET AIL 150-C http://tomcat2.dot.state.ga. us/thesource/pdf/special~rovisions/shelf/sp 150 .html Page 49 of 54 1217 /2007 First Use January 4, 2000 Page 50 of 54 Drums spaced at 80 foot intervals. Location of drums when Elevation Difference is 2 inches or less. 4 feet :I: New Construction ~-------------------------I-- -------------------------- .1. Travel Lane oil oil ~ ~ ELEV A TION DIFFERENCE OF 2 INCHES OR LESS DETAIL l50-D Location of drums immediately after completion of healed sections spaced at 40 foot intervals. Compacted graded aggregate, subbase material or dirt. =\ TOP OF DRUM TO BE LEVEL NO STEEPER THAN 4: I 2 feet :I: New Construction -------------------------1-- . -------------------------- .1. Travel Lane oil oil ~ ~ HEALED SECTION DETAIL 150-E 150.07 FLAGGING AND PILOT CARS: http://tomcat2.dot. state. ga. us/thesource/pdf/ special yrovisions/ shelf/ sp 150. h tml 1217 /2007 First Use January 4, 2000 Page 51 of 54 A. FLAGGERS Flaggers shall be provided as required to handle traffic, as specified in the Plans or Special Provisions, and as required by the Engineer. B. FLAGGER CERTIFICATION All flaggers shall meet the requirements of the MUTCD and shall have received training and a certificate upon completion of the training from one of the following organizations: National Safety Council Southern Safety ~ces Construction Safe~nsultants Ivey Consultants American Traffic Safety Services Association (ATSSA) Certifications from other agencies will be accepted only if their training program has been approved by anyone of the organizations listed above. Failure to provide certified flaggers as required above shall be reason for the Engineer suspending work involving the flagger(s) until the Contractor provides the certified flagger (s). Flaggers shall have proof of certification and valid identification (photo J.D.) available any time they are performing flagger duties. C. FLAGGER APPEARANCE AND EQUIPMENT Flaggers shall wear high-visibility clothing in compliance with 5utJSecticHl : SOD] f\ and shall use a Stop/Slow paddle meeting the requirements of the MUTCD for controlling traffic. The Stop/Slow paddles shall have a shaft length of seven (7) feet minimum. The Stop/Slow paddle shall be retro-reflectorized for both day and night usage. In addition to the Stop/Slow paddle, a flagger may use a flag as an additional device to attract attention. This flag shall meet the minimum requirements of the MUTCD. The flag shall, as a minimum, be 24" inches square and red or red/orange in color. For night work, the vest shall have reflectorized stripes which meet the requirements of the MUTCD. D. FLAGGER WARNING SIGNS Signs for flagger traffic control shall be placed in advance of the flagging operation in accordance with the MUTCD. In addition to the signs required by the MUTCD, signs at regular intervals, warning of the presence of the flagger shall be placed beyond the point where traffic can reasonably be expected to stop under the most severe conditions for that day's work. E. PILOT VEHICLE REQUIREMENTS Pilot vehicles will be required during placement of bituminous surface treatment or asphaltic concrete on two-lane roadways unless otherwise specified. Pilot vehicles shall meet the requirements of the MUTCD. F. PORTABLE TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL SIGNALS The Contractor may request, in writing, the substitution of portable temporary traffic control http://tomcat2.dot. state.ga. us/thesource/pdf/special yrovisions/shelf/sp 150 .html 12/7/2007 First Use January 4,2000 Page 52 of 54 signals for flaggers on two-lane two-way roadways provided the temporary signals meets the requirements of the MUTCD, Section 647, and 5ubsecti()[l 15002A8. As a part of this request, the Contractor shall also submit an alternate temporary traffic control plan in the event of a failure of the signals. Any alternate plan that requires the use of flaggers shall include the use of certified flaggers. The Contractor shall obtain the approval of the Engineer before the use of any portable temporary traffic control signals will be permitted. 150.08 ENFORCEMENT The safe passage of pedestrians and traffic through and around the temporary traffic control zone, while minimizing confusion and disruption to traffic flow, shall have priority over all other Contractor activities. Continued failure of the Contractor to comply with the requirements of Section 150 (TRAFFIC CONTROL) will result in non-refundable deductions of monies from the Contract as shown in this Subsection for non-performance of Work. Failure of the Contractor to comply with this Specification shall be reason for the Engineer suspending all other work on the Project, except erosion control and traffic control, taking corrective action as specified in Subsection 105.15, and/or withholding payment of monies due to the Contractor for any work on the Project until traffic control deficiencies are corrected. These other actions shall be in addition to the deductions for non-performance of traffic control. SCHEDULE OF DEDUCTIONS FOR EACH CALENDAR DAY OF DEFICIENCIES OF TRAFFIC CONTROL INSTALLATION AND/OR MAINTENANCE ORIGINAL TOTAL CONTRACT AMOUNT From More Than To and Including Daily Charge $0 $100,000 $200 $100,000 $1,000,000 $500 $1,000,000 $5,000,000 $1,000 $5,000,000 $20,000,000 $1,500 $20,000,000 $40,000,000 $2,000 $40,000,000 $------------- $3,000 150.09 MEASUREMENT A. TRAFFIC CONTROL When listed as a pay item in the Proposal, payment will be made at the Lump Sum price bid, which will include all traffic control not paid for separately, and will be paid as follows: When the first Construction Report is submitted, a payment of 25 (twenty-five) percent of the Lump Sum price will be made. For each progress payment thereafter, the total of the Project percent complete shown on the last pay statement plus 25 (twenty-five) percent will be paid (less previous payments), not to exceed one hundred (100) percent. When no payment item for Traffic Contra/-Lump Sum is shown in the Proposal, all of the requirements of Section 150 and the Temporary Traffic Control Plan shall be in full force and effect. The cost of complying with these requirements will not be paid for separately, but shall be included in the overall bid submittal. http://tomcat2.dot.state.ga. us/thesource/pdf/special ~rovisions/shelf/sp 150 .html 12/7 /2007 First Use January 4, 2000 Page 53 of 54 B. SIGNS When shown as a pay item in the contract, interim special guide signs will be paid for as listed below. All other regulatory, warning, and guide signs, as required by the Contract, will be paid for under Traffic Control Lump Sum or included in the overall bid submitted. 1. Interim ground mounted or interim overhead special guide signs will be measured for payment by the square foot. This payment shall be full compensation for furnishing the signs, including supports as required, erecting, illuminating overhead signs, maintaining, removing, re-erecting, and final removal from the Project. Payment will be made only one time regardless of the number of moves required. 2. Remove and reset existing special guide signs, ground mount or overhead, complete, in place, will be measured for payment per each. Payment will be made only one time regardless of the number of moves required. 3. Modify special guide signs, ground mount or overhead, will be measured for payment by the square foot. The area measured shall include only that portion of the sign modified. Payment shall include materials, removal from posts or supports when necessary, and remounting as required. C. TEMPORARY BARRIER Temporary Barrier shall be measured as specified in Section 620. D. CHANGEABLE MESSAGE SIGN, PORTABLE Changeable Message Sign, Portable will be measured as specified in Section 632. E. TEMPORARY GUARDRAIL ANCHORAGE, Type 12 Temporary Guardrail Anchorage- Type 12 will be measured by each assembly, complete in place and accepted according to the details shown in the plans, which shall also include the additional guardrail and appurtenances necessary for transition and connection to Temporary Concrete Barrier. Payment shall include all necessary materials, equipment, labor, site preparation, maintenance and removal. F. TRAFFIC SIGNAL INSTALLATION- TEMPORARY Traffic Signal Installation- Temporary will be measured as specified in Section 647. G. FLASHING BEACON ASSEMBLY Flashing Beacon Assemblies will be measured as specified in Section 647. H. PORTABLE IMPACT ATTENUATORS Each Portable Impact Attenuator will be measured by the unit/array which shall include all http://tomcat2.dot.state.ga. us/thesource/pdf/specialyrovisions/shelf/sp 150 .html 12/7 /2007 First Use January 4, 2000 Page 54 of 54 material components, hardware, incidentals, labor, site preparation, and maintenance, including spare parts recommended by the manufacturer for repairing accident damage. Each unit will be measured only once regardless of the number of locations installed, moves required, or number of repairs necessary because of traffic damage. Upon completion of the project, the units shall be removed and retained by the Contractor. I. PAVEMENT MARKINGS Pavement markings will be measured as specified in Section 150. 150.10 PAYMENT: When shown in the Schedule of Items in the Proposal, the following items will be paid for separately. Item No. 150. Traffic Control.....................,...................................... Item No. 150. Traffic Control, Solid Traffic Stripe _ Inch, (Color).... Item No. 150. Traffic Control, Skip Traffic Stripe _ Inch, (Color) .... Item No. 150. Traffic Control, Solid Traffic Stripe, Thermoplastic _ Inch, (Color) .....................,.... Item No. 150. Traffic Control, Skip Traffic Stripe, Thermoplastic _ Inch, (Color) ........................ Item No. 150. Traffic Control, Pavement Arrow with Raised Reflectors................................... ................ Item No. 150. Traffic Control, Raised Pavement Markers-All Types. Item No. 150. Interim Ground Mounted Special Guide Signs ........ Item No. 150. Interim Overhead Special Guide Signs ................... Item No. 150. Remove & Reset Existing Special Guide Signs, Ground Mount, Complete in Place ........................ Item No. 150. Remove & Reset, Existing Special Guide Signs, Overhead, Complete in Place ................'.............. Item No. 150. Traffic Control, Portable Impact Attenuator............. Item No. 150. Traffic Control, Pavement Markers, Words and Symbols ........................ ..................... ... ......... Item No. 150. Traffic Control, Pavement Arrow (Painted) with Raised Reflectors ....... ............................................ Item No. 150. Traffic Control, Workzone Law Enforcement........... Item No. 150. Modify Special Guide Sign, Ground Mount.............. Item No. 150. Modify Special Guide Sign, Overhead..................... Item No. 620. Temporary Barrier.................................................. Item No. 632. Changeable Message Sign, Portable ...................... Item No. 641. Temporary Guardrail Anchorage, Type 12 ............ Item No. 647. Traffic Signal Installation, Temp ............................ Item No. 647. Flashing Beacon Assembly, Structure Mounted ..... Item No. 647. Flashing Beacon Assembly, Cable Supported ........ http://tomcat2.dot.state.ga.us/thesource/pdf/special yrovisions/shelf/sp 150.html Lump Sum per Linear Mile per Linear mile per Linear Mile per Linear Mile per Each per Each per Square Foot per Square Foot per Each per Each per Each per Square Foot per Each per Hour per Square Foot per Square Foot per Lineal Foot per Each per Each Lump Sum per Each per Each 12/7 /2007 REVISED MARCH 19, 2004 AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT WATER SYSTEM PROJECT. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT WATER MAIN ITEMS W-IA through W-3T - All piping line items shall be measured in linear feet and shall include costs for piping and installation, trench excavation, trench box, dewatering, asphalt cutting, normal joints and gaskets, normal backfill, pressure and leakage testing, pipe sterilization, bacteriological testing, and flushing. No additional payment shall be made for these items. ITEM W-4 - Jack and bore line items shall be measured in linear feet and shall include costs for casing piping, carrier piping, and installation, blasting, asphalt cutting, restrained joints and gaskets, end seals, and normal backfill. No additional payment shall be made for these items. ITEM W-5 - Select backfill shall be measured in cubic yards and shall include costs for the backfill and installation as well as all transportation and stockpiling charges. The volume of material included shall be the actual measured "in-place" volume. The maximum trench width used to calculate the volume will be 7 feet. No additional payment shall be made for these items. ITEM W-6 - Miscellaneous pipe fittings and connections shall be measured in pounds and include costs for all fittings and installation including normal joints and gaskets, mechanical joint restraint, etc., regardless of material. No additional payment shall be made for these items. ITEM W-7 - Transition couplings shall be measured individually (each) and shall include costs for couplings, soil surface preparation, connection to water main, excavation, asphalt/ concrete cutting, installation, normal backfill, and testing. ,No additional payment shall be made for these items. ITEM W-8 - Fire hydrants shall be measured individually (each) and shall include costs for hydrants, soil surface preparation, connection to water main, all associated valves and fittings, concrete pad (if required), excavation, asphalt/ concrete cutting, installation, normal backfill, and testing. No additional payment shall be made for these items. ITEMS W-9A through W-12 - All valve line items shall be measured individually (each) and shall include costs for valves, valve boxes/vaults, manholes, valve extensions, excavation, dewatering, aspha1t/ concrete cutting, all associated fittings, installation, normal backfill, and testing. No additional payment shall be made for these items. WATER MEASURE PMT 04 0319 10F4 REVISED MARCH 19, 2004 ITEM W-13 - Tapping sleeve and valves shall be measured individually (each) and shall include costs for sleeve, valve, associated hardware, valve boxes, temporary p1ugging/ draining of pipeline, excavation, dewatering, aspha1t/ concrete cutting, installation, normal backfill, and testing. No additional payment shall be made for these items. ITEM W-14 - Check valves and vaults shall be measured individually (each) and shall include costs for valves, valve boxes/vaults, manholes, valve extensions, excavation, dewatering, asphalt/ concrete cutting, all associated pipe and fittings, installation, normal backfill, and testing. No additional payment shall be made for these items. ITEM W-15 through W-16 - Long and short side water service connections shall be measured individually (each) and shall include costs for piping, water meter connection, dewatering, asphalt/ concrete cutting (including service markings), installation, normal backfill, and property restoration. This line item shall include the cost of reconnection of any existing services, if required. No additional payment shall be made for these items. ITEM W-17 - Polyethy1ene pipe wrap shall be measured in linear feet and shall include costs for pipe wrap materials and installation. No additional payment shall be made for these items. ITEM W-18 - Tie-ins to existing lines shall be measured individually (each) and shall include costs for piping, dewatering, asphalt/ concrete cutting, installation, normal backfill, and property restoration. No additional payment shall be made for these items. ITEM W-19 - All cut-in gate valves shall be measured individually (each) and shall include costs for valves, valve boxes/vaults, manholes, valve extensions, excavation, dewatering, asphalt/ concrete cutting, all associated fittings, installation, normal backfill, and testing. No additional payment shall be made for this item. ITEM W-20 - Cut and plug existing water line shall be measured individually and shall include all costs associated with cutting into an existing line and plugging it as detailed in the plans and specifications. No additional payment shall be made for this item. ITEM W-21 - Miscellaneous concrete shall be measured in cubic yards and shall include costs for concrete, installation, excavation, dewatering, soil stabilization, pipe stabilization, asphalt cutting, and normal backfill. No additional payment shall be made for these items. PAVEMENT STRUCTURES ITEM P-l- Asphalt overlay shall be measured in square yards and shallinclude costs for asphalt materials and installation, temporary striping and permanent striping (replaced in kind), and markers (both temporary and permanent). No additional payment shall be made for these items. ITEM P-2 - Aggregate base (10 112" thick) and asphalt patch (2112" thick) shall be measured in square yards and shall include costs for all aggregates (regardless of type), 2 1/2 " graded aggregate base removal and disposal, bituminous tack coat, asphalt, installation, excavation, striping (both temporary and permanent), and markers (both temporary and permanent). The square yardage calculation shall be based upon a standard width of seven (7) feet for payment purposes. No additional payment shall be made for these items. WATER MEASURE PMT 04 03 19 20F4 REVISED MARCH 19,2004 ITEM P-3 - Asphalt pavement leve1ing shall be measured in tons and shall include costs for all asphalt (regardless of type) used to create a leve1 road surface prior to asphalt overlay as authorized by the project representative. The payment shall be based upon confirmed delivery tickets. No additional payment shall be made for these items. ITEM P-4 - Milling shall be measured in square yards and shall include all materia1s,labor, equipment, and material removal and disposal costs. No additional payment shall be made for these items. ITEMS P-5 through P-6 - Concrete sidewalk and driveways shall be measured in square yards and shall include costs for existing sidewalk removal and disposal, 3000 psi concrete, installation, site preparation, formwork, and finishing. Existing concrete shall be removed to the nearest joint as directed by the project representative. No additional payment shall be made for these items. ITEM P-7 - Asphalt driveway replacement shall be measured in square yards and shall include costs for existing asphalt removal and disposal, asphalt, installation, site preparation. Existing asphalt shall be removed to the nearest joint as directed by the project representative. No additional payment shall be made for these items. ITEM P-8 - Curb and/ or gutter placement shall be measured in linear feet and shall include costs for existing curb and/ or gutter removal and disposal, concrete, installation, site preparation, formwork, and finishing. No additional payment shall be made for these items. ITEM p-g - Curb and gutter removal and replacement shall be measured in linear feet and shall include costs for removal and disposal of existing concrete curb and gutter, concrete, installation, site preparation, formwork, and finishing. No additional payment shall be made for these items. MISCELLANEOUS ITEM M-l- F10wable fill shall be measured in cubic yards and shall include costs for all materials, labor, equipment, and excess materials. No additional payment shall be made for these items. ITEM M-2 - Rock excavation shall be measured in cubic yards and shall include costs for blasting, labor, equipment, and material removal and disposal. No additional payment shall be made for these items. ITEM M-3 - Foundation backfill shall be measured in cubic yards and shall include costs for the backfill and installation as well as all transportation and stockpiling charges. Quantities shall be verified by trench volume calculation. No additional payment shall be made for these items. ITEM M-4 - Clearing and grubbing shall be measured in acres and shall include costs for vegetation removal, stockpiling, disposal and any required permitting. No additional payment shall be made for these items. ITEM M-5 - Fence removal and replacement shall be measured in linear feet and shall include all costs associated with removal and replacement of the existing fence with new WATER MEASURE PMT040319 30F4 REVISED MARCH 19. 2004 materials of like quality as necessary for water line installation. No additional payment shall be made for these items. LUMP SUM CONSTRUCTION ITEM LS-l- Lump sum construction includes, but is not limited to, the items described in the bid schedule. No separate or additional payment shall be made for these items. WATER MEASURE PMT 04 0319 40F4 @)GU -.~'-'~' co;- to- SECTION 14A W A TERDISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS BASIS FOR DESIGN: Design shall conform to the requirements as set forth in "Minimum Standards for Public Water" (latest version) as published by the Georgia Environmental Protection Division (www.dnr.state.ga.us/dnr). A Professional Engineer registered in the State of Georgia must prepare the plans and specifications. There shall be no physical connection between a potable water supply and a questionable water supply which would allow unsafe (contaminated) water to enter the potable water system by direct pressure, vacuum, gravity or any other means. Hydraulic designs shall be based upon pressure data applicable to the portion of the service area, which will serve the proposed facility. Air release valves in vaults shall be provided at all high points in the water main as required by the Utilities Director. .All water distribution systems shall be looped to the greatest extent .possible. Water mains shall have a minimum nominal inside diameter of 8 inches. 6-inch mains will be . allowed in single-family residential subdivisions where the system is looped. Water mains having an inside diameter of less than 6 inches will not normally be considered. During construction when deviations from approved plans are desired, the Augusta Utilities Department's Inspector shall be notified. Revised plans shall be submitted as soon as possible to the Augusta Utilities Department for approval. Minor changes not affecting capacities, flows or operation may be allowed in the field during construction by the Utilities Department's Inspector. The Inspector shall have final authority as to what constitutes a minor or major change. An approved set of Record Drawings clearly showing any changes shall be submitted to the Augusta Utilities Department Inspector at . the completion of the work and prior to sign-off of the final plat. The Contractor/Developer is responsible for verifying the exact location, size and material of any existing water facility proposed for connection or use by the project. All phases of construction must be completed in accor~ance with the Erosion and Sedimentation Act 12-7-1 et seq., and no water main must be installed on or in close proximity of an abandoned landfill site or any site used for waste disposal. All work that occurs in the public right-of-way shall comply with the Augusta-Richmond County Planning Commission "Development Documents" (latest version) and Public Works Department's Right-of-Way Encroachment Guidelines (latest version). Any field Augusta Utilities Department September 2000 Design Standards & Construction Specifications 14"1 _\lCu. . . EOR changes that occur in the public right-of-way and are not specifically related to water or sewer items shall be coordinated with the Public Works Department. DESIGN STANDARDS FOR WATER MAINS: 14.1 COVER 14.1.1 Standard depth of cover is 4 feet below existing and proposed road surface (and areas designed for normal traffic loading) unless otherwise approved by the Augusta Utilities Department. 14.1.2 Minimum cover to finished grade over water mains shall be 36 inches. Minimum cover under ditch bottoms shall be 24 inches. These must be approved by the Augusta Utilities Department on a case-by-case basis. 14.2HORIZONT AL SEP ARA TION 14.2.1 Ten (10) feet to any existing or proposed sanitary sewer/force main, storm sewer or sewer manhole (less than 10 feet requires pipe material to be Ductile Iron Pipe (DIP) for both Water Main and Sewer/Force Main). 14.2.2. Fifteen (15) feet to buildings, top of bank of lakes/streams/creeks, other structures (10 feet absolute minimum - only when unavoidable, and pipe material is required to be DIP). 14.2.3 Ten (10) feet minimum separation to gas mains. 14.2.4 Ten (10) feet minimum to underground electric cable. 14.2.5 Current Georgia EPD separation requirements. 14.2.6 All separation distances above are edge to edge. 14.3 VERTICAL SEPARATION 14.3.1 Water main shall cross over other pipes. 14.3.2 Eighteen (18) inch minimum separation (edge to edge) between all pipes and cables shall be maintained (6 inch absolute minimum separation with DIP) when conforming to Georgia EPD separation requirements. 14.3.3 When water mains cross under sewers, additional measures shall be taken. At least 18 inches of separation between the bottom of the sewer and the top of the Augusta Utilities Department September 2000 Design Standards & Construction Specifications 14-2 - ~ water main shall be provided. Adequate structural support for the sewer to prevent deflection or settling on the water main. The joint of water pipe shall be centered at the crossing. Encasement of the water pipe in concrete shall also be considered. 14.4 LAYOUT 14.4.1 Normal location of proposed water lines is on the north side of east-west streets, and the east side of north-south streets. 14.4.2 For existing Countyroads, the proposed water line will generally be located five (5) feet inside the right-of-way. For existing State roads, the proposed water line must be located five (5) feet inside the right-of-way. Unusual circumstances may warrant deviation. The location of the water line will be determined, also, by the location of the existing lines to be tied into at the beginning and end of the project. 14.4.3 For subdivisions, the proposed water line shall be located four (4) feet from the back of the curb. Where ditches are present beside the curb, refer to the Right-of- Way Encroachment Guidelines (latest version) published by the Public Works Department. 14.4.4 Wherever possible, avoid laying water line on the same side of the road as the gas lines. 14.4.5 Water service lines for residential development shall be located at the center of lot. 14.4.6 Dead ends shall be minimized by making appropriate tie-ins whenever practical. Permanent dead ends will not be accepted unless unavoidable. Dead ends shall be equipped with a fire hydrant. If, under special circumstances, where water lines smaller than six (6) inches in diameter are accepted, an approved blowoff shall be required for flushing purposes. A minimum of two 22-1/2-degree bends shall be required on 6" and larger water lines in cul-de-sacs and shall be shown as such on plans. 14.4.7 All water mains shall be placed in right-of-way areas or dedicated easements. All easements shall allow adequate area to construct and maintain the water line and appurtenances involved. Permanent easements shall be a minimum of 15 feet wide with line installed iri center of easement. Permanent easements shall be provided as needed to serve adjacent property, even if the water line is not installed at that time. If the line has not been installed to future serve adjacent property, a larger easement than the minimum may be required to construct future Augusta Utilities Department September 2000 Design Standards & Construction Specifications 14-3 - ~ line. Easement agreements shall be specific to state that no permanent structures may be constructed within the limits of permanent easements. 14.5 WATER MAIN MATERIAL Water mains shall be either ductile iron pipe (DIP), polyvinyl chloride (PVC), or galvanized pipe as outlined below. Any pipe, solder and flux used during installation of the water lines and services must be "lead-free" with not more than 8% lead in pipe and fittings, and not more than 0.2% lead in solders and flux. DIP shall be centrifugally cast and shall conform to A WW A CI50/ANSI A21.50 (latest version) for design and AWWA C151/ANSI A21.51 (latest version) for manufacture. PVC pipe 6 inch to 12 inch diameter shall conform to A WW A C900 (latest version). PVC pipe 14 inch to 36 inch diameter shall conform to A WW A C905 (latest version). For water mains 6" through 16", DIP Pressure Class 350 shall be allowed. For water mains 18" through 24", DIP Pressure Class 300 shall be allowed. PVC C900 (most current date), Class 200, SDR-14 with cast iron equivalent a.D.s, gasket bell end with e1astomeric gaskets shall be allowed for water mains 6" through 10" (solvent weld joints are not permitted). Galvanized pipe shall be seamless, American made, Schedule 80 and shall conform with the ASTM Specifications. Flanged DIP shall have threaded ductile iron flanges and shall conform to the requirements of A WW A Cl15 (latest version). All flanges shall be Ductile Iron Class 150, ANSI B 16.5 (latest v~rsion). Flanges shall be flat faced and a11 joints shall use 1/8 inch black neoprene full-faced gaskets. Ductile iron pipe and fittings shall have bituminous coating outside and shall be cement lined in accordance with A WW A C104/ANSI A21.4 (latest version). DIP shall have 1/16" cement mortar lining with rubber gasket push-on joints or mechanical joints. Mechanical joint glands shall be ductile iron. Tee bolts and nuts shall be Cor-Ten steel. Rubber gasket joints shall conform to A WW A Cll1/ANSI A21.l1 (latest version), and shall be furnished by the pipe manufacturer with the pipe. A non-toxic vegetable soap lubricant shall be supplied with the pipe in sufficient quantities for installing the pipe. The lubricant shall be approved by NSF for use with potable water mains. Pipe classes designated previously in this standard are minimum allowed. Actual pipe class shall be determined based upon the installation and the use intended. Pipe shall be appropriately labeled on the drawings. All PVC pipe for potable water service shall bear the approved stamp of the National Sanitation Foundation. Copper wire (12 gauge, bare single strand) shall be attached along the top of all buried PVC water lines, wrapped around service corporations and stubbed up into all valves boxes for locating purposes. 14.5.1 DIP shall be required in the following circumstances: 14.5.1.1 Within 10 feet of sanitary and storm pipes. Augusta Utilities Department September 2000 Design Standards & Construction Specifications 14-4 ~\JCUS . EO';' G 14.5.1.2 Within 15 feet of structures (near side of concrete footing), or top of bank of lakes/streams/creeks. 14.5.1.3 Crossings over or under sewers, gas and storm pipes with less than 18 inches separation, with no joint allowed within 10 feet of crossing. 14.5.1.4 Beneath all paved areas, excluding driveways or sidewalks. 14.5.1.5 Within project boundaries of subdivisions with private roads where the Utilities Department will take over the line for operations and maintenance. 14.5.1.6 Along all state right-of-ways. 14.5.2 The Utilities Director may mandate DIP in any instances of off-site or on-site construction where future abuse to the line is possible due to location or circumstances. 14.5.3 Restrained Joints shall be DIP as follows: For 12-inch and Smaller - Restrained joint shall be U.S.' Pipe Field 'Lok, American Ductile Iron Pipe Lok-Fast, EBAA Iron Mega-Lug, or an equivalent product. For 14-inch Diameter and Larger - Restrained joint shall be U.S. Pipe TR Flex, American Ductile Iron Pipe Lok-Ring, or equivalent product. If inserting in older cast iron pipe, the restrained joint shall be as approved by the Augusta Utilities Department. Retainer GlandslMega-Lug shall not be considered a fitting. The restraint method shall be suitable for the pipe size thickness and test pressure as required for the specified design case. The plans shall indicate the restrained length of pipe each side of the fittings. 14.5.4 Jack and Bore Installations: Casing pipe used with jack and bore shall be in accordance with requirements of the Georgia Department of Transportation (GDOT) or railway specifications and Section 14C Excavation & Backfilling of these specifications. Carrier pipe shall be restrained joint DIP as outlined in paragraph 14.5.3. Augusta Utilities Department September 2000 Design Standards & Construction Specifications 14-5 .~:,GU~~ ,~ OR Directional Bore Installations: Directional bores will be considered as a viable alternative to jack and bore installation under Augusta-Richmond County roadways. The Utilities Director will review each case for materials and construction methods. 14.5.5 Mains may be tapped as long as the tapping line is smaller than the tapped line unless otherwise approved by the Augusta Utilities Department. See Section 14.9 for service tap requirements. Equal size line connections approved by the Augusta Utilities Department shall require that a tee be cut into the main where possible. Tees are also required at locations dictated by the Utilities Director. Tapped connections in pipe and fittings shall be made in such a manner as to provide a watertight joint and adequate strength against pull-out. Tapping Sleeves and Valve shall be ductile iron, mechanical joint. Tapping sleeves and valves are required for all taps 4 inches and greater. Taps less than 4 inches shall be provided with a. service saddle meeting the requirements of Section 14.9. Valves shall be provided on all taps. Tapping sleeves shall be a minimum of 6 feet from pipe joints. 14.5.6 Schedule 40 PVC shall only be used as sleeves for the installation of service line tubing under all pavement areas. Use in the water distribution system or other areas are not acceptable. 14.5.7 Unspecified transitions from DIP to PVC are not allowed. Material for transition shall be indicated and specified and must be approved by the Augusta Utilities Department. 14.5.8 All construction material shall be first quality, not previously used. Repair clamps are not acceptable. Damaged or faulty pipe and materials must be properly replaced. All gaskets shall be new. When connecting to existing valves or fittings, gaskets shall be replaced, not reused; 14.5.9 The Engineer shall provide a complete set of shop drawings, which shall indicate the Augusta Utilities Department's specific material requirements. In general, material requirements will be guided by the latest versions of the specifications of A WW A, ANSI, ASTM, and NSF. 14.6 WATER MAIN SIZE The minimum size of water main shall be 6 inches unless otherwise approved by the Utilities Director. However, a professional engineer shall justify the size of the pipes with a hydraulic network analysis. Augusta Utilities Department September 2000 Design Standards & Construction Specifications 14-6 .\.lGU . EOR The new water main shall have the ability to meet maximum daily demands plus fire flow requirements as mandated by Georgia EPD "Minimum Standards for Public Water Systems" (latest version) and the Augusta Fire Marshal. The residual design pressure under all conditions shall not be less than 20 psi. 14.7 VALVES, FITTINGS AND APPURTENANCES Valving of all water distribution systems shall be designed to facilitate the isolation of each section of pipeline between intersections of the network. Generally, the number of valves at an intersection shall be one less than the number of pipes forming the intersection. Gate valves, 4 inches to 12 inches, shall be the resilient seat type conforming to A WW A C509 (latest version). Valves larger than 12 inches shall be gear operated butterfly valves, conforming to A WW A C504 (latest version). Wafer valves shall not be accepted. Valves shall generally be installed at intervals of not more than 2,000 LF on transmission mains and on all primary branches connected to these mains. Where possible, a valve shall be installed next to a fire hydrant for locating purposes. In high density areas (25 dwelling units), valves shall be installed as necessary to minimize the number of persons affected by a water main break. The Utilities Director shall determine which mains are distribution or transmission. Valves shall OPEN LEFT if installed south of Gordon Highway (SR 10), or OPEN RIGHT if installed north of Gordon Highway. Valves shall be provided with valve stem extensions to within 6 inches of ground surface, where centerline of pipe to grade is greater than 4 feet. Valve boxes shall be M&H E-2702, Mueller H10364 or approved equal. Each valve box shall be slip-type to adjust for a minimum cover of 36" bury. The flanged base of the valve box shall be at least six (6) inches above the pipe so not to stress water lines 4" and smaller. Extension pieces will be required for additional depth over valves. Extensions shall be M&H E-3120 or Mueller H-10375. Covers shall have "WATER" cast on top. All valves, bends, tees, crosses and dead ends shall be restrained by a mechanical restraint systems as outlined in Paragraph 14.5.3., or by use of a concrete thrust block in those instances that warrant such an installation. Thrust blocks shall be poured-in~place concrete having a minimum compressive strength of 3,000 psi after 28 days of cure time. Calculations for restrained joints shall be provided by the design engineer. Soil bearing value shall be 2,000 psf maximum. Lower values shall be used when soil is poor quality. All materials, fittings and appurtenances intended for use in pressure pipe systems shall be designed and constructed for a minimum working pressure of 150 psi unless the specific application dictates a higher working pressure requirement. Standard pressure pipe fittings of size four (4) inch ill and larger shall be ductile iron conforming to A WW A C 153 (latest version), with mechanical joints unless flanged or Augusta Utilities Department September 2000 Design Standards & Construction Specifications 14.7 . ~ restrained joints are required. Gray cast-iron fittings are not allowed. Ductile iron fittings shall be cement lined in accordance with A WW A C104 (latest version). Mechanical joint fittings, 24 inches and smaller shall be rated for 350 psi working pressure. Flanged joint fittings 24 inches and smaller shall be rated for 250 psi working pressure. All fittings 30 inches and larger shall be rated for 250 psi working pressure. For sizes less than four (4) inch ill, fittings shall be suitable to the pipe material and application. Glands for mechanical joint fittings shall be ductile iron, and tee bolts and nuts shall be Cor-Ten steel. Only bolt sysfems furnished by the manufacturer for mechanical joints are acceptable; nuts and bolts shall be new, not reused. Pipe gaskets shall be new as supplied by the pipe manufacturer. All flanges shall be ductile iron Class 150, ANSI B16.5. All flanges shall be flat faced. Full face, 1/8 inch black neoprene gaskets shall be used on all flanged joints. All joints shall conform to A WW A C 111 (latest version). Bolts, nuts and washers for flanges shall be hot dip galvanized, except T~ bolts shall be Cor-Ten steel. List of Specifications: ANSI!A WW A C151/A21.51-96 4-FEB-1996 or latest version American National Standard for Ductile-Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast, for Water ANSI! A WW A C 150/ A21.50-96 1996 or latest version American National Standard for Thickness Design of Ductile- Iron Pipe ANSI!AWWA C115/A21.15-941994 orlatestversion American National Standard for Flanged Ductile-Iron Pipe With Threaded Flanges ANSI/A WW A C111/A21.11-95 1995 or latest version American National Standard for Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings ANSI!A WW A C153-98 1998 or latest version American National Standard for Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings, 3 in. through 48 in. (75 mm through 1200 mm), for Water and Other Liquids ANSI/A WW A C104/A21.4-95 1995 or latest version American National Standard for Cement-Mortar Lining for Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings for Water 14.8 FIRE HYDRANTS Fire hydrants shall be provided in all water mains, transmission and distribution systems. Accepted models are Mueller #A-24018, M&H Figure 29T A WW A Compression Type- Augusta Utilities Department September 2000 Design Stafldards & Construction Specifications 14-8 ~\lGUS . ,~ . OR Dry TopcTraffic Model 150 psi working pressure, 300 psi testing pressure. Kennedy K- 81D will also be accepted. All fire hydrants shall be ordered safety yellow body with white bonnet and caps. Fire hydrants shall be spaced such that the radius of protection will not be more than 500 feet. In certain areas, closer spacing may be required by the Fire Marshal. Each hydrant shall be left turn opening and capable of delivering a flow of at least 500 gallons per minute with a residual design pressure of not less than 20 psi, or a higher flow as required by the Fire Marshal. Multiple fire hydrants with looped mains and/or larger main sizes may be required to provide water for higher flow demand. Flow tests shall be performed to verify the specified fire flow demand. Fire hydrants shall be of the dry barrel break-away type conforming to A WW A C502 (latest version), with two 2 Yz inches threaded hose nozzles and one 4 Y2 inch threaded pumper nozzle. Hose and pumper nozzle threading shall be national standard. Show connection shall be 6-inch mechanical joint. The center line of the nozzles shall be 18 inches above the finish grade. Hydrants shall have a 5 l~ inch interior valve opening and be restrained from hydrant to tee at the main. At the discretion of the Utilities Director, additional protection for fire hydrants shall be provided including but not limited to concrete filled ductile iron traffic posts. Fire hydrant branches (from main to hydrant) shall be a minimum of 6 inches ill. Each branch shall be provided with a resilient seat gate valve located as close as possible to the main. Hydrants shall be 10cated at or near road right-of-way lines with pumper nozzle pointing toward the road. A clear zone around all fire hydrants shall be adhered to, consisting of a 5 foot radius around the hydrant and 7 feet above the top of the hydrant. Maintain 15 feet minimum from hydrant to all structures. Placement of landscaping, fencing, etc. shall be considered in order to meet this clear zone requirement. List of Specifications: ANSVA WW A C500-93 1993 or latest version Metal-Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service (includes addendum C500a-95 ANSVAWW A C502-94 1994 or latest version Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrants (includes addendum C502a-95) A1~SV A WW A C503-97 1997 or latest version Wet-Barrel Fire Hydrants ANSVA WW A C504-94 1994 or latest version Rubber-Sealed Butterfly Valves Augusta Utilities Department September 2000 Design Standards & Construction SpeCifications 14-9 ~'\lC;U~ Iii ~'; ANSVA WW A C507-99 I-DEC-1999 or latest version Ball Valves 6 in. through 48 in. (150 mm through 1200 mm) ANSVA WW A C508-93 1993 or latest version Swing-Check Valves for Waterworks Service, 2 in. (50mm) Through 24 in. (600mm) NPS (includes addendum C508a-93 ANSVA WW A C509-94 1994 or latest version Resilient-Seated Gate Valves for Water-Supply Service (includes addendum C509a-95) ANSVA WW A C550-90 1990 or latest version Protective EpoXY Interior Coating for Valves and Hydrants 14.9 WATER SERVICE LINES AND TAPS Tapping sleeves and tapping crosses shall be of a heavy body ductile iron, mechanical joiq,t suitable for a working pressure of 150 psi for sleeves and crosses larger than 14-inch (200 psi for sleeves and crosses equal to or less than 14-inch), as approved by the Augusta Utilities Department. No direct service taps shall be allowed. All service line taps shall be supplied with cC'rporation stops. Service line tubing shall be rolled of soft continuous and seamless copper Type K conforming to A WW A C800 and ASTM B-88 (latest version). Corporation Stops and Main Connectors: 3;4" FB600 - 3 Ford or Equal 1" FB600 - 4 Ford or Equal Taper Thread Inlet by Flare Copper Outlet Eighth Bends: 3;4" LA02 - 33 Flare 1/8 Bend 3;4" LA04 - 33 Compression 1/8 Bend 1" LA02 - 44 Flare 1/8 Bend 1" LA04 - 44 Compression 1/8 Bend Minimum size for residential use shall be one (1) inch. The service line shall be laid in a straight line and be of a continuous piece of pipe from corporation to curb cock. The curb cock shall be located 6 inches behind and 8 inches below the top of new curb or edge of asphalt. Where service connects to DIP or any pressure-rated pipe, service saddles must be used. Brass double strap tapping saddles shall be used. U-bolt type straps are not acceptable. All water service taps on the main shall be spaced at a Augusta Utilities Department September 2000 Design Standards & Construction Specifications 14-10 .\.l.c.us. '~' ~ ,- OR minimum distance of 18 inches apart and a minimum of 18 inches from a bell or fitting. If two or more taps are required at a minimum spacing, they shall be offset 450 alternatively. Services greater than one (1) inch shall be seamless galvanized. 2" services shall have two 2" 90-degree galvanized elbows per Augusta Utilities' 2 Inch Water Service detail. Services shall not exceed over 100 feet from the main to the meter. Where possible, meter shall be placed in unpaved area as close to the water main as possible. 14.10 METER INSTALLATION The Contractor/Developer shall furnish and install an approved meter box at the termination point of all water services, and maintain until such time as a meter is installed. Meters will be installed by Augusta Utilities Department at the time services is required at the stub-out. Each unit within a residential building (i.e., duplex, triplex, etc.) shall have a separate meter, unless prior approval is received by the Utilities Director. The proper si~ing of service lines is the responsibility of the design engineer. Meters will be available in the following sizes only: 5/8 x 3/4, 1, 1 Yz, 2, 3, 4-inch, and larger standard sizes as ne~essary. Meter boxes for 11/2 inch and smaller meters are standard. 2-inch and larger shall be installed in a meter vault. The Augusta Utilities Department reserves the right to request historical data for meter sizing. Meter boxes shall be Rome type, 10" x 19" x 10" cast iron box and lid. The top shall have cast ribs on the bottom side with four (4) legs to prevent sliding movement. The box shall have a minimum weight of 37 lbs., for meters 1 Yz inch or smaller. Meter and curb stop shall be fully encased by the meter box. Meter vaults (for meters 2 inch and larger) shall be fabricated of masonry block or pre-cast reinforced concrete using 3,000 psi concrete and #4 rebar. The access hatch shall be made of heavy duty aluminum, and shall be hinged and lockable. The hatch shall be large enough for removal of the meter but no smaller than 48" x 36". Wall dimensions shall allow 2 feet of working clearance. Vault floors shall be no less than 4 inches thick with 3,000 psi concrete and #4 rebar, wi th the meter located no less than 18 inches off the floor. The Augusta Utilities Department assumes no responsibility for undersized meters and problems associated with it. All meters will be provided and installed by the Augusta Utilities Department. The meters remain the property of the Augusta Utilities Department. Meters should generally be placed 18 inches inside the adjacent utility easement that parallels the right-of-v:ay. Where sidewalk, two feet of clearance is required between the customer's side of the sidewalk edge and the meter box. In developments where the property line is not clearly defined (e.g., condominiums) the meter should be placed for ready access as approved by the Augusta Utilities Department. Meter and control valves shall be accessible and unobstructed for 4 feet in all directions. This shall include but not Augusta Utilities Department September 2000 Design Standards & Construction Specifications 14-11 ~u~u ~ - E~; be limited to transformers, telephone junction boxes, walls, trees, etc. Meters shall not be placed in areas that can be fenced, such as backyard. Meter boxes shall not be placed in any asphalt or concrete surfaced areas (sidewalks, driveways, curbs, etc.) unless approved in writing by Augusta Utilities. For shopping centers, the developer's engineer should give special consideration to meter layout so as to satisfy these requirements. When no alternative is available but to locate in asphalt, the top of box shall be flush with the asphalt surface. Meters shall not be located in low areas that normally receive storm water. The box shall also be located outside of parking stalls. The box and lid should be traffic bearing, but located outside of a commonly trafficked area. 14.11 BACKFLOW PREVENTION DEVICES Backflow prevention devices shall be provided, as required by the Utilities Director and as set forth in these Standards. All irrigation systems, water services and fire lines for industrial/office/commercial, schools, mobile home parks, multi-family residences and any other locations as determined by the Utilities Director shall require suitable backflow prevention assemblies on the customer side of service lines (domestic, irrigation, and fire). Backflow devices shall be tested by a certified person and the results furnished to the Augusta Utilities Department prior to any water use. Residential development shall install a "Dual Check" Backflow Device on the customer's side of service line at the point of tie-in to the water meter. The plumber or builder tying service into the set meter will submit the test results for the backflow prevention device to the Augusta Utilities Department's Inspector prior to acceptance and any water use. Backflow prevention device assemblies shall be the latest approved product of a manufacturer regularly engaged in the production of this type equipment. All assemblies shall be as approved by the America Society of Sanitary Engineering (ASSE), The American National Standards Institute (ANSI), The American Water Works Association (A WW A), Foundation for Cross Connection Control and Hydraulic Research of the University of Southern California, and the Georgia State Plumbing Code. Type and size of assemblies shall be indicated on the drawings. Backflow prevention device ownership and maintenance responsibilities shall be as set forth in the appropriate ordinances. The Owner shall document yearly that the backflow prevention device has been tested annually by a qualified technician. A copy of the technician's certification must be attached to the test results and submitted to the Augusta Utilities Director. Engineer must comply with the Augusta Utilities Department Policies and Procedures for Backflow Prevention by Containment (latest version). A copy of this manual is available upon request. Augusta Utilities Department September 2000 Design Standards & Construction Specifications 14-12 ~\Jc.u. . e~; List of Specifications: ANSI! A WW A C51 0-97 1997 or latest version Double Check Valve Backflow-Prevention Assembly ANSI! A WW A C511-97 1997 or latest version Reduced-Pressure Principle Backflow-Prevention Assembly 14.12 SYSTEM PRESSURES The design engineer shall not assume a pressure greater than 35 psi at the meter of detector check valve without confirmation from the Augusta Utilities Department. The design engineer, if possible, should field verify the available pressures prior to finalizing their design. The Augusta Utilities Department does not guarantee or warrant any pressure or flow above what the system can furnish. Augusta Utilities reserves the right to limit water usage for irrigation in the event of drought, or requirement .by the Georgia EPD. 14.13 FIRE LINES All fire lines shall have a detector check valve with a 5/8 inch by-pass meter (to detect low flows) within the right-of-way or dedicated easement. No exceptions to the by-pass meter requirement shall be made regardless of sprinkler system type, configuration, etc. CONSTRUCTION: 14.14 WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM INSTALLATION Authorization must be obtained from the Augusta Utilities Department to construct, alter or modify a water line. Construction of water infrastructure will be authorized by the Utilities Department upon approval of submitted plans and notification of the Augusta Utilities Department at least 24 hours prior to starting construction (706-772-5503). Where water lines will encroach public right-of-way, a Right-of-Way Encroachment Permit approved by the Public Works Department is required prior to construction. A Right-of-Way Encroachment Permit application is available through the Public Works Department (706-821-1706). Installation of water mains and associated appurtenances shall be in accordance with current A WW A specifications and manufacturer's requirements for the specific product. Loading or unloading and storage of pipe, fittings, valves, etc. shall be done such that to avoid damage. The interior of all pipe, fittings, valves, etc. shall be kept free of dirt and foreign matter at all times. All piping shall be placed in a dry trench with a stable Augusta Utilities Department September 2000 Design Standards & Construction Specifications 1 4-1 3 bottom. Wet trench installation shall be allowed only upon written approval of the Utilities Director. Mechanical restraint systems shall be required at each fitting involving a change of direction and as specified in the approved plans. Concrete thrust blocks will be allowed in lieu of mechanical restraint systems. Backfill shall be free of boulders and debris, and shall comform to Georgia Department of Transportation Specifications. Sharp or rocky material encountered in the base shall be replaced with proper bedding. Pipe shall be laid on line and grade as designed. Pipe joints, gravity blocks, service connections, and conflicts shall be left exposed until visually inspected and approved by the Augusta Utilities Department's Inspector. Fire hydrants shall be installed true and plumb with the center of the pumper nozzle. facing toward the road. Hydrants shall not be placed in the sidewalk. The engineer will be responsible for moving hydrants placed in sidewalks. All valves shall be placed according to plans. Valve stems shall be installed plumb. Valve stem extensions are required as described in Section 14.7. Air relief valves shall be installed at all high points in the water main where air can collect, as shown on the plans or as directed by Augusta Utilities. . List of Specifications: ANSJ/ A WW A C600-93 1993 or latest version Installation of Ductile-Iron Water Mains and Their Appurtenances ANSJ/A WW A C605-94 30-JAN-1994 or latest version Underground Installation of Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and Fittings for Water ANSJ/ A WW A C512-92 1992 or latest version Air Release, AirNacuum and Combination Air Valves for Water Works Service 14.14.1 Handling and Storing of Materials: Unload pipe so as to avoid deformation or other injury thereto. Place no pipe within pipe of a larger size. Store pipe and fittings on sills above storm drainage level and deliver for laying after the trench is excavated. Valves shall be drained and so stored as to protect them from freezing. 14.14.2 Pipe Laying (General): The interior of the pipe shall be clean and joint surfaces wiped clean and dry when the pipe is lowered into trench. Lower each pipe, fitting and valve into the trench carefully and lay true to line and without objectionable breaks in grade. The depth of cover below finished grade shall be Augusta Utilities Department September 2000 Design Standards & Construction Specifications 1 4-1 4 ~\lGUS. - EOR' not less than 3 feet, or as shown on the drawings. Give all pipes a uniform bearing on the trench bottom. Allow no trench water or dirt to enter the pipe after laying. Insert a watertight plug in the open end of the piping when pipe laying is not in progress. 14.14.3 Boring and Jacking: Where required by the drawings, the water line will be installed in a steel casing, placed by boring and jacking. Where boring is required under highways or city/county roads, the materials and workmanship will be in accordance with the standards of the Georgia Department of Transportation or local authority. Boring and jacking under railroads will be governed by the latest A.R.E.A. Standards, Part 5, "Pipelines" and those of the railroad involved. 14.14.3.1 Casing Pipe: The casing pipe shall conform to the materials standard of ASTM Designation A252, with minimum wall thickness of 0.219 inch. Steel pipe will have a minimum yield strength of 35,000 psi. Casing pipe shall be joined together with welded joints. 14.14.3.2 Carrier Pipe: The carrier pipe shall be ductile iron as specified herein. 14.14.3.3 Installation: The steel casing shall be installed by the "Dry Bore and Jack" method. If voids develop or if the bored hole diameter is greater than the outside diameter of the pipe by more than approximately 1 inch, remedial measures will be taken as approved by the Engineer. When installing water line through casing, Contractor shall use mechanical joint pipe with retained glands through length of casing. The water main shall be strapped to 8 foot long treated wooden skids with metal straps throughout length of casing. The ends of the casing shall be sealed with brick and mortar. 14.14.4 Reaction Blocking: All plugs, caps, tees, bends and other fittings shall be provided with adequate reaction blocking as shown on the drawings. Reaction blocking shall be made to bear directly against the undisturbed trench wall. Where trench conditions are, in the opinion of. the Engineer, unsuitable for reaction blocking, the Contractor shall provide tied joints to adequately anchor the piping as shown on the drawings. All the rods and clamps shall be given a bituminous protective coating. 14,14.5 Pressure and Leakage Testing: Before any work will be accepted for payment, the Contractor will fill the piping with water, open outlet as necessary for expelling the entrapped air. No fire hydrant shall be opened full force during charging operations. Thereafter, furnish the necessary equipment and test the piping under the supervision of the Engineer for a period of at least 2 hours at not less than 1.25 times the design pressure in pounds per square inch, based upon the highest elevation of the section under test. Pressure testing shall be in accordance with the latest A WW A Standard C600, Section 4.1. at 1.5 times the working pressure at the point of testing. Inspect all joints, and remedy to the satisfaction of the Engineer any defects discovered. Continue the test until all visible leaks have been eliminated from the part of the system under test, and the pressure Augusta Utilities Department September 2000 Design Standards & Construction Specifications 14-15 .~\lGU ~ - R remains constant with a maximum pressure drop of 5 psi for the duration of the test. Immediately following the pressure test, and before any work will be accepted for payment, the Contractor shall perform a leak3.ge test. Leakage is defined as the quantity of water to be supplied into the newly laid pipe, or any valved section thereof necessary to maintain the specified leakage test filled with water to within 5 psi of the test pressure. No pipe installation will be accepted until the leakage is less than the number of gallons per hour as determined by the forrnula: L= S= D= p= ED!P Allowable L- J.334X) leakage in gallons per hour. The length of pipe in the section tested. The nominal diameter of the pipe in inches. The average test pressure during the leakage test in pounds per square inch gauge. The leakage test shall be conducted in accordance with A WW A Standard C-600, Section 4.1 (latest version). 14.14.6 Connection to Existing System: All connections to existing mains shall be made under the direct supervision of the Augusta Utilities Department's Inspector. Valves on existing mains shall be operated by or under direct supervision of Augusta Utilities Department personnel. Tapping sleeves and valves shall be pressure tested prior to tapping. If service to existing customers must be cut off, the Augusta Utilities Department shall be notified at least three (3) days in advance to make necessary notifications. The Contractor shall disinfect and secure appropriate Utilities Department clearances and samples for any service interruptions which occur as a result of a Contract request for shut down or error. The clearances shall be obtained within 72 hours of reactivation. If cut-off of service is required, the Contractor shall be ready to proceed with as much material pre-assembled as possible at the site to minimize the length of service interruption. Augusta Utilities reserves the right to postpone service cut- off if, in the opinion of the Utilities Director, the Contractor is not ready to proceed on schedule. No customer should be without water for more than four (4) hours. The Owner/Developer shall arrange for temporary services to Customer if water will be shut off for more than four hours. Local chlorination will be required for all pipe and fittings used to complete connections with the potable water system. Tapping sleeves and valves shall be chlorinated in accordance with A WW A requirements. All wet taps shall be witnessed by the Augusta Utilities Department's Inspector. Augusta Utilities Department September 2000 Design Standards & Construction Specifications 14-16 .~:,cu_~ ".. E: RG 14.15 CLEANING AND FLUSIDNG Upon completion of installation, the mains shall be flushed and the water disposed of without creating a nuisance. Flushing must achieve a minimum water velocity of 2.5 fps in all portions of the pipe. The duration of the flushing will be determined by the Augusta Utilities Department's Inspector. If, in the opinion of the Augusta Utilities Department's Inspector, there is insufficient water available for proper flushing,: the Contractor shall clean the lines by pigging. No flushing or cleaning shall take place without an Augusta Utilities representative present. The existing mains that the new mains are connected to may be required to be flushed under the direction of the Augusta Utilities Department when service is restored. 14.16 TESTING AND DISINFECTION All water mains shall be leak tested. The Contractor/Deve10per shall provide all equipment, materials and labor necessary for pressure and leak testing. This test must be observed by an Augusta Utilities Department representative and the design engineer. A pumping pressure of 200 psi must be supplied at the expense of the Contractor/Developer. The main tested shall either be isolated from active potable lines or protected from leakage by a double valve arrangement. All water used for pressure testing must be potable water with an adequate chlorine residual. Water lines shall be tested by valve sections. Maximum allowable leakage shall be as determined in accordance with current A WW A specifications. The standard duration of test is four (4) hours. Testing procedures shall meet or exceed A WW A C600 (latest version) requirements. Any portions of the main which fail the test shall be replaced or adjusted until the entire new main passes the test criteria. The pressure and leakage test shall be done concurrently. Augusta Utilities shall be notified at least 24 hours in advance to schedule bacteriological testing of water mains. The Contractor shall replace or adjust components of the pipeline which fail the test. Clearance is required from the Utilities Department before the Augusta Utilities Department will allow the main to be put into service. All piping complete with fittings and appurtenances shall be sterilized as specified in the applicable sections of A WW A Specification C651 (latest version) "Disinfecting Water Mains." Piping and appurtenances shall be thoroughly flushed then chlorinated with not less than fifty parts per million (50 ppm). Calcium hypochlorite can be used. Water from the existing distribution system or other source of supply should be controlled so as to flow slowly into the newly laid pipeline during the application of chlorine. The solution should be retained in the pipeline for not less than 24 hours and a chlorine residual of 10 ppm should be available at this time. The system shall then be flushed with potable water and the sampling program started. Sampling taps and chlorinated water used for disinfection shall be flushed to a location that will not damage property, persons, etc., and shall be provided by the Contractor/Developer at the expense of the Augusta Utilities Department September 2000 Design Standards & Construction Specifications 14-17 Contractor/Developer. The provisions of this paragraph apply equally to new pipe and fittings and to existing pipelines into which connections have been made or which may have been otherwise disturbed to the extent that contamination may have occurred. All requirements of the health authorities shall be observed in executing this work. The disposal of heavily chlorinated water (following disinfection) must be accomplished in . accordance with the latest editions of the A WW A Standard C651 and the EPD's Minimum Standards for Public Water Systems. Two or more successive sets of samples, taken at 24 hour intervals and tested by a State approved private lab, shall indicate bacteriologically satisfactory water and the results submitted to the Engineer. 14.17 WATER/SEWER SEPARATION: A 10 foot horizontal separation shall be maintained between water and sewer lines. Where the horizontal separation cannot be met or where water and sewer lines must cross, an 18 inch vertical separation, water over sewer must be maintained. Where the above conditions cannot be met, water and sewer lines shall be cast iron or ductile iron pipe with joints staggered such that maximum separation between joints exists. The water line shall be installed over the sewer line. 14.18 AS-BUILT DRAWINGS: As the work progresses, record on one set of utility drawings all changes and devi'ations from the contract drawings in sizes, lines or grade. Record also the exact final location of water lines by offset distances to surface improvements such as edge of existing pavement or to property lines, etc. at a maximum interval of 200 feet. Make sufficient measurements to locate definitely all water lines etc., to permanent points. The drawings will show references to all valves, fittings, pipe brand changes, etc; Transfer accurately all such records in red pencil to white prints of the utility drawings and deliver them to the Engineer with monthly payment estimate. 14.19 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: Payment will be made only for elements in place and tested as follows: 1. Pipelines will be paid for at the unit contract price, per linear foot, for each size, type and class installed, complete, including fittings. No deduction will be made for the laying length of valves and fittings installed within pipelines. Augusta Utilities Department September 2000 Design Standards & Construction Specifications 14-18 ~\lGU . 'N 2. Valves will be paid for at the unit contract price for each size and type installed. Payment therefore will include box or vault as shown on the plans. 3. Fire hydrants will be paid for at the unitcontract price for each size installed, complete with the lead piping, valve, and main tee, in place as shown on the plans. 4. Service lines will be paid for at the unit contract price for each size and type installed, complete as shown on the plans. Augusta Utilities Department September 2000 Design Standards & Construction Specifications 14-19 .\lGUS.- a co; SECTION 14B SANITARY SEWER SYSTEMS BASIS FOR DESIGN: A Professional Engineer registered in the State of Georgia must prepare the plans and specifications. Design must conform to the requirements set forth in "Recommended Standards for Wastewater Facilities" (latest version) published by the Great Lakes-Upper Mississippi River Board of State and Provincial Public Health and Environmental Managers, and followEPD guidelines. Before a sewer is designed, the area to be served should be studied for the purpose of estimating the type and quantity of flow to be handled. Design should be considered for the ultimate tributary population. Consideration should be given to the maximum anticipated capacity of institutions, industrial parks, etc. Where future relief sewers are planned, economic analysis of alternatives should accompany initial permit application. Design should be based on peak sewage flows plus the anticipated maximum infiltration/inflow levels under normal open channel flow conditions. All food service operations are required to install, operate, clean, and maintain a sufficiently sized oil and grease separator (grease trap) to prevent obstruction or interference with the proper operation of the sanitary sewer collection system and treatment plants. All existing waterworks units, including basins, wells, and treatment units, located within 200 feet of a proposed sewer shall be shown on the engineering plans. Soil conditions within this 200 feet of waterworks shall be determined and shown on the plans. A professional engineer shall determine force main size, after a study has been completed of the surrounding area with regards to the proposed construction and potential future construction. A minimum vefocity of 2 fps within a force main shall be acceptable for prevention of solids settling. No sanitary sewer lines less than eight (8) inches in diameter may be installed. Sanitary laterals with clean-outs shall be installed at ALL service tie-ins to the system. During construction when deviations from approved plans affecting capacity, flow, or operation are desired, the Augusta Utilities Department's Inspector shall be notified. Revised plans shall be submitted as soon as possible to the Augusta Utilities Department for approval. Minor changes not affecting capacities, flows or operation may be allowed in the field during construction by the Utilities Department's Inspector. The Inspector shall have final authority as to what constitutes a minor or major change. An approved set of Record Drawings clearly showing any changes shall be submitted to the Augusta Augusta Utilities Department September 2000 Design Standards & Construction Specifications 14-20 - ~ Utilities Department Inspector at the completion of the work and prior to sign-off of the final plat. The Contractor/Developer is responsible for verifying the exact location, size and material of any existing sewer facility proposed for connection or use by the project. DESIGN STANDARDS FOR SANITARY SEWER LINES: 14.20 COVER 14.20. 1 Minimum cover to finished grade over sanitary sewer shall be four (4) feet. 14.20.2Maximum cover shall be 20 feet unless otherwise approved by the Augusta Utilities Department. 14.21HORIZONTAL SEPARATION 14.21.1 Ten (10) feet to water lines and storm sewer lines. 14.21.2Fifteen (15) feet to buildings, top of bank of lakes/streams/creeks, other structures (10 feet absolute minimum - only when unavoidable, and pipe material is required to be DlP). 14.21.3Ten (10) feet minimum separation to gas mains. 14.21.4Ten (10) feet minimum to underground electric cable. 14.21.5All separation distances above are edge to edge. 14.22VERTICAL SEP ARA TION Eighteen (18) inch minimum separation (edge to edge) between all pipes and cables shall be maintained (6 inch absolute minimum separation with DlP) 14.23LA YOUT 14.23. 1 Sanitary sewer easements shall be a minimum of twenty (20) feet wide with the sewer line centered in the easement. 14.23.2Individual sewer services shall be a minimum of six (6) inches in diameter and shall extend from the main and terminate with a c1ean-'out constructed at the edge of right-of-way. If the main is installed outside of the right-of-way, the services with clean-outs shall terminate at the edge of the permanent easement. All lines eight (8) inches in diameter and larger shall terminate in a manhole. Sewer lines installed parallel to lakes/streams/creeks shall be designed to leave a 25-foot undisturbed buffer along the edge of the bank. The required service lateral with qlean-out shall be inspected by the Augusta Utilities Inspector prior to physical Augusta Utilities Department September 2000 Design Standards & Construction Specifications 14-21 tie-in of private service line. The use of donuts or tying into the stack pipe of the clean-out is strictly prohibited. 14.23.3Under no circumstances shall house sewer services and water services be laid in the same trench. 14.23AAll sewers shall be designed and constructed to give a mean velocity of 2.0 feet per second; when flowing full, based on Manning's formula using an "n' of 0.014. The following are the minimum slope that should be provided; however, slopes greater than these are desirable. Size (inches) 8 10 12 14 15 16 18 21 24 27 30 33 36 39 42 Minimum Slope in Feet Per 1 00 Feet 0040 0.28 0.22 0.17 0.15 0.14 0.12 0.10 0.08 0.067 0.058 0.052 0.046 0.041 0.037 Where velocities greater than 10 feet per second are attained, special provision shall be made to protect against displacement by erosion and impact. 14.23.5The maximum slope for a sanitary sewer line shall be 20%. All 20% sewers shall be DIP with concrete collar walls at every joint or alternate restraining system provided by design engineer. Slopes less than 20% are preferred. Ifsteep slope is necessary, the Augusta Utilities Department Engineer must approve the design. 14.23.6Buoyancy of sewers shall be considered and flotation of the pipe shall be prevented with appropriate construction where high groundwater conditions are anticipated. 14.23.7Manhole spacing shall not exceed 400 LF for sewers 15 inches in diameter or smaller, and 500 feet for sewers 18 inches to 30 inches. Augusta Utilities Department September 2000 Design Standards & Construction Specifications 14-22 14.23.8Manholes shall be 10cated at the junction of sewers and at changes in grade, pipe size, or alignment. They shall also be installed at all intersections. Sanitary sewer manholes should not be located where surface water drain into them. When this is not possible, a watertight cover shall be specified. For this purpose, and also for assisting in locating manholes across country, the rims shall be set above grade. 14.23.9A drop manhole shall be provided for a sewer entering a manhole at an elevation of 24 inches or more above the manhole invert. Where the difference in elevation between the incoming sewer and the manhole invert is less than 24 inches the invert shall be filleted to prevent solids deposition. 14.23.10Minimum angle between influent and effluent sanitary sewer lines at a manhole shall be ninety (90) degrees. 14.23.11Both vertical and horizontal alignments shall be reviewed with the Augusta Utilities Department prior to finalization. 14.23.12All pipes crossing proposed sanitary sewer lines shall be shown as conflicts in plan and profile views on the sanitary sewer plan sheets (not on detail sheets). Crossings shall be designated by a letter (A, B, C, etc...) and include information regarding top of pipe and bottom of pipe elevations. Contact the Augusta Utilities Department for an example. The design engineer is responsible for identifying all conflicts. 14.23.13Where indicated on the plans, pipe stub-outs for the connection of future sewers shall be provided during the construction of new manholes. Each stub-out shall be plugged in the bell end of the stub-out with plug approved by Augusta Utilities. 14.24SANITARY SEWER MATERIAL Pipe for sanitary sewers shall be polyvinyl chloride (PVC) or ductile iron pipe (DIP) as outlined below. However, DIP is considered a remedial measure for special applications only. Standard pipe lengths not greater than 20 feet shall be used. Force main pipe shall be of approved C900-CL200 water pipe. PVC pipe shall be manufactured from virgin resin conforming to ASTM D-3034 (latest version) with minimum classification of SDR-35. DIP shall be epoxy-lined and conform to AWWA C1511ANSI A21.51 (latest version). Design methods shall conform to A WW A C1S0/ANSI A21.50 (latest version). DIP shall be Class 350 for 12" and smaller. All fittings shall be of the same quality and material as the pipe to be used. Pipe classes shall be determined based upon the installation and the use intended. Pipe shall be . Augusta Utilities Department September 2000 Design Standards & Construction Specifications 14-23 appropriately labeled on the drawings. WYE fittings shall be utilized. TEE fittings and saddles shall not be allowed. All DIP fittings shall be ductile iron or cast iron. Aerial pipe shall be mechanical joint DIP or continuous weld, wrapped and coated steel pipe. Piers shall be placed at every joint directly behind the bell. Site conditions may dictate construction utilizing more stringent requirements than indicated in the standard detail. Anchor collars shall be constructed on the pipe whenever pipe grade is 20% or greater. Restrainers may be used in lieu of collars when a particular brand and method are determined equivalent. 14.24.1 DIP shall be required in the following circumstances: 14.24.1.1 When sanitary sewer line has less than four (4) feet of cover. Minimum depth of DIP is two (2) feet. 14.24.1.2When a sanitary sewer line cross over storm pipe (Must be one joint of DIP centered on the crossing) 14.24.1.3When a sanitary sewer line passes laterally within one (1) foot of a storm sewer line (Must be one joint of DIP centered on the crossing). 14.24.1.4When a sanitary sewer line is to have in excess of eighteen (18) feet of fill. 14.24.1.5When a sanitary sewer line is at the maximum slope of 20%. 14.24.1.6For last joint of pipe at all drop manholes greater than three (3) feet. 14.24.1.7When a sanitary sewefis less than six (6) feet under a street. 14.24.1.8The Utilities Director may mandate DIP in any instances of off-site or on-site construction where future abuse to the line is possible due to location or circumstances, extensive length under pavement, or in private property away from right-of-way areas. 14.24.2 pye shall be jointed with a rubber gasket and shall conform to ASTM F477 (latest version) and manufacturer's recommendations. Solvent weld is prohibited. DIP shall be of the bell and spigot type with push-on joints confonning to ANSI A21.11 (latest version) or mechanicaljoints. 14.24.3 Sewer Pipe Bedding: Bedding requirements shall apply to sanitary sewer lines only. They are not to be considered minimum bedding requirements and as such, do not relieve the Engineer/Contractor of the responsibility to provide any additional bedding necessary for proper construction. Augusta Utilities Department September 2000 Design Standards & Construction SpeCifications 14-24 .\leu. - EO; Bedding shall be carefully placed along the full width of the trench so, that the pipe is true to line and grade of the pipe barrel. Bell holes shall be provided so as to relieve pipe bells of all load, but small enough to ensure that support is provided throughout the length of pipe. Crushed stone embedment material shall conform to ASTM C33, Graduation #67 (314" to #4). Bedding material shall be placed underneath and be carried up the sides of the pipe as specified below. Class B Bedding shall be performed by first undercutting the trench an adequate amount to provide bedding under the pipe bell. The trench shall then be brought to grade with compacted crushed stone as specified above for the full width of the trench. The bedding material shall be placed in the zone four (4) inches below the pipe and the pipe laid to line and grade and backfilled with compacted crushed stone placed the full width of the trench up to one-half the outside diameter of the pipe. Select backfill placed in six (6) inch layers and compacted shall be the backfill from the springline of pipe to 18 inches above the pipe. A minimum Class B Bedding shall be used for all plastic pipes. Class C Bedding shall be performed by first undercutting the trench an adequate amount to provide bedding under the pipe bell. The trench shall then be brought to grade with compacted crushed stone as specified above for the full width of the trench. The bedding material shall be placed in the zone four (4) inches below the pipe and the pipe laid to line and grade and backfilled with compacted crushed stone .placed the full width of the trench up to one-fourth the outside diameter of the pipe. Select backfill placed in six (6) inch layers and compacted shall be. the backfill from the bedding material to 18 inches above the pipe. A minimum Class C Bedding shall be used for all ductile iron pipes. 14.24.4 Jack and Bore Installations: Casing pipe used with jack and bore shall be in accordance with requirements of the Georgia Department of Transportation (GDOT) or railway specifications. 14.24.5 New sewers shall be tied-in to the existing sewers at locations indicated on the plans. No lines smaller than six (6) inches shall be tied to a sewer line or manhole. All tie-ins to existing manholes shall be cored. The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining uninterrupted service of the sanitary sewer during tie- in operations. No connection to existing sanitary sewer shall be allowed until the proposed sewer line is inspected and approved by the Augusta Utilities Department's Inspector. Augusta Utilities Department September 2000 Design Standards & Construction Specifications 14-25 - ~ 14,24.6 Side sewers shall be installed where shown on the plans. A side sewer consists of a sewer extending from a connection to the street or main sewer to its connection to the house sewer or other point. For new 8" through 12" diameter sewers, the side sewer connection shall be constructed with a wye fitting in the street sewer with a 45-degree elbow. For new 15" and larger pipes, or existing sewers, the connection shall be made by machine made tap and suitable saddle, . unless otherwise approved by the Augusta Utilities Department. Belled pipe shall be laid with the bell end up grade and in general, all pipe laying shall start and proceed up grade from the point of connection at the street sewer or other starting point. Pipe shall be laid in a straight line at a uniform grade between fittings or on a uniform horizontal or vertical curvature achieved by deflecting thepipe joints within the manufacturer's recommended limits. The maximum deflection permissible at anyone fitting shall not exceed 45 degrees. The maximum deflection of any combination of two adjacent fittings shall not exceed 45 degrees unless straight pipe not less than 2 Y2 feet in length be installed between such adjacent fittings or unless one of such fittings is a wye branch with a c1eanout provided on the straight leg. 14.24.7 Material for transition (e.g., pve to DIP) shall be indicated and specified. Where offset of DIP is required, mechanical joint DIP shall be installed with mechanical joint heavy body DIP sleeves at the reconnections. 14.24.8 Sanitary Sewer Manholes: Precast manholes shall conform to the latest edition of ASTM C-478 (five inch wall thickness). Use six (6) inch wall thickness if manhole exceeds 20 feet in depth. All holes for incoming and outgoing pipe will, whenever possible, be precast, with pipe tie-in made using PSI0 flexible gasket, manufactured by PressSeal Gasket Corporation, or approved equal. In the event of the necessity of cutting new holes, the holes shall be machined cored neatly and carefully so as not to damage the structural integrity of the manhole and large enough to allow the insertion of a flexible rubber boot. Precast holes shall be flexible boot fitted. Barrel joints shall be tongue and groove with performed plastic meeting the requirements of Federal Specifications SS-S-0021O, "Sealing Compound, Preformed Plastic Pipe Joints" Type I, rope form, also known as "Ram Neck." Eccentric manholes cones are required. Inverts shall be constructed of 3,000 psi plant mix. Manhole steps shall be installed in all sections of each manhole as indicated on the drawings. Frame and covers shall be cast or ductile iron and set in a bed of mortar on the top of the manhole and completely grouted outside and wiped smooth. Ring and cover shall be USF-170 or approved equal. Cover shall read' 'Sanitary Sewer." Watertight manhole covers are to be used wherever street runoff or high water may flood the manhole tops. Locked manhole covers may be Augusta Utilities Department September 2000 Design Standards & Construction Specifications 14-26 ~OGU .~ - Eo'; may be desirable in isolated easement locations or where vandalism may be a problem. Where corrosive conditions due to sephclty or other causes is anticipated, consideration shall be given to providing corrosion 'protection on the interior of the manholes. The minimum diameter of manholes shall be 48 inches; larger diameters are required for large diameter sewers. A minimum access diameter of 22- 14 inches shall be provided. Outside drop manholes shall be precast and constructed for incoming lines having invert 24 inches or more above the invert of the manhole outlet, with DIP and tie rods per Detail No. 14.08. Shallow manholes shall be precast or Type B slab top precast and shall be constructed in accordance with ASTM C-478 (latest version). Drop manholes should be. constructed with an outside drop connection. Inside drop connection (when necessary) shall be secure to the interior wa11 of the manhole and provide access for cleaning. Inside drop connections shall be used only when approved by the Utilities Department Engineering Division. Due to the unequal earth pressure that may result from the backfilling operation in the vicinity of the manhole, the entire outside drop connection shall be encased in concrete. A bench shall be provided on each side of any manhole channel when the pipe diameter(s) are less than the manhole diameter. The bench should be. sloped no less than 112 inch per foot (4 percent). No lateral sewer, service connection, or drop manhole pipe shall discharge onto the surface of the bench. 14.24.11 All construction material shall be first quality, not previously used. Repair clamps are not acceptable. Damaged or faulty pipe and materials must be properly replaced. All gaskets shall be new. When connecting to existing valves or fittings, gaskets shall be replaced, not reused. 14.24.12 The Engineer shall provide a complete set of shop drawings, which shall indicate the Augusta Utilities Department's specific material requirements. In general, material requirements wi1lbe guided by the latest versions of the specifications of A WW A and ASTM. Augusta Utilities Department September 2000 Design Standards & Construction Specifications 14-27 ~"u"u: - t"dR' 14.25 SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM DESIGN Design requirements are as follows: 14.25.1 Per Capita Flow, Average: 125 gallons per day (gpd) 14.25.2 Minimum velocity in collector sewer: 2.0 feet per second (fps) 14.25.3 Maximum velocity in collector sewer: 10.0 feet per second (fps) 14.25.4 Minimum collector sewer size: 8 inch 14.25.5 Infiltration A110wance: 25 gpd/in Dia/rnile 14.25.6 Ratio of Peak to Average flow: 2.5 14.25.7 Design depth of flow @ Peak Flow: 0.75 of Full 14.25.8 Design Period: 30 Years 14.25.9 Minimum Manning's "n" Factor; 0.014 14.26 LIFT STATION DESIGN All lift stations shall be installed underground, unless otherwise directed by the Utilities Director. Wet well size and pump sizing shall be determined by a professional engineer, after a comparative study has been done of the area surrounding the proposed construction. Potential future development of the surrounding area should be incorporated into the design. All potable water services around sewage pumping facilities shall be provided with an approved reduced pressure backflowprevention (RPZ) device. All pipes entering the wet well and discharging from the wet well into the valve pit shall be mechanical joint DIP. PVC pipe will not be permitted. Pipes shall be sized per the design engineer's calculations and pump data. 14.26.1 Pumps, valves, and pipe sizes, shall be designed by a professional engineer. Calculations for the design shall be submitted to the Augusta Utilities Department for review and approval. Pump specifications shall be provided to Augusta Utilities for review. Valves shall have a minimum of a 18-inch clear zone in all directions. Augusta Utilities Department September 2000 Design Standards & Construction Specifications 14-28 14.26.2 14.26.3 14.26.4 The valve pit shall consist of a precast manhole cone section or a precast concrete box. The bottom shall have 2-inch diameter pre-drilled holes filled with gravel for drainage. A cone section shall be. set on a minimum 4-inch thick concrete slab with an open bottom and gravel for drainage. For proposed piping, the manhole shall have cored holes fitted with flexible rubber boots. Standard ring and cover shall be installed and grouted to the cone section. The top of the valve pit shall be a minimum of six (6) inches above finished grade. Electrical systems and components (e.g., motor, lights, cables, conduits, switch boxes, control circuits, etc.) in raw wastewater wells, or in enclosed or partially enclosed spaces where hazardous concentrations of flammable gases or vapors may be present, shall comply with the National and the City of Augusta Electrical Code requirements. In addition, equipment located in the wet well shall be suitable for use under corrosive conditions. Each flexible cable shall be provided with a watertight seal and separate strain relief. A fused disconnect switch located above ground shall be provided. For the main power feed for all pumping stations. When such equipment is exposed to weather it shall meet the requirements of weatherproof equipment. One such equipment such as the control panel shall be duplex NEMA 4X with audible and visible alarms. Lightning and surge protection systems should be considered. A 110 volt power receptacle to facilitate maintenance shall be provided inside the control panel for lift stations that have control panels outdoors. Ground fault interruption protection shall be provided for all outdoor outlets. Permanently-installed or portable engine-driven generating. equipment must be available for emergency operation of all lift stations. Generating unit size shall be adequate to provide power for pump motor starting current and for lighting, ventilation, and other auxiliary equipment necessary for safety and proper operation of the lift station. The City of Augusta must approve allowance for the operation of only one pump during periods of auxiliary power supply. Special sequencing controls shall be provided to start pump motors unless the generating equipment has the capacity to start all pumps simultaneously with auxiliary equipment operating. Where portable generating equipment or manual transfer is provided, sufficient storage capacity with an alarm system shall be provided to allow time for detection of pump station failure and transportation and connection of generating equipment. Special electrical connections and double throw switches shall be installed at all lift stations where emergency power will be provided by portable generating equipment. Design engineer and/or contractor shall coordinate type and Augusta Utilities Department September 2000 Design Standards & Construction Specifications 14-29 ~\Jc.us . ,~ OR size of all permanent or portable generators with City of Augusta prior to lift station construction. 14.26.5 Wastewater pumping stations and portable equipment shall be supplied with a complete set of operational instructions, including emergency . procedures, maintenance schedules, tools and spare parts as may be necessary. CONSTRUCTION: 14.27 INSTALLATION Authorization must be obtained from the Augusta Utilities Department to construct, alter or modify a sanitary sewer line. Construction of sewer infrastructure will be authorized by the Utilities Department upon approval of submitted plans and notification of the Augusta Utilities Department at least 24 hours prior to starting construction (706-772- 5503). Where water lines will encroach public right-of-way, a Right-of-Way Encroachment Permit approved by the Public Works Department is required prior to construction. A Right-of-Way Encroachment Permit application is available through the Public Works Department (706-821-1706). Installation of sanitary sewer pipe and associated appurtenances shall be in accordance with current ASTM specifications and manufacturer's requirements for the specific product. Loading or unloading and storage of pipe, fittings, valves, etc. shall be done . such that to avoid damage. All pipe shall be carefully examined before it is installed in the trench. Damaged pipe or pipe which does. not meet specification requirements shall be rejected and removed from the work site. The interior of all pipe, fittings, valves, etc. shall be kept free of dirt and foreign matter at all times. All piping shall be placed in a dry trench with a stable bottom. Wet trench installation shall be allowed only upon written approval of the Utilities Director. Backfill shall be free of boulders and debris, and shall conform to Georgia Department of Transportation Specifications. Sharp or rocky material encountered in the base shall be replaced wi~h proper bedding. Pipe shall be laid on line and grade as designed. Pipe joints, gravity blocks, service connections, and conflicts shall be left exposed until visually inspected and approved by the Augusta Utilities Department's Inspector. All concrete cradles, saddles, or encasements shall be installed as shown on the plans. These structures shall be constructed in strict accordance to the details shown on the plans. Concrete shall have a 28 day compressive strength of 3,000 psi when tested in accordance with ASTM Specification C-39. Augusta Utilities Department September 2000 Design Standards & Construction Specifications 14-30 ~\lCU . eoR' All manholes indicated on the plans shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor in strict accordance with the plans. The invert channels shall be smooth and accurately shaped to the semicircular bottom conforming to the inside of the adjacent sewer sections as shown on the plans. Changes in direction of the sewer and entering branches shall have as long a radius of the true curvature as the size of the manhole will permit. The top of manholes shall be topped out with brick as indicated on the plans. The number of courses will depend on the required elevation of the top of the manhole. The maximum number of brick courses allowed shall be three (3). New sewer lines shall be inspected through use of camera inspection equipment with an Augusta Utilities Department Inspector at the time of installation and again before the one-year warranty expires. The Developer is to provide the Augusta Utilities Department with a color VHS system videotape of the inside of every reach of sanitary sewer installed. The tape shall record manhole number to manhole number, date of recording, and distance from start of run. The tape shall include a distance and location description of every service line connection installed. The manhole numbering system shall be the same as shown on the approved development plans. 14.27.1 Installation: 14.27.1.1 Sewer Pipe Laying: The pipe shall be laid with bell or groove end upgrade. Pipe shall be tested for soundness, clear interior and satisfactory joint surfaces before lowering the pipe into the trench. Pipe shall be laid in straight lines and on uniform grades between points where changes in alignment or grade are shown. The pipe barrel shall be uniformly bedded. The line and invert grade of each pipe shall be checked from a top line carried on batter boards not over 25 feet apart or by use ofa laser beam target inserted in each joint. Pipes shall be laid to form a smooth, uniform invert. A stopper shall be installed in the pipe mouth when pipe laying is not in progress. PVC gravity sewer pipe and force main shall be installed in accordance to ASTM D2321, latest version. Ductile iron force main shall be installed in accordance with A WW A C600, latest version. 14.27.1.2 Backfilling Around Pipe: As soon as the joint material has set, fine earth shall be carefully tamped around each joint, and around and over the pipe to a depth of at least 2 feet above the top of gravity pipelines. In addition, all PVC sewer pipe shall be bedded in selected material from the pipe centerline down to a point 3 to 6 inches below the pipe invert. Selected materials for this pilrpose shall be Class I or IT soils as specified in ASTM D2321. Reconstruction of any roadway section or right-of-way shall be in accordance with the Georgia Department of Transportation and City of Augusta Specifications. Augusta Utilities Department September 2000 Design Standards & Construction Specifications 14-31 .\lGU . €o~ 14.27.1.3 Sewer Structures: Appurtenant sewer structures shall be constructed according to one or more of the following methods: 14.27.1.3.1 Masonry: Brick for manholes and other sewer structures shall be laid with shove joints completely filled with mortar. Horizontal joints shall not exceed 2 inch, vertical joints 3 inch on their interior face. In circular structures, all brick shall be laid as header with joints broken between courses. Interior joints shall be struck or wiped smooth with the face of the wall. The exterior of sanitary sewer manholes shall be plastered to a thickness of at least 2 inch. 14.27.1.3.2 Laying Brick and Concrete Block Work: Only clean brick or block shall be used. The brick or block shall be moistened by suitable means, as directed, until they are neither so dry as to absorb water from the mortar, nor so wet as to be slippery when laid. Each brick or block shall be laid in a full bed and joint of mortar without repairing subsequent grouting, flushing, or filling, and shall be thoroughly bonded as directed. 14.27.1.3.3 Plastering and Curing Brick or Block Masonry: OutsIde faces of masonry shall be plastered with mortar from 3 inch to d inch thick. If required, the masonry shall be properly moistened prior to application of the mortar. The plaster shall be carefully spread and troweled so that all cracks are thoroughly worked out. After hardening, the pIaster shall be carefully checked by being tapped for bond and soundness. Unbonded or unsound plaster shall be removed and replaced. Masonry and plaster shall be protected from too rapid drying by the use of burlap kept moist, or by other approved means, and shall be protected from the weather and frost, all as required. 14.27.1.3.4 Manhole Inverts: Manhole flow channels shall be constructed of concrete, sewer pipe, brick or precast, and shall be of semicircular section. Each manhole shall be provided with such channels for all connecting sewers. The inverts shall conform accurately to the size of the adjoining pipes. Side inverts shall be curved and main inverts (where direction changes) shall be laid out in smooth curves of the longest Augusta Utilities Department September 2000 Design Standards & Construction Specifications 14-32 ~\JCUS. .: EO; possible radius which is tangent to the centerlines of adjoining sewers. 14.27.1.3.5 Drop Manholes: Drop inlets shall be provided into manholes on sanitary sewers for incoming lines having inverts 2 feet or more above the inverts of the manhole outlet lines. Drop pipe and fittings shall be encased in masonry integral with the manhole and extending from the manhole base to the top of the incoming Sewer. Diameter of drop manholes to be four feet at a Ill1rumum. 14.27.1.3.6 Setting Manhole Frames and Covers: Manhole frames shall be set with the tops conforming accurately to the grade of the pavement or finished concentric with the top of the masonry and in a full bed of mortar so that the space between the. top of the manhole maSonry and the bottom flange of the frame shall be completely filled and made watertight. A thick ring of mortar extending to the outer edge of the masonry shall be placed all around the bottom flange. The mortar shall be smoothly finished to be flush with the top of the flange and have a slight slope to shed water away from the frame. Manhole covers shall be left in place in the frames on completion of other work at the manholes. 14.27.1.3.7 Setting Precast Manholes Sections: Precast-reinforced concrete manhole sections shall be set so as to be vertical and with sections and steps in true alignment. All holes in sections, used for their handling, shall be thoroughly plugged with mortar. The mortar shall be 1 part cement to 12 parts sand; mixed slightly damp to the touch until it is dense and an excess of paste appears on the surface; and then finished smooth and flush with adjoining surfaces. 14.27.1.4 Bulkheads and Flushing: The contractor shall build a tight bulkhead in the pipeline where new work enters an existing sewer. The bulkhead shall remain in place until its removal is authorized by the Engineer. Care shall be taken to prevent earth, water and other materials from entering the pipe, and when pipe laying operations are suspended, the Contractor shall maintain a suitable stopper in the end of the pipe and also at openings for manholes. All sanitary sewer, except building connections shall be flushed with water in sufficient volume to obtain free flow through each line. All obstructions shall be removed and all defects corrected. As soon as possible after the pipe and manholes are completed Augusta Utilities Department September 2000 Design Standards & Construction Specifications 14-33 14.27.1.5 14.27.1.6 14.27.1.7 14.27.1.8 14.27.1.9 on any line, the Contractor shall flush out the pipeline using a rubber ball ahead of the water. None of the flushing water or debris shall be . permitted to enter any existing sewer. Temporary Plugs: At all times when pipe laying is not actually in progress, the open ends of the pipe shall be closed by temporary watertight plugs or by other approved means. If water is in the trench when work is resumed, the plug shall not be removed until all danger of water entering the pipe has passed. Joints and Structure RightI,less: All pipe joints shall be made as nearly watertight as practicable. There shall be .no visible leakage at the joints and there shall be no sand, silt, clay, or soil of any description entering the pipelines at the joints. Leaks in the pipelines which cause infiltration or exfiltration to exceed limits herein specified shall be repaired by replacing defective pipe. Grouting and/or caulking to repair pipelines where excessive infiltration or ex filtration is evident will not be permitted. Fittings and Stoppers: Branches and fittings shall be laid by the Contractor as indicated on the drawings and/or as directed by the Engineer. Open ends of pipe and branches shall be closed with premolded gasket joint stoppers which conform with the same requirements as pipe being used. Sewer Line Relation to Water Lines: Sewer lines and sewer force mains in relation to water lines shall conform to "Ten States Standard" Section 29.3 at a minimum. Sewer lines shall have at least a 10 foot pipe-to-pipe horizontal separation from known or proposed water mains. When a sewer crosses under a water main, there shall be at least 18 inches from the crown of the sewer line to the bottom of the water main. In all cases where adequate vertical separation as stated above cannot be achieved (or whenever sewer lines must be installed to cross above a water main), both the water and sewer lines shall be constructed of ductile iron pipe a distance of 10 feet on each side of their intersection with one full length of water main centered on the sewer line. Minimum Cover for Sewer Lines: Gravity sewer lines shall have a minimum of 3 feet of cover at the crown of the pipe. In cases where this minimum cover cannot be achieved, d.uctile iron pipe shall be used. Augusta Utilities Department September 2000 Design Standards & Construction Specifications 14-34 14.27.1.10 14.27.1.11 ~\lGU . E ';' Detectable Tape: Detectable tape as manufactured by Reef Industries of Houston, Texas, or equal shall be installed during the backfill operation at a point 1 foot below the final finished grade. The detectable tape shall be a 5.5 mil composition film containing one layer of metalized foil laminate between two layers of inert plastic film specifically formulated for prolonged use underground. The tape shall be highly resistant to alkalis, acids and other destructive agents found in the soils. The detectable tape shall bear a continuous printed message "Caution Sanitary Sewer Line Buried Below." The message shall be printed in permanent ink formulated for prolonged use underground. Letters shall be clearly legible and have a minimum height of 1.2 inches. Boring and Jacking: Where required by the drawings, the sanitary sewer line will be installed in a steel casing, placed by boring and jacking. Where boring is required under highways, the materials and workmanship will be in accordance with the standards of the Georgia Department of Transportation or 10cal authority. Boring and jacking under railroads will be governed by the latest A.R.E.A. Standards, Part 5, "Pipelines" and those of the railroad involved. 14.27.1.11.1 Casing Pipe: The casing pipe shall conform to the materials standards of ASTM Designation A252, with minimum wall thickness of 0.219 inch. Steel pipe will have a minimum yield strength of 35,000 psi. Casing pipe shall be joined together with welded joints. 14.27.1.11.2 Carrier Pipe: The carner pIpe shall be ductile Iron as specified herein. 14.27.1.11.3 Installation: The steel casing shall be installed by the "Dry Bore and Jack" method. If voids develop or if the bored hole diameter is greater than the outside diameter of pipe by more than approximately 1 inch, remedial measures will be taken as approved by the Engineer. When installing water lines through casing, the Contractor shall mechanical joint pipe with retainer glands throughout the length of the casing. The sanitary sewer line shall be strapped to treated wooden skids with metal straps throughout the length of the Augusta Utilities Department September 2000 Design Standards & Construction Specifications 1 4-35 MIl."U. - I; ... casing. The empty space shall then be filled with sand and the ends of the casing shall be sealed with brick and mortar. 14.27.1.12 Force Main Installation: In general, sewer force main must be installed in accordance with the water distribution system specifications. Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) force main must conform to ASTM D-2241, latest version. Ductile iron force main must conform to ASTM A-377, latest version. 14.27.1.13 Removal and Replacement of Existing Pipe and Equipment: where indicated on the drawings or required to properly place the work under this contract, as approved by the Engineer, the Contractor shall remove and replace such pipe lines and equipment in a manner as approved by the Engineer. 14.27.2 INSPECTION INFIL TRA TIONIEXFll..TRA TION LEAKAGE TESTS Upon completion of a section of the sewer, the Contractor shall dewater it and conduct a satisfactory test to measure the infiltration or exfiltration for at least three consecutive days. The amount of infiltration including "Y" branches, and connections shall not exceed 1 00 gallons per inch diameter per mile of sewer pipe per 24 hours for gravity sewer pipe. The amount of 50 gallons per inch diameter per mile of sewer per 24 hours shall not be exceeded for ductile iron pipe. The Contractor shall be responsible for the satisfactory watertightness of the entire section of sewer. As required, suitable bulkheads shall be installed to permit the test of the sewer. Where the ground water level is less than 1 foot above the top of the pipe at its upper end, or as directed by the Engineer, the sewer shall be subjected to exfiltration testing by plugging the pipe at the lower end and then filling the pipelines and manholes with clean water to a height 4 feet above the top of the sewer at its upper end. The leakage out of the sewer, measured by the volume of the water necessary to maintain meter level in the highest manhole, shall not exceed 200 gallons per inch diameter per 24 hours per mile of sewer for gravity sewer pipe. The amount of 50 gallons per inch diameter per 24 hours per mile of sewer shall not be exceeded for ductile iron pipe. The sewer shall be tested before any connections are made to buildings or to active sewers. The Contractor shall construct such weirs and bulkheads as may be required, shall furnish all water, labor, test plugs, power, pumps, meters, and other equipment necessary for the test to be properly made. Augusta Utilities Department September 2000 Design Standards & Construction Specifications . 14-36 G ~ The Contractor may use a low pressure air test as an option to the hydraulic infiltrationlexfiltration leakage test for gravity lines provided the Contractor established a correlation between the air test results and the quantity of infiltrationlexfiltration actually being experienced by the line and the allowable air pressure drop shall be that corresponding to the allowable hydraulic leakage specified previously in this seCtion. Such a correlation is to be established according to a procedure satisfactory to the Engineer. The low pressure air test shall be performed in accordance with the applicable sections of the Uni-Bell UNI - B-6-90, latest version. If the Contractor opts to use the 10w pressure air test, leakage tests on manholes shall be conducted independently of the lines by using a hydraulic infiltrationlexfiltration test as directed by the Engineer. The allowable infiltration into the manhole over a 24 hour period is zero and the allowable exfiltration is also zero w.hen tested by plugging off the manhole and filling it with water four feet above the top of the sewer and measuring the water 10ss over a 24 hour period. 14.27.3 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Payment will be made at the unit contract prices as shown in the bid schedule under Sanitary Sewer. Measurement of pipelines shall be the actual number of linear feet of pipe installed, complete in place and accepted. No deductions in length will be made for manholes. Measurement of manholes will be the vertical dimension to the nearest tenth of a foot from the invert of the o~tlet pipe to the top of the manhole cover ring casting. Concrete encasement will be paid for at the contract unit price, per cubic yard, for the actual volume of concrete placed, up to the volume of concrete required by the maximum dimensions for concrete encasement shown on the plans. Concrete in the excess of that volume will not be paid for. No separate payment will be made for any special fittings, tie-ins, or connections, nor will any separate payment be made for normal bedding of sewer pipe. Service lines will be paid for at the unit contract price as shown in the bid schedule under Sanitary Sewer, complete as shown on the plans Augusta Utilities Department September 2000 Design Standards & Construction Specifications 14-37 SECTION 14C EXCA V A TION & BACKFILLING 14.28 SCOPE This section covers all excavation, trenching and backfilling for pipe lines, complete. 14.29 EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS The Contractor shall maintain in operating condition and protect from damage all existing improvements including utilities, roads, streets, sidewalks, drives, power and telephone lines, gas lines, water lines, sewers, gutters and other drains encountered, and repair to the satisfaction of the Engineer any aerial, surface or subsurface improvements damaged during the course of the work. Where and if shown on the plans, the locations and existence or nonexistence of underground utilities are not guaranteed. The Contractor shall contact the various utility companies to determine and/or verify such information prior to proceeding with the work. He shall make reasonable and satisfactory provisions for the maintenance of traffic on streets, drives, walkways and at street crossings and if necessary to provide temporary walkways and bridges for crossing of the open trench as directed. Work shall not commence within Augusta right-of-way until a Right-of-Way Encroachment Permit is obtained from the Public Works Deparment. 14.30 EXCAVATION All excavation of every description and of whatever substances encountered shall be performed to the depths indicated on the drawings or as specified herein. Excavation shall be made by the open cut method except as otherwise specified or shown on the drawings. Excavation methods shall generally meet or exceed Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) construction industry standards. . All excavated materials not required for fill or backfill shall be removed and wasted as directed. The banks of shallow trenches shall be kept as nearly vertical as practicable and where required shall be properly sheeted and braced. Except where otherwise indicated, trench bottoms shall be not less than 12 inches wider nor more than 16 inches wider than the outside diameter of the pipe to be laid therein, and shall be excavated true to line, so that a clear space of not less than 6 inches nor more than 8 inches in width is provided on each side of the pipe. The bottom of trenches shall be accurately graded to provide uniform bearing and support for each section of the pipe on undisturbed soil at every point along its entire length, except for portions of the pipe sections where it is necessary to excavate for bell holes and for the proper sealing of pipe joints. Bell holes shall be dug after the trench bottom has been graded. Bell holes shall be excavated only to an extent Augusta Utilities Department September 2000 Design Standards & Construction Specifications 14-38 .\leu -= E '; sufficient to permit accurate work in the making of the joints and to insure that the pipe, for a maximum of its length will rest upon the prepared bottom of the trench. Depressions for joints other than mechanical shall be made in accordance with the recommendations of the joint manufacturers for the particular joint used. Excavation for structures and other accessories shall be sufficient to leave at least 12 inches in the clear between their outer surfaces and the embankment or timber which may be used to hold the bank and protect them. Where damage is liable to result from withdrawing sheeting, the sheeting will be ordered to be left in place. Except at locations where excavation of rock from the bottoms of trenches is required, care shall be taken not to excavate below the depths indicated. Where rock excavation is required, the rock shall be excavated to a minimum overdepth of 4 inches below the normal required trench depth. The overdepth rock excavation. and all excess trench excavation shall be backfilled with loose, moist earth, thoroughly tamped. Rock is defined as materials which are so hard or cemented that the excavation of such material requires blasting. The excavation shall proceed in a conventional manner with satisfactory effort made to remove hard materials before the Engineer makes a determination of need for blasting. Predrilling and blasting will be allowed, if the Contractor can provide evidence for the Engineer's review that boring logs can and will show that the material can or cannot be excavated. Evidence will be provided for the Engineer's review and approval before predrilling and blasting is undertaken. The excavation and removal of isolated boulders or rock fragments larger than one cubic yard in volume encountered in materials of common excavation shall be classified as rock excavation. Whenever wet or otherwise unstable soil that is incapable of properly supporting the pipe, as determined by the Engineer or indicated on the drawings, is encountered in the trench bottom, such soil shall be removed to a depth required for the lengths designated by the Engineer, and the trench backfilled to trench bottom grade, as herein specified, with coarse sand, fine gravel, or other suitable material. Backfill with earth under structures will not be permitted and any unauthorized excess excavation below the levels indicated for the foundation of such structures shall be filled with sand, gravel, or concrete, as directed. 14.30.1 Grading and Stacking: All grading in the vicinity of trench excavation shall be controlled to prevent surface ground water from flowing into the trenches. Any water accumulated in the trenches shall be removed by pumping or by other approved methods. During excavation, material suitable for backfilling shall be stored in an orderly manner a minimum distance of one and one-half times the depth of the excavation back from the edges of trenches to avoid overloading and prevent slides or cave-ins. Material unsuitable for backfilling, as determined by the Engineer, shall be removed from the job site and disposed of by the Contractor in a manner as approved by the Engineer. 14.30.2 Shoring and Sheeting: All shoring, sheeting, and bracing required to perform and protect the excavation and to safeguard employees and the public shall be performed. The failure of the Engineer to direct the placing of such Augusta Utilities Department September 2000 Design Standards & Construction Specifications 1 4-39 protection shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for damage resulting from its omission. Whenever sheeting is driven to a depth below the elevation of the top of the pipe, that portion of the sheeting below the elevation of the top of the pipe shall not be disturbed or removed. Sheeting left in place shall be cut off not less than 1 foot below finished grade. No sheeting shall be removed until the excavation is substantially backfilled as hereinafter specified. 14.30.3 Water Removal: Where water is encountered, it shall be prevented from accumulating in excavated areas by pumping, well-pointing and pumping, or by other means approved by the Engineer as to capacity and effectiveness. Water removed from excavations shall be discharged at points where it will not cause injury to public or private property, or the work completed or in progress. All efforts to prevent sedimentation shall be made. Under no circumstances shall trench bottoms be prepared, pipes laid, or appurtenances installed in water. Water shall not be allowed to rise in unbackfilled excavations after pipe or structures have been placed. 14.30.4 Blasting: Explosives are to used only within legal limitations. . Before explosives are used, all necessary permits for this work shall be secured and all precautions taken in the blasting operations to prevent damage to private or public property or to persons. The Contractor shall assume full liability for any damage that may occur during the use of explosives. No blast shall be set off within 50 feet of pipe already laid in the trench. 14.30.5 Tree Protection: Care shall be exercised to protect the roots of trees to be left standing. Within the branch spread of the tree, trench shall be opened only when the work can be installed immediately. Injured roots shall be pruned cleanly'and backfill placed as soon as possible. 14.31 BACKFILLING Trenches and other excavations shall not be backfilled until all required tests are performed and the work has been approved by the Engineer. The trenches shall be carefully backfilled with the excavated materials approved for backfilling consisting of earth, loam, sandy clay, sand and gravel, soft shale, or other approved materials. No material shall be used for backfilling that contains mulch, other unstable materials, stones, blasted rock, broken concrete or pavement, or other hard materials having any dimension greater than 4 inches; or large clods of earth, debris, frozen earth or earth with an exceptionally high void content. Backfilling within Augusta right-of-way shall conform to Georgia Department of Transportation and City of Augusta specifications. Augusta Utilities Department September 2000 Design Standards & Construction Specifications 14.40 For backfill up to a level 1 foot over the top of pressure pipelines and 2 feet above the top of gravity pipelines, only selected materials shall be used. Select materials shall be finely divided material free from debris, organic material and stone, and may be suitable job excavated material or shall be provided by the Contractor from other sources. The backfill shall be placed in uniform layers not exceeding 6 inches in depth. Each layer shall be moistened and carefully and uniformly tamped with mechanical tampers or other suitable tools. Each layer shall be placed and tamped under the pipe haunches with care and thoroughness so as to eliminate the possibility of voids or lateral displacement. The remainder of the backfill material shall then be placed and compacted above the level specified above. In areas. not subject to traffic, the backfill shall be placed in 12 inch layers and each layer moistened and compacted to a density approximating that of the surrounding earth. Under roadways, driveways, paved areas, parking lots, along roadway shoulders and other areas subject to traffic, the backfill shall be placed in 6 inch layers and each layer moistened and compacted to density at least equal to that of the surrounding earth so that traffic can be resumed immediately after backfilling is completed. Any trenches which are improperly backfilled, or where settlement occurs, shall be reopened to the depth required for proper compaction, then refilled and compacted with the surface restored to the required grade compaction. Along all portions of the trenches not located in roadways, the ground shall be graded to. a reasonable uniformity and. the mounding over the trenches left in a neat condition satisfactory to the Engineer. Sheeting not specified to be left in place shall be removed as the backfilling progresses. Sheeting shall be removed in such a manner as to avoid caving of the trench. Voids left by the removal of sheeting and shoring shall be carefully filled and compacted. Where, in the opinion of the Engineer, damage is liable to result from withdrawing sheeting, the sheeting will be ordered to be left in place. 14.32 BORING AND JACKING Where required by the drawings, the pipeline will be installed in a steel casing, placed by boring and jacking. Where boring is required under highways, the materials and workmanship will be in accordance with the standards of the Georgia Department of Transportation or local authority. Boring and jacking under railroads will be governed by the latest A.R.E.A. standards and those of the railroad involved. The steel casing shall be in accordance with ASTM A252 to the thicknesses shown on the drawings. Augusta Utilities Department September 2000 Design Standards & Construction Specifications 14-41 14.33 P A VEl\1ENT REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT Where necessary existing pavements shall be removed and replaced, the applicable specifications of the Georgia Department of Transportation or local authority shall govern this work. Joints shall be sawed, unless joints equally uniform in the opinion of the Engineer result from other means. Refer to Right-of-Way Encroachment Guidelines for pavement removal and replacement with Augusta right-of-way. . 14.34 l\1EASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Excavation and backfilling for pipelines and appurtenances, except as hereinafter provided for, will be considered as incidental to the construction of the various elements of the installation it is associated with, and no separate payment will be made therefor. When made at the direction of Engineer, overcut, rock excavation and backfill to compensate for rock will be made at the unit contract price for rock excavation per cubic yard measured in place. When made at the direction of the Engineer, overcut and backfill to compensate for inadequate foundation will be paid for at the unit contract price for overcut and clean stone bedding, per ton of stone. Sheeting ordered to be left in place will be paid for at the unit contract price for sheeting left in place, per board foot. Joints in pavements will not be paid for separately. Pavement removal and replacement will be paid for at the unit contract price therefor, per square yard. Augusta Utilities Department September 2000 Design Standards & Construction Specifications 14-42 .Uc.u . EaR SECTION 14D PLAN SUBMITTAL Water Construction .Plans: Water Construction Plans submitted to the Augusta Utilities Department for review must contain the following at a minimum: D Project Name D Developer's name, address, and phone number DOwner's naffie, address, and phone number D Design professional's name, address, and phone number D Design professional's signed seal D Location/Vicinity Map D North arrow on all applicable sheets D Scale (minimum 1" = 20'; maximum 1" = 100') D Show subject property information including subdivision name, lot numbers, block letters, property owners, etc. D Show adjacent property information including subdivision name, property owners, etc. D Show existing conditions, structures, pavement widths, right-of-way widths, easements, adjoining roads, etc. . D Show the locations, size and material of existing water mains along with o.ther appurtenances. Existing water lines shall be shown as dashed lines. D Show the location, size and.material of proposed water mains, valves, hydrants and service lines along with all other water appurtenances involved with the proposed project. Proposed water lines shall be shown as solid lines. D Number all fire hydrants. D Show locations, type and size of all backflow prevention devices. D Label all easements with respect to type and size. D Show easements shaded-in to be dedicated to the Augusta Utilities Department for water lines installed outside proposed right-of-ways. Sanitary Sewer Construction Plans: Sanitary Sewer Construction Site Plans submitted to the Augusta Utilities Department for review must contain the following at a minimum: D Project Name D Developer's name, address, and phone number DOwner's name, address, and phone number D Design professional's name, address, and phone number Augusta Utilities Department September 2000 Design Standards & Construction Specifications 14-43 ~\Jc.u . ,~ R D Design professional's signed seal D LocationlVicinity Map D North arrow on all applicable sheets D Scale (minimum I" = 20'; maximum I" = 100') D Show subject property information including subdivision name, lot numbers, block letters, property owners, etc. D Show adjacent property information including subdivision name, property owners, etC. D Show existing conditions, structures, pavement widths, right-of-way widths, easements, adjoining roads, etc. D Show the locations, size and material of existing sanitary sewer lines and force mains along with other appurtenances. Existing sewer lines shall be shown as dashed lines. D Show the proposed location, size and material of sewer mains, force mains, manholes, service lines with clean-outs and sewerage lift stations involved with the proposed project. Proposed sewer lines shall be shown as solid lines. D Creek crossings require full scale details at 1" = 20' scale minimum, including piers, collars and all other appurtenances. D Show easements shaded-in to be dedicated to the Augusta Utilities Department for sanitary sewer lines installed outside of proposed rights-of-way. D Show easements dedicated to the Augusta Utilities Department for sanitary sewer lines to serve adjacent properties. Plan and Profile: Plan and profile sheets shall be provided for all sanitary sewers (except service laterals). Profiles shall have a horizontal scale of not more than I" = 100' and a vertical scale of not more than 1" = 10'. The plan view should normally be shown on the same sheet as the profile. Plan and profile view should have line designations, station numbers, manhole numbers and any other indexing necessary to easily correlate the plan and profile views. Plan and Profiles shall show the following: D Location and names of streets, sewers and drainage easements D Line of existing and proposed ground surface, the grade of the sewer between each two adjacent manholes, invert of sewer in and out of each manhole (label as directional if more than 2 pipes connected to manhole), and surface elevation of each manhole. All manholes shall be numbered on the plan and correspondingly numbered on the profile. The station number shall be shown for each manhole. D The location and elevation of adjacent parallel stream beds and of adjacent water surfaces shall be shown on the plan and profile. D Sizes, locations and inverts of all special features such as connections to existing sewers, wet wells, concrete encasement, collar walls, elevated sewers, piers, special manhole covers such as vented outfall or sealed covers, etc. Augusta Utilities Department September 2000 Design Standards & Constructi.on Specifications 14-44 D All structures, both above and below ground, which might interfere with the proposed construction, particularly water mains, gas mains, storm drains, utility conduits, etc. Identify pipe crossings with letter, or other, designation on the plan and profile. Specify top of pipe and bottom of pipe elevations at crossings to verify there is no conflict. See Section 14.21.11. General Notes: Notes to be shown on Site Plans include: 1. The Developer and/or Developer's Contractor is responsible for verifying the exact location, size and material of any existing water or sewer facility proposed for connection or use by this project. 2. All construction of water and sanitary sewer lines shall be in accordance to Augusta Utilities Department's Standards and Specifications. 3. All water lines shall be class 200 PVC meeting A WW A C-900, unless otherwise shown. 4. All water lines are to be tested, chlorinated, and checked for bacteria. 5. Augusta Utilities Engineering Department shall be notified 24 hours prior to any construction, tie-ins, or testing of water or sanitary sewer lines. (706-772-5503) If no answer leave message. 6. Copper Wire (12 gauge, Bare Single Strand) shall be attached along top of all buried PVC water lines, wrapped around service corporations and stubbed up into all valve boxes for locating purposes. 7. Per Augusta Utilities Specifications for backflow installations for non-residential development, a minimum "Double Check" Backflow device shall be installed on the customer's side of all service lines (domestic, irrigation and fire). Fire lines require a "Detector Type" backflow device. Backflow Devices shall be tested by a certified person within 5 working days of installation and the results furnished to the Utilities Engineering Department within 10 working days of installation prior to any water use. 8. Per Augusta Utilities Specifications for backflow installations residential development shall install a "Dual Check" ~ackflow Device on the customer's side of service line at the point of tie-in to the water meter. 9. All water valves on the main lines, including hydrant laterals, shall be: open-left if installed south of Gordon Highway (SR 10); or open-right if installed north Gordon Highway. 10. The Developer and/or Contractor shall furnish and install an approved meter box (Rome type 10" x 19" x 10" cast iron or approved equal) at the termination point of all water services and maintained until such time as meter is installed. 11. All water meters shall be purchased from the August Utilities Department. 12. Maximum sanitary sewer infiltration shall not exceed 100 GPD/inch of pipe diameter per mile. Augusta Utilities Department September 2000 Design Standards & Construction Specifications 14-45 .\.lc.us . COR . 13. All tie-ins to existing manholes shall be cored. All manholes require "K or N Seal" or equal rubber boots. 14. No connection to existing sanitary sewer lines until the proposed sewer line is inspected and approved by the Augusta Utilities Engineering Department.. 15. Sanitary sewer clean-outs shall be ins.talled at all individual services as shown in . detail and installed as not to be under driveways. 16. Finished floor elevations of all proposed buildings shall be a minimum of five (5) feet above the invert elevation of the sanitary sewer main! manhole at the point of tie-in 17. Provide 0.1 foot drop across all sanitary sewer manholes. 18. Sewer force main shall be PVC C-900, class 200 or D.I.P. and shall have 12 gauge bare single strand wire attached along the top of the main. 19. A minimum 15' Utility Easement Centered over all water lines and a minimum 20' Utility Easement centered over all sanitary sewer lines shall be deeded to the Augusta-Richmond County at completion and acceptance of said lines. 20. Disturbance to any Survey Markers or Monuments requires re-establishment by a licensed surveyor at the Contractor's expense. 21. For private developments, the Developer/Owner shall be responsible for pavement patching/replacement and the site restoration whenever Augusta Utilities Department must repair/replace utilities on the property. The developer shall arrange for access by the Augusta Utilities Department as required to make the repair/replacement of the. utility 22. Contractor shall contact the Utilities Protection Inc. "Call Before You Dig" service in order to locate utilities prior to starting any excavation or construction. 23. If in the course of construction, a conflict arises between the new work and the existing water and sewer facilities, it will be the responsibility of the OwnerlDdeveloper, at his expense, to correct same as directed by a representative of Augusta Utilities Department. . 24. A right-of-way encroachment permit shall be obtained from the Public Works Department prior to commencing work within Augusta right-of-way. Details: The detail drawings at the end of this Section shall be included with the construction drawings. Record (As-Built) Drawings: At the completion of the water and/or sanitary sewer construction and prior to recording the final plat, the Contractor shall furnish the Augusta Utilities Department's Inspector with Record Drawings of the project. The Record Drawings must show all field changes made to the approved drawings. Record Drawings shall be prepared by a registered surveyor and/or professional engineer and submitted in digital format, as well as hard copy. Acceptable digital formats include Arc/Info, Arc/Info export file, or a DXF file generated by AutoCad from the DWG file. Augusta Utilities Department September 2000 Design Standards & Construction Specifications 14-46 .UGU . EO; All Digital Record Drawings submitted must conform to: Projection: Georgia State Plane East Datum: NAD83 Units: Feet A Data Dictionary should be included with each DXF file defining individual layers. The design engineer shall use GPS to verify 2 or 3 points prior to conversion to state plane coordinates. Water record drawings shall be a separate plan from the sewer record drawing. Maximum plan size shall be 24" x 36". Scale shall be no larger than I" = 20' and no smaller than I" = 100'. No hand-drawn or marked up construction plans will be accepted as record drawings. "AS-BUlLT DRAWING" shall be stamped in large print on the plan. If the project is a phase of a subdivision, a location sketch of the entire subdivision with subject phase outlined shall appear on drawings. Record drawings shall contain the following information: D Developer's name, address, and phone number. D Contractor's name, address, and phone number. o Lot numbers. D Road names and right-of-way widths. D Water and sanitary easements. D All water service locations and distances from both front property corners of serviced lot. - D All sanitary sewer services with clean-outs and distances from both property corners of serviced lot and from nearest manhole. D Invert and top elevations of all manholes. Acceptance of Work: Once an approved Record Drawing, final inspection and final plat with maintenance agreement is recorded, the Augusta Utilities Department will accept the new constructed system. The Developer/Owner shall be responsible for any defects in materials or workmanship within the subject system for a period of twelve (12) months from the date of the maintenance agreement. . IMPORTANT: A note stating that Augusta Utilities shall not be responsible for pavement repair or site restoration associated with repair/replacement of a water or sewer line shall be included on all final plats for private developments. Augusta Utilities Department September 2000 Design Standards & Construction Specifications 14-47 Page 10f2 - Georgia Department of Transportation K<i<IIping Georg;" on the Move All consultants prequalified in 9.02 Rainfall and Runoff Reporting Company ASAELlgi.neeriJJgn!;~t.SJJIY-mng,Jnc. A TC Group Services d/b/a A TC Assol;:jates. 1nc., Acer Environmenta,I,J11C. Applied Engineeriru~ & Construction Services, Inc. Ayres Associate.~ CC Lfl.!}J;LSurvevors CCR EnvironmellL'll, Inc. CERM, LLC Civil Design SQ.l1!1i.Qn~l.-~l.C. Clark Design GrOLW-, P.C Clean Water Com;ultants. Inc. Columbia EngjD~ering Construction Materials Services. Inc. ECS SoutheashLLJ:; Earth Tech Ecological Solutions Ellis & Associates. Inc. G ajgj~.!1 v ito nJllell1qL&:_R~gJJ latQDI C onsJ,l1 ti n g Giles Engineering Associates. Inc. QIeenhorne._~D_'M~ra. Inc, HofslaQ1eumd Associates, !.lie., Hv(kospec,lnl;:~ Address City, State ZIP Phone 105 West Central A venue Valdosta, GA 31603 229-244-0596 P. O. Box 430 184] West Oak Parkway, Marietta, GA 30062 404-658-9320 Suite # F 1325 Captial Circle Lawrenceville, GA (770) 682-1861 Suite C 30043 224 Brown Industrial Canton, GA 30114 678-493-3600 Parkway, Suite 101 225 Peachtree S1., N.E., Atlanta, GA 30303 null South Towers-Suite 1400 3459 Acworth Due West Acworth, GA 30101 770-975-3933 Road, Suite 218 3783 Presidential Parkway Atlanta, GA 30340 7704587943 Suite 123 21 ] 5 Monroe Drive Atlanta, GA 30324 678-999-0173 Suite 110 37] Main Street Warrenton, GA 706-465-0900 P.O. Box 603 30828 260] Northlake Drive Suwanee, GA 30024 678-380-6007 20 Business Center Drive Winder, GA 30680 (770) 868-1371 27?3 Meadow Church Road, Duluth GA 30097 770-925-0357 SUite ] 00 ' 105 Park 42 Drive, Suite A Locust Grove, GA 7709]4]744 30248-2545 ] 28] Kennestone Circle N.E., Suite ] 00 ] 455 Old Alabama Road, Suite 170 630 Colonial Park Drive, Suite 200 227 Rose Drive 109 Birchwood Pass 3990 Flowers Road Suite 530 2121 Newmarket Parkway, Suite 100 4571 Arkwright Road 255 Allison Lane P. O. Box 160 Marietta, GA 30066 770-590-1971 Roswell, GA 30076- 770-990-1421 2129 dir# Roswell, GA 30075 (770) 998-7848 Brunswick, GA 912-279-0085 31520 Canton, GA 30114- 770-345-8430 7752 Atlanta, GA 30360 770.458.3399 Marietta, GA 30067 678987-3916 Macon, GA 31210 (478) 757-1169 Ball Ground, GA 770-345-3406 30107 ...1~.1I0.1 n~~n_~_+~ ~_.;J C'~++:_~~I ~_("\("\1 "7"11 ~ KH n~~.._~_+_1 0__+___+ L.C_____ _: __I r-nrvr n_ "'" '''''' 1 ''''f\An J. B. Trimble. InQ, KCI. TechnoIQgies-,Jnc. Lovell Engine~ring As~ociates>-PC-LLEAj formedY-S-outhern EngjJleering Consultants. LLC MACTEC EngjJJeering .and Consulting Moreland Altobelli Associat~~>----lnG-,- PBS&_4, Inc. 2550 Heritage Court, SE, Suite 250 3235 Satellite Boulevard Building 400, Suite 104 3998 Inner Perimeter Rd., Suite C P.O. Box 2380 3200 Town Point Drive NW, Suite 100 2211 Beaver Ruin Road, Suite 190 5665 New Northside Drive Suite 400 Page 2 of2 Atlanta, GA 30339 770-952-1022 Duluth, GA 30096 678-990-6200 Valdosta, GA 31604 229-253-0900 Kennesaw, GA 30144 (770) 421-3400 Norcross, GA 30071 770-263-5945 Atlanta, GA 30328 770-933-0280 ~mont Environmental Monitoring Seryices. 357 Indian Trail Concord Concord, GA 30206 770-550-5858 Pi edmont..QeolechnicaLConlliLt!nts. Inc. Precision Plannil~ Professional Service Industries. Inc.(PSI) QORE Property Sciences Rakestraw & Associates. Inc. Rosser Civil Engill~..mng (Division Of Rosser 1 ntl. I nc-.J R1!mmeU<;'J~~L&_Kahl. LLP S&ME. Inc. S. L. KinfL& Associat~5--,JnG... Scanlon EngineeriI1.gS~ryices. Inc. Shaw EllVironm~11t &lDfrqstructun0nc. Statewide Engin~~Iing,J.lJ~ TTL. 1I1.~ U RSJ:::.DJlLQratiQIJ WI~C..Jm:-,- WhjJa~LlSlboratOl'y,_lJlG., Wi I bm5m i th__A~QQj~tt~s,JJJQ. ~iJlia.Ll].s-,..s \ Ve.jtzeLglldJ2amW]l,Jn~. Willmer EngineeriJJ.g.Jn~ Data current as of Mon Jan 0710:59:02 EST 2008 P.O.Box 1997 Roswell, GA 30077 7707529205 400 Pike Blvd. Lawrenceville, GA 770-338-8000 PO Box 2210 30046-2210 95 Chastain Road Kennesaw, GA 30 144 ~6~6424.6200 x 11420 Johns Creek Parkway Duluth, GA 30097 770-476-3555 83 Ty Ty Omega Road Tifton, GA 31793 (229) 382-0009 524 West Peachtree Street Atlanta, GA 30308- null 3512 900 Ridgefield Drive, Suite Raliegh, NC 27609 350 3380 Town Point Drive Suite 140 South Tower-.225 Peachtree Atlant GA 30303 Street NE, SUite 1600 a, 216 E. Solomon Street, Suite A 11560 Great Oaks Way Alpharetta, GA Suite 500 30022 516 E. Ashely Street Douglas, GA 31533 3202 GiIlionville Road Albany, GA 31721 400 Northpark Town Center Atlanta, GA 30328 1000 Abernathy Rd., NE, Suite 900 2201 Rowland Avenue 2500 Tremont Rd. P. O. Box 7078 2835 Brandywine Road, Suite 400 2232 Redmond Circle 3772 Pleasantdale Rd Suite 165 919-878-9560 Kennesaw, GA 30144 770-919-0969 Griffin, GA 30223 4045245800 678-967 -2051 770-442-7377 9123847723 229.432.5805 678-808-8800 Savannah, GA 31404 (912) 629-4000 Savannah, GA 31405 9122340696 Atlanta, GA 30341- 5539 Rome, GA 30165- 2087 Atlanta, GA 30340 (770) 936-8650 x242 706-234-0552 770-939-0089 x 24 ;;10.- / I~.\ nr'\.,""nrnAntC" #'lnrl ~At+;nrTC'"\C'1........."Of\ 1 7'2\ 1\ tf"'T n".........,~r...."'+.....\ f"""....._+...............+ T_~__.....: ,..._\ r:!.T"\r\T n...... "'1"'1 1"'''''0 Date: Page 1 of 4 Date: August 26,2002 First Use Date 2001 Specifications: November 1,2002 Revised: January 16,2003 Revised: August 1, 2003 Revised: February 1,2004 Revised October 15, 2005 Revised March 21,2007 DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STATE OF GEORGIA SPECIAL PROVISION Section 167-Water Quality Monitoring Add the following: 167.1 General Description This Specification establishes the Contractor's responsibility to meet the requirements of the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) Infrastructure Permit No. GAR 100002 as it pertains to Part IV. Erosion, Sedimentation and Pollution Control Plan. 167.1.01 Definitions Certified Personnel- certified personnel are defined as persons who have successfully completed the Georgia Soil and Water Conservation Commission Course Level lA, possess a current certification card from the Commission, and have attended the Department's WECS seminar. 167.1.02 Related References A. Standard Specifications s.~~JjonJJ5J ----::Colltrol of Soi I_Erosion_gnd Segimentation B. Referenced Documents NPDES Infrastructure Permit No. GAR 100002, Part IV GDOT WECS seminar. Environmental Protection Divisions Rules and Regulations (Chapter 391-3-26) Georgia Soil and Water Conservation Commission Certification Level IA course. OCGA 12-7 167.1.03 Submittals General Provisions 101 through ISO 167.2 Materials General Provisions 101 through ISO. 167.2.01 Delivery, Storage, and Handling General Provisions 101 through ISO. 167.3 Construction Requirements 167.3.01 Personnel Use certified personnel to perform all monitoring, sampling, inspections, and rainfall data collection. Use the Contractor designated WECS or select a prequalified consultant from the Qualified Consultant List (QCL) to perform water quality monitoring. Ensure that monitoring consultants' employees who perform monitoring, sampling, inspections, and rainfall data collection are GASWCC Certified. 167.3.02 Equipment Provide equipment necessary to complete the Work or as directed. mhtml.f11p.//r.\n"f'l1mpnt" <:Inri C;:ptt;n..."\,,mO()171\l\lfu nAf'l1mpnt"\{"'"nt,.",,,t Tnf'",.,.,..,,,,;,,n\n ..., /") 1 /")()()Q Date: Page 2 of 4 167.3.03 Preparation General Provisions IOI through 150. 167.3.04 Fabrication General Provisions IOI through 150. 167.3.05 Construction A. General Perform inspections, rainfall data collection, testing of samples, and reporting the test results on the project according to the requirements in Part IV of the NPDES Infrastructure permit and this Specification. Take samples manually or with the use of automatic samplers, according to the permit. Analyze all according to the permit, regardless of the method used to collect the samples. If samples are analyzed in the field using portable turbidemeters, the monitoring results shall state that they are being used and a digital readout of NT Us is what is provided. Submit bench sheets, work sheets, etc., when using portable turbidemeters. There are no exceptions to this requirement. Perform required inspections and submit all reports required by this Specification within the time frames specified. Failure to perform the inspections or submit the required reports within the time specified will result in the cessation of all construction activities with the exception of traffic control and erosion control. Continued failure to perform inspections or submit the required reports within the times specified will result in non-refundable deductions as specified in Subsection 161.5.0nLB. B. Inspections Have the Engineer inspect the installation and condition of each erosion control device required by the erosion control plan within seven days after initial installation. Have this inspection performed for each stage of construction when new devices are installed. Correct all deficiencies reported by the Engineer within two business days. Ensure inspections are conducted by certified personnel on the areas and at the frequencies listed below. Document all inspections on form DOT-EC-I. 1. Daily: a. Petroleum product storage, usage and handling areas b. All locations where vehicles enter/exit the site 2. Weekly and after Rainfall Events: Conduct inspections on these areas every seven calendar days and within twenty-four hours after the end of a rainfall event that is 0.5 in (13 mm) or greater: a. Disturbed areas not permanently stabilized b. Material storage areas c. Structural control measures, Best Management Practices (BMPs) d. Water quality monitoring locations and equipment 3. Monthly: Once per month, inspect all areas where final stabilization has been completed. Look for evidence of sediments or pollutants entering the drainage system and or receiving waters. Inspect all erosion control devices that remain in place to verify the maintenance status and that the devices are functioning properly. Continue these inspections until the Notice of Termination is submitted. C. Reports: I. Inspection Reports: Summarize the results of inspections noted above in writing on form DOT-EC-I. Include the following information: · Date(s) of inspection · Name of personnel making inspection · Status of devices · Observations · Action taken · Signature of personnel making the inspection · Any incidents of non-compliance __1-...__1.-C:l......./Ir".\T"\...............--......._...... ....._..J C'I.....L......:~_~~\ _~__(\f\1 "7"'\~ ..r__ 1"""\_ _~.___ _~_.4-_\ n_u..L__ _..... T__r_~h__ _~ ___\ n "" ,,, 1 '''^^n Date: Page 3 of 4 The EC-I fonn shall be signed by the project WECS. Submit all inspection reports to the Engineer within twenty-four hours of the inspection. The Engineer will review the reports, inspect the project for compliance, and issue concurrence with the submitted reports provided the inspection reports are satisfactory. The Engineer will notify the certified personnel of any additional items that should be added to the inspection report. Correct any items listed in the inspection report requiring routine maintenance or correction within twenty-four hours of notification. Assume responsibility for all costs associated with additional sampling as specified in Part IV.D.5.d.3.(c) and Part IV.D.5 .d.3 .( c), of the NPD ES GAR 100002 pennit if either of these conditions arise: . BMPs shown in the Plans are not properly installed and maintained, or . BMPs designed by the Contractor are not properly designed, installed and maintained. 2. Monitoring Reports a. Report Requirements Include in all reports, the following certification statement, signed by the WECS or consultant providing monitoring on the project: "I certify under penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direct supervision in accordance with a system designed to assure that qualified personnel properly gather and evaluate the infonnation submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system, or those persons directly responsible for gathering the infonnation, the infonnation is, to the best of my knowledge and belief, true, accurate and complete. I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false infonnation, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations." When a rainfall event requires a sample to be taken, submit a report of the monitoring results to the Engineer within seven working days of the date the sample was obtained. Include the following infonnation: I) Date of sampling 2) Rainfall amount on sample date (sample date only) 3) NTU of sample & analysis method 4) Location where sample was taken (station number, etc.) 5) Receiving water or outfall sample 6) Project number and county 7) Whether the sample was taken by automatic sampler or manually (grab sample) b. Test Results Provide monitoring test results to the Engineer within 48 hours of the samples being analyzed. This notification may be verbal or written. This notification does not replace the monitoring summary. 3. Rainfall Data Reports Record the measurement of rainfall once each twenty-four hour period. Measure rainfall data at the active phase of construction on the site. Project rain gauges and those used to trigger the automatic samplers are to be emptied after every rainfall event. This will prevent a cumulative effect and prevent automatic samplers from taking samples even though the rainfall event was not a qualifying event. Submit a written weekly report, signed by the WECS, to the Engineer showing the rainfall data for each day. The daily rainfall data supplied by the WECS to the Engineer will be the official rainfall data for the project. 167.3.06 Quality Acceptance General Provisions 101 through ISO. 167.3.07 Contractor Warranty and Maintenance General Provisions 101 through 150. 167.4 Measurement Water Quality Inspections in accordance with the inspection and reports sub-sections will be measured for payment by the month up to the time the Notice of Tennination is submitted or Contract Time expires. Required inspections and reports after Contract Time has expired will not be measured for payment. 1 ~ _l_~l_.lln.\T"\__~...~__,.,._....... ___..J Cl....++;_...........\....._()f\,"7'1\~,r'l:T n_"""'I'.V"::Il.~+C"I\rr'\nt:"'~r-t T,..,f'''rt''n'::l1r\n\n ') /') 1 n{){)Sl Date: Page 4 of 4 Water Quality Monitoring and Sampling are measured per each. When the monitoring location is a receiving water, the upstream and downstream samples constitute one sample. When the monitoring location is an outfall, a single outfall sample constitutes one sample. 167.4.01 Limits General Provisions 101 through 150. Submit the report to the Engineer within 7 working days 167.5 Payment Payment for Water Quality Monitoring and Sampling will be made as follows: Water Quality Monitoring and Sampling per each is full compensation for meeting the requirements of the monitoring sections of the NPDES permit and this Specification, obtaining samples, analyzing samples, any and all necessary incidentals, and providing results of turbidity tests to the Engineer, within the time frame required by the NPDES Infrastructure permit, and this Specification. This item is based on the rainfall events that require sampling as described in Part IV.D.5 of the permit. In the event that no qualifying event occurs for sampling, payment will be made for report preparation submittal. The Department will not pay for samples taken and analyzed for rainfall events that are not qualifying events as compared to the daily rainfall data supplied by the WECS. Water Quality Inspections will be paid at the Contract Price per month. This is full compensation for performing the requirements of the inspection section of the NPDES permit and this Specification, any alld all necessary incidentals, and providing results of inspections to the Engineer, within the time frame required by the NPDES Infrastructure permit, and this Specification. Payment will be made under: litem No. 167 !water quality inspections IPer month Water Quality Monitoring and Sampling will be paid per each. Payment will be made under: Item No. 167 Per each 167.5.01 Adjustments General Provisions 101 through 150. 't"t"'\htn-\l...f"';l"'./Ir'.\n",....n't'V\o......+C" ,."......rt Co1-t;......n-co, ,",,,,,,,,,,0(\ 1 '7'1\~Jf'lT T'\........""'l~.o._+("O\r'........_+....n.......+ T_+"__n;__\~ '") I'") 1 /"')(\(\0